TW201131300A - Low molecular weight positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and forming method of resist pattern - Google Patents

Low molecular weight positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and forming method of resist pattern Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201131300A
TW201131300A TW099142385A TW99142385A TW201131300A TW 201131300 A TW201131300 A TW 201131300A TW 099142385 A TW099142385 A TW 099142385A TW 99142385 A TW99142385 A TW 99142385A TW 201131300 A TW201131300 A TW 201131300A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
acid
carbon atoms
carbon number
Prior art date
Application number
TW099142385A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Masatoshi Echigo
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co filed Critical Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co
Publication of TW201131300A publication Critical patent/TW201131300A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/30Compounds having groups
    • C07C43/303Compounds having groups having acetal carbon atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/12Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/12Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • C07C39/17Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings containing other rings in addition to the six-membered aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexylphenol
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/92Systems containing at least three condensed rings with a condensed ring system consisting of at least two mutually uncondensed aromatic ring systems, linked by an annular structure formed by carbon chains on non-adjacent positions of the aromatic system, e.g. cyclophanes

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The object of this invention is to provide a radiation-sensitive composition containing a resist material (compound) which has excellent shape of obtained resist pattern and easy to quality control, and a forming method of resist pattern using the radiation-sensitive composition. The object is solved by a positive radiation-sensitive composition including a specific low molecular compound and the forming method of resist pattern using the composition.

Description

201131300 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於-種含有特定低分子量化合物的有用 的正型感麟性喊物以及仙紅㈣放射性組成物的 光阻圖案形成方法。 【先前技術】 迄今為止的-般光輯料為高分子量正型光阻。然 而’高分子系正型植材料(聚合物)的分子量大至i萬 〜H)萬左右’分子量分布亦廣,故而使用高分子系光阻的 韻術(lithography) +,於微細圖案表面產生粗链度, ,得難以控制圖案尺寸,良率下降。因此,使用先前的高 /刀子系光阻材料的微影術在微細化方面存在界限。為了製 作更微細賴案,提dj有各種低分子量正型光阻材料。 先前的低分子量正型光阻材料(化合物)通常是使酸 解離性官能基導人試劑對低分子量多盼反應而獲得。然 :,於此情訂,簡的光阻材料成為包含絲基的導入 π不同的化σ物的A合物’其生成比的控咖難難以獲 ㈣不實用(參照專利文獻〇。另 若於低刀子量夕紛的所有盼性經基上導入保護基,則 ^得純物f ’此時’使用該純物質的正型光阻的感光度下 ’並不實用(參照專利文獻丨)。進而亦有於低分子量多 ,上導入減’僅於該綠上選擇性導人保護基而獲得純 =質的報α (參照專利文獻2)。然而,此時存在導入有辣 基的低分子量多_製造繁雜、且由其獲得的低分子量立 4 201131300. 型光阻材料的純度低的問題,故而期待其等的改善。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 專利文獻1 :曰本專利特開2〇〇9_173623號公報 專利文獻2 :日本專利特開2〇〇9_173625號公報 【發明内容】 本發明的目的在於提供一種解決上述問題的正型感放 射性組成物以及使用該正型感放射性組成物的光阻圖案形 成方法。 本發明者們為了解決上述問題而潛心研究,結果發 現,含有特定低分子量化合物的有用的正型感放射性組成 物對上述問題的解決有效,且提供良好的光阻圖案形狀, 從而完成本發明。 即,本發明如下所述。 1.一種正型感放射性組成物,其含有:滿足下述a)〜 e)的所有條件的化合物(A),滿足下述f)〜i)的所有 條件的化合物(B),藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準分 子雷射、電子束、極紫外線(extreme ultraviolet,EUV )、 X射線及離子束所組成的組群中的任一種放射線的照射而 直接或間接地產生酸的酸產生劑(C ),酸擴散控制劑(E) ’ 以及溶劑;並且該組成物包含1重量百分比(wt%)〜80 wt%的固體成分以及20 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑,該化合物 (A)的重量與該化合物(B)的重量的和為固體成分總重 量的 50 wt%〜99 wt%。 201131300 a) 分子量:400〜3000 ; b) 不纟谷於驗性顯衫液(風氧化四甲基按(tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide,TMAH)為 2.38 wt〇/〇)中; c) 藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAii 為 2.38 wt%)中; d) 分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 羥基或者羧基; e) 1.0〇SMw/Mr^l.〇5(Mw:數量平均分子量,Mw: 重量平均分子量); f) 分子量:350〜2500 ; g) 可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基; i) l_0〇SMw/Mn$l.〇5。 2.如第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述化 合物(A)為於上述化合物⑻騎有雜減以及缓基 上導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(八心。 3·如第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述化 合物(B)為於所有雜錄以及絲上未導人有酸 性官能基的化合物(Bb)。 第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述— 合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa),即下述式(ia)所表: ,環狀化合物(A1),且上述化合物⑻為上述化知BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a photoresist pattern forming method which is useful for a positive type sensation of a specific low molecular weight compound and a radioactive composition of a saffron (four). [Prior Art] The conventional light-sensitive material is a high molecular weight positive photoresist. However, 'the molecular weight of the positive-type plant material (polymer) is as large as about 10,000 to H), and the molecular weight distribution is also wide. Therefore, the lithography + of the polymer-based photoresist is used to produce the surface of the fine pattern. The thick chain, it is difficult to control the size of the pattern, and the yield is reduced. Therefore, lithography using the previous high/knife-based photoresist material has a limit in miniaturization. In order to make a more subtle case, dj has various low molecular weight positive photoresist materials. Previous low molecular weight positive photoresist materials (compounds) are typically obtained by reacting an acid dissociable functional group-directing reagent with a low molecular weight. However, in this case, the simple photoresist material becomes an A compound containing a π-different σ-containing substance containing a silk base, and it is difficult to obtain a control ratio. (4) It is not practical (refer to the patent document 〇. When the protective group is introduced on all the desired substrates of the low-knife, it is not practical to use the pure material f ' at this time. 'The sensitivity of the positive photoresist using the pure substance is not practical (refer to the patent document 丨) Further, there is a low molecular weight and a low-molecular introduction, and a purely qualitative reporter α is obtained only by selectively introducing a protective group on the green (see Patent Document 2). However, at this time, there is a low introduction of a spicy group. The molecular weight is large, and the low molecular weight of the low-molecular weight 4 201131300. type resist material obtained by the method has a low purity, and is expected to be improved. PRIOR ART DOCUMENT Patent Document Patent Document 1: Patent Application Patent Publication No. 2 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a positive-type radioactive composition that solves the above problems and light using the positive-type radioactive composition. Resistance map The present inventors have diligently studied to solve the above problems, and as a result, have found that a useful positive-type radioactive composition containing a specific low molecular weight compound is effective for solving the above problems, and provides a good resist pattern shape, thereby completing The present invention is as follows: 1. A positive-type radioactive composition containing: Compound (A) satisfying all of the following conditions a) to e), satisfying the following f) to i) Compound (B) of all conditions is selected from any group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-ray, and ion beam. An acid generator (C) which directly or indirectly generates an acid upon irradiation, an acid diffusion controlling agent (E)' and a solvent; and the composition contains 1% by weight (wt%) to 80% by weight of a solid component and 20% by weight ~99 wt% of the solvent, the sum of the weight of the compound (A) and the weight of the compound (B) is 50% by weight to 99% by weight based on the total weight of the solid component. 201131300 a) Molecular weight: 400~3000; b) Not in the quarantine liquid (tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is 2.38 wt〇 / 〇); c) by the action of acid And become soluble in the test developer (TMAii is 2.38 wt%); d) has at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or carboxyl group introduced with an acid dissociable functional group; e) 1.0〇SMw/Mr^l. 〇5 (Mw: number average molecular weight, Mw: weight average molecular weight); f) molecular weight: 350~2500; g) soluble in the developer (TMAH is 2.38wt%); h) at least one phenol in the molecule A hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group; i) l_0〇SMw/Mn$l.〇5. 2. The positive-type radioactive composition according to Item 1, wherein the compound (A) is a compound having an acid-dissociable functional group introduced on the compound (8) and having a hysteresis-functional group (eight hearts). The positive-type radioactive composition according to Item 1, wherein the compound (B) is a compound (Bb) which has an acidic functional group on all the moieties and on the silk. a radioactive composition wherein the above compound (A) is the above compound (Aa), which is represented by the following formula (ia): a cyclic compound (A1), and the above compound (8) is the above-mentioned compound

Bb) ’即下述式(1B)所表示的環狀化合物(。 [化1] 6 201131300Bb) is a cyclic compound represented by the following formula (1B) ([Chemical Formula 1] 6 201131300

(式(1A)中,L獨立地為; 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸絲、碳數鍵、魏1〜20 6〜24的伸芳基、_〇…數〇3=的伸環烧基、碳數 些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的 自由碳數卜20的烧基、石炭數3〜=基’ R獨立地為選 20的芳基、碳數U攸氧基、=概基、碳數6〜 平、亂基、硝基、雜環某、 =原子以及碳數卜2G狀基魏基所組成的组群中的 吕能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜2〇的卜 取代乙基、碳數4〜20的L取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的 1-分支烷基、碳數1〜20的矽烷基、碳數2〜2〇的醯基、 石厌數2〜20的1-取代炫氧基烧基、碳數2〜2〇的環狀醚基、 碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組 群中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,R’獨立地為碳數2 〜20的炫基、或者下述式 201131300 [化2](In the formula (1A), L is independently a linear or branched stretched wire, a carbon number bond, an extended aryl group of 1 to 20 6 to 24, a number of 〇 3 = an exocyclic group; The free carbon number in the group consisting of any combination of carbon number bases, the carbon number of 20, and the number of charcoal 3~= group 'R are independently 20 selected aryl groups, carbon number U 攸 oxy group, = a ruthenium group in the group consisting of a carbon number of 2 to 20, a chaotic group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic ring, a = atom, and a carbon number 2G-based group, and a substituted thiol group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a substituted carbon of 3 to 2 Å, an L-substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms, a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 2 ~2〇 fluorenyl group, stone-tolerant number 2~20 1-substituted methoxyoxyalkyl group, carbon number 2~2〇 cyclic ether group, carbon number 2~20 alkoxycarbonyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group An acid-dissociable functional group in a group consisting of alkyl groups, or a hydrogen atom, R' is independently a thio group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or the following formula 201131300 [Chemical 2]

)p 所表示的基,R4為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、_素原子以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽 烷基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜20的 取代甲基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數1〜20的矽 烷基、碳數2〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷 基、碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以 及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,R1 或R4的至少一者為酸解離性官能基,R5為氫原子或者碳 數1〜20的烷基,m為1〜4的整數,p為0〜5的整數。) [化3] 8 201131300The group represented by p, R4 is an alkyl group selected from a carbon number of 1 to 20, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and cyanogen. a functional group in the group consisting of a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, and an alkylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted methyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and a carbon number of 3 to a 1-substituted ethyl group of 20, a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fluorene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. a group consisting of a 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group The acid dissociable functional group, at least one of R1 or R4 is an acid dissociable functional group, R5 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, m is an integer of 1 to 4, and p is 0 to 5 Integer. ) [Chem. 3] 8 201131300

r1ai; (式(IB)中,La獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數1〜20 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烷基、碳數3〜20的伸環烷基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、-0-、-0C(=0)-、-0C(=0)0-、 -N(R5A)-C(=0)-、-N(R5A)-C(=0)0-、-S-、-SO-、-so2-以及 該些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,R1A獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數 6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、鹵素原子、羧基、以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷基 所組成的組群中的官能基,或者氫原子,R”獨立地為碳數 2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化4]R1ai; (In the formula (IB), La is independently a linear or branched alkyl group selected from a single bond, a carbon number of 1 to 20, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, and a carbon number of 6 to 24 Aryl group, -0-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -N(R5A)-C(=0)-, -N(R5A)-C(=0) a divalent group in the group consisting of 0-, -S-, -SO-, -so2-, and any combination of the groups, R1A is independently selected from an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and a carbon number of 3 ~20 cycloalkyl, aryl 6 to 20, alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, cyano group, nitro group, hydroxyl group, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, carboxyl group, and carbon number 1 to 20. a functional group in a group consisting of alkylalkylalkyl groups, or a hydrogen atom, R" is independently an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or the following formula [Chemical Formula 4]

201131300 所表示的基’r4a為選自由碳數卜如的絲、碳數3 的環烷基、碳數6〜2〇的芳基、碳數卜加的燒氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、減、自素原子、贼以及碳數丄 :20的烷基矽烷基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由 石反數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜2〇的丨·取代乙基、碳數 4〜20的1_取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的丨分支烷基碳數 1〜20的矽烷基、碳數2〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的^取 代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜2〇的烷 2基羰基以及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性 官能基,R1A^ R4A的至少—者為雜祕或者絲,r5a 為氫原子或者碳數1〜20的烷基,mA為i〜4的整數,pA 為0〜5的整數。) 5. —種光阻圖案形成方法,其包括以下步驟:使用如 第1項至第4項中任一項所述之感放射性組成物而於基板 上形成光阻膜;將該光阻膜曝光;以及將該光阻膜顯影而 形成光阻圖案。 [發明效果] 藉由本發明,可提供一種解決上述問題的正型感放射 性組成物、以及使用該組成物的光阻圖案形成方法。本發 明由於可使對正型感放射性組成物有用的光阻化合物的製 is·’憂得谷易,提尚光阻化合物的純度,故而品質管理變得 容易。另外,含有該光阻化合物的正型感放射性組成物提 供良好的光阻圖案。 【實施方式】 201131300 以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 [正型感放射性組成物] 本發明是有關於-種正型感放射性組成物,其含有: 滿足下述a)〜e)的所有條件的化合物(A), 滿足下述f)〜i)的所有條件的化合物(B), 藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準分子雷射 '電子束 j紫外線(EUV)、X射線以及離子束所組成的組群中的任 一種放射線的照射而直接或間接地產生酸的酸產生劑 (C) ’酸擴散控制劑(E),以及溶劑;並且 該組成物包含1 wt%〜80 Wt%的固體成分以及2〇 wt% 〜99 wt%的溶劑, 上述化合物(A)的重量與化合物(B)的重量的和為 固體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt%。 a) 分子量:400〜5000 ; b) 不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2 38 wt%)中; 、c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為 2.38 wt% )中; d )分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 •基或者叛基; e) 1.00SMw/Mn^1.05 ; f) 分子量:350〜4000 ; g) 可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基; i) l.OOSMw/MnSl.050 11 201131300 ^此處所謂可溶於鹼性顯影液中,是指使用將該化合物 溶解於後述溶劑中所成的溶液且藉由旋轉塗佈法而製作的 非晶膜的溶解速度為10人/sec以上。另外,所謂不溶於鹼 性顯影液中,是指使用將該化合物溶解於後述溶劑中所成 ,溶液且藉由旋轉塗佈法而製作的非晶膜的溶解速度為5 人/sec以下。 所謂Mw/Mn,表示多分散度’ Μη為數量平均分子量, Mw為重量平均分子量,可藉由gpc分析等而求出。 Mw/Mn 為 l.〇〇SMw/Md〇5 ,較佳為 l.〇〇SMw/MnS 1.03,更佳為 1.00SMw/MnS 1.01 ,Mw/Mn = 1.00由於包含單一成分’所得光阻圖案的粗糙度降低, 故而特佳。 所謂酸解離性官能基,是指可導入至酚性羥基以及/ 或者羧基上的藉由酸的作用而解離產生原來的酚性羥基以 及/或者羧基的基,可自KrF或ArF用的化學增幅型感放射 性組成物中所使用的羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、(曱基)丙烯酸系 樹脂等十所提出者中適當選擇。例如較佳為列舉:取代曱 基、1-取代乙基、1-取代-正丙基、1-分支烷基、矽烷基、 酿基、1-取代烷氧基甲基、環狀醚基、以及烷氧基羰基等。 上述酸解離性官能基較佳為不具有交聯性官能基。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,化合物(A) 較佳為使用於化合物(B)的所有酚性羥基以及羧基上導 入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Aa)。於化合物(B)的所 有酚性羥基以及羧基上導入酸解離性官能基,與在一部分 12 201131300 的紛性經基以及鲮基上導入酸解離性官能基相比,可更容 易地獲得在品質管理方面有利的高純度化合物。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,化合物(B) 較佳為使用在所有酚性羥基以及羧基上未導入有酸解離性 官能基的化合物(Bb)。可溶於鹼性顯影液中的導入有酸 解離性官能基的化合物(B)可藉由在一部分的酚性羥基 以及叛基上導入酸解離性官能基而獲得,但其反應的控制 以及品質管理與在所有酚性羥基以及羧基上未導入有酸解 離性官能基的化合物(Bb)相比更困難。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,更佳為將上述 化合物(Aa)與化合物(Bb)組合使用。其比例是由固體 成分於23°C下對2.38 wt%的TMAH水溶液的溶解速度來 適當決定。通常為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) = 1〇〜9〇 : 10〜90(wt%),更佳為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) =12 5 〜50 : 50〜87.5 ( wt%),尤佳為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) =15〜3二7:〜85 (wt%)。若為上述調配比例,則為高感 光度而獲得局解析度,線邊緣粗糙度變小。 本發明中較佳為,化合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa), 即下述式(1A)所表示的環狀化合物(A1),且化合物 為上述化合物(Bb)’即下述式(1B)所表示‘狀化合 物(B1)。 ^ 口 [化5] 13 201131300tThe base 'r4a represented by 201131300 is a wire selected from the group consisting of a carbon number, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 fluorene, an alkoxy group having a carbon number, a cyano group, and a nitro group. a functional group in a group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a minus, a self atom, a thief, and an alkyl decyl group having a carbon number of 20: or a substituted fluorenyl group having an inverse number of 2 to 20, a carbon number of 3 to 2〇〇·substituted ethyl group, 1—substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, fluorene-branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and 1 to 2 carbon atoms; a mercapto group, a C 2 to 2 fluorene substituted alkoxyalkyl group, a carbon number 2 to 20 cyclic ether group, a carbon number 2 to 2 fluorene alk 2 carbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group The acid dissociable functional group in the group, at least one of R1A^R4A is a heterozygous or silk, r5a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, mA is an integer of i~4, pA is 0~5 The integer. A method for forming a photoresist pattern, comprising the steps of: forming a photoresist film on a substrate by using the radiation-sensitive composition according to any one of items 1 to 4; Exposing; and developing the photoresist film to form a photoresist pattern. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a positive radiation sensitive composition that solves the above problems, and a photoresist pattern forming method using the composition. In the present invention, since the photoresist compound which can be used for the positive-type radioactive composition can be made easy, the purity of the photoresist compound can be improved, and quality management can be facilitated. Further, the positive-type radioactive composition containing the photoresist compound provides a good photoresist pattern. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. [Positive-type radioactive composition] The present invention relates to a positive-type radioactive composition containing: Compound (A) satisfying all the conditions of the following a) to e), satisfying the following f) to i) Compound (B) of all conditions is directly irradiated by radiation selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser 'electron beam x ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray, and ion beam Or indirectly generating an acid generator (C) 'acid diffusion controlling agent (E), and a solvent; and the composition comprises 1 wt% to 80 Wt% of a solid component and 2% by weight to 99% by weight of a solvent The sum of the weight of the above compound (A) and the weight of the compound (B) is from 50% by weight to 99% by weight based on the total weight of the solid component. a) Molecular weight: 400~5000; b) Insoluble in alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2 38 wt%); c) It becomes soluble in alkaline developing solution by acid action (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) In the molecule; d) having at least one phenolic group or a thiol group introduced with an acid dissociable functional group; e) 1.00SMw/Mn^1.05; f) molecular weight: 350~4000; g) soluble in alkaline Developing solution (TMAH is 2.38wt%); h) having at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or carboxyl group in the molecule; i) l.OOSMw/MnSl.050 11 201131300 ^The so-called soluble in alkaline developing solution means The dissolution rate of the amorphous film produced by the spin coating method using a solution obtained by dissolving the compound in a solvent described later is 10 persons/sec or more. In addition, the insoluble in an alkali developing solution means that the dissolution rate of the amorphous film produced by dissolving the compound in a solvent described later and prepared by a spin coating method is 5 persons/sec or less. The Mw/Mn means that the polydispersity Μη is a number average molecular weight, and Mw is a weight average molecular weight, which can be determined by gpc analysis or the like. Mw / Mn is l. 〇〇 SMw / Md 〇 5, preferably l. 〇〇 SMw / MnS 1.03, more preferably 1.00SMw / MnS 1.01, Mw / Mn = 1.00 due to the inclusion of a single component 'resistance of the photoresist pattern The roughness is reduced, so it is especially good. The acid dissociable functional group refers to a group which can be introduced into a phenolic hydroxyl group and/or a carboxyl group and which is dissociated by an action of an acid to produce an original phenolic hydroxyl group and/or a carboxyl group, and can be chemically amplified from KrF or ArF. The tenth proposed by the hydroxystyrene resin or the (fluorenyl)acrylic resin used in the radiation-sensitive composition is appropriately selected. For example, preferred are substituted fluorenyl, 1-substituted ethyl, 1-substituted-n-propyl, 1-branched alkyl, nonylalkyl, aryl, 1-substituted alkoxymethyl, cyclic ether, And an alkoxycarbonyl group and the like. The above acid-dissociable functional group preferably has no crosslinkable functional group. The compound (A) is preferably used in all the phenolic hydroxyl groups of the compound (B) and the compound (Aa) having an acid dissociable functional group introduced into the carboxyl group in terms of ease of manufacture and quality management. The introduction of an acid dissociable functional group on all the phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups of the compound (B) makes it easier to obtain the quality compared with the introduction of the acid dissociable functional group on a part of the 2011 20113300 thiol group and the sulfhydryl group. A highly pure compound that is advantageous in terms of management. The compound (B) is preferably a compound (Bb) which is not introduced with an acid dissociable functional group on all phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups in terms of ease of manufacture and quality management. The compound (B) having an acid-dissociable functional group which is soluble in an alkaline developing solution can be obtained by introducing an acid-dissociable functional group to a part of the phenolic hydroxyl group and the thiol group, but the reaction control and quality thereof The management is more difficult than the compound (Bb) in which all of the phenolic hydroxyl groups and the carboxyl groups are not introduced with the acid dissociable functional group. In terms of ease of manufacture and quality management, it is more preferred to use the above compound (Aa) in combination with the compound (Bb). The ratio is appropriately determined by the dissolution rate of the solid component at 2.3 ° C for 2.38 wt% of the aqueous TMAH solution. Usually compound (Aa): compound (Bb) = 1 〇 ~ 9 〇: 10 to 90 (wt%), more preferably compound (Aa): compound (Bb) = 12 5 〜 50: 50 to 87.5 (wt% Particularly preferred is the compound (Aa): the compound (Bb) = 15 to 3 2: 7 to 85 (wt%). If the ratio is the above, the degree of resolution is obtained for high sensitivity, and the line edge roughness becomes small. In the present invention, the compound (A) is the above compound (Aa), that is, the cyclic compound (A1) represented by the following formula (1A), and the compound is the above compound (Bb)', that is, the following formula (1B) ) is represented as a compound (B1). ^ 口 [化5] 13 201131300t

(式(1A)中’ L獨立地為選自由翠鍵、碳數卜加 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸錄、碳數3〜2〇的伸麟基、碳數 6〜24的伸芳基…〇_、-OC(=〇)_、%㈢〇、 _n(r5)-C(=0)_、·Ν(Ιι5κ(=0)α、_s〜s〇、_s〇2 以及該 些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,Rl獨立地為選 自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜 2〇的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、雜環基、 鹵素原子、碳數1〜20的烧基石夕烧基、該些基的衍生物所 組成的組群中的官能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代曱基、 石及數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜2〇的取代-正丙基、 石反數3〜20的1-分支烧基、碳數1〜2〇的;g夕烧基、碳數2 〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜20的丨_取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜 20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基 烧基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,R, 獨立地為碳數2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化6] 14 201131300(In the formula (1A), 'L is independently a linear or branched excipient selected from the group consisting of a cinnabar bond, a carbon number, a cyclinyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 Å, and an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24. ...〇_, -OC(=〇)_, %(3)〇, _n(r5)-C(=0)_,·Ν(Ιι5κ(=0)α, _s~s〇, _s〇2 and these bases The divalent group in the group consisting of any combination, R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms, and carbon. a functional group in the group consisting of an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a carbon atom of 1 to 20, and a derivative of the group of 1 to 20, Selecting a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a stone and a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 2 fluorene, and a 1-branched alkyl group having an inverse number of 3 to 20 a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å; a sulfonium group; a fluorenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms; a fluorene-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; and a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; An acid-dissociable functional group in the group consisting of an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a hydrogen atom, R, independently Number 2~20 alkyl group, or the following formula [Formula 6] 14 201 131 300

P 所表示的基或者該些基的衍生物,R4為選自由碳數丄 〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜2〇的芳基、 碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子、 碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷基、以及該些基的衍生物所組成的 組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜2〇的取代曱基、碳 數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜2〇的1_取代·正丙基、 石厌數3〜20的1-分支烧基、碳數1〜2〇的石夕烧基、碳數2 〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜 2〇的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基 烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,Rl或R4的至少 一者為酸解離性官能基,R5為氫原子或者碳數丨〜2〇的烷 基,m為1〜4的整數,p為〇〜5的整數) [化7] 15 201131300a group represented by P or a derivative of the group, R4 is an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of 碳20 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 2 a functional group in the group consisting of alkoxy, cyano, nitro, heterocyclic, halogen atom, alkylalkylalkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and derivatives of such groups, or selected from a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1 -substituted n-propyl group having 4 to 2 carbon atoms, and a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon numbers a sulphur group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, and carbon An acid dissociable functional group in the group consisting of 2 to 20 alkoxycarbonyl groups and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, at least one of R1 or R4 being an acid dissociable functional group, and R5 being a hydrogen atom or a carbon number烷基~2〇 alkyl, m is an integer from 1 to 4, and p is an integer from 〇 to 5) [Chem. 7] 15 201131300

mA (IB) (式(IB)中,LA獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數卜⑽ 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烧基、碳數3〜2G的伸魏基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、_〇_、_〇c(=〇)·、_〇c(=〇)〇、 -N(R A)-C(=〇)-、-N(R5A)-C(=〇)〇_、_s-、-SO-、-S02-以及 :玄些基的任意組合所组成的組群中的二價基,R1A獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數 6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、鹵素原子、羧基、碳數1〜2〇的烷基矽烷基、該 些基的衍生物所組成的組群中的官能基,或者氫原子,R" 獨立地為碳數2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化8]mA (IB) (In the formula (IB), LA is independently a linear or branched stretching group selected from a single bond, a carbon number (10), a stretching group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 G, and a carbon number of 6 to 24 Aryl group, _〇_, _〇c(=〇)·, _〇c(=〇)〇, -N(RA)-C(=〇)-, -N(R5A)-C(=〇 a divalent group in the group consisting of 〇_, _s-, -SO-, -S02-, and any combination of singular groups, and R1A is independently selected from an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and a carbon number a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 20, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, and a carbon number of 1 to 2? An alkylalkyl group, a functional group in a group consisting of derivatives of the groups, or a hydrogen atom, R" independently an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or the following formula [Chem. 8]

所表示的基或者該些基的衍生物,r4A為選自由碳數1 201131300. 〜2〇的絲、碳數3〜2G的環絲、碳數6〜20的芳基、 碳數1〜2〇的絲基、氰基、石絲、雜環基、經基、函素 原子緩基碳數1〜2〇的烧基石夕烧基、以及該些基的衍 生物所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜20的 取代曱基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜2〇的】_ 取代-正丙基、碳數3〜20的丄_分支烧基、碳數^的石夕 烷基、碳數2〜20的酸基、碳數2〜2〇的l取代烧氧基烷 基、碳數2:20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜2㈣烧氧基幾基以 及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,r1a 或r4A的至少一者為酚性羥基或者羧基,R5A為氫原子或 者石厌數1〜20的貌基,1^為卜4的整數,pA為〇〜5的 整數)。 上述酸解離性官能基可自KrF或ArF用的化學增幅型 光阻組成物中所使用的羥基笨乙烯系樹脂、(曱基)丙烯酸 系樹脂等中所提出者中適當選擇而使用。例如較佳為列舉 取代曱基、1-取代乙基、1-取代-正丙基、丨_分支烷基、石夕 炫•基、酿基、1-取代烧氧基曱基、環狀_基、以及烧氧基 羰基等。上述酸解離性官能基較佳為不具有交聯性官能基。 取代甲基通常為碳數2〜20的取代曱基,較佳為碳數 4〜18的取代甲基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的取代曱基。例如 可列舉.曱氧基曱基、甲基硫基曱基、乙氧基曱基、正丙 氧基曱基、異丙氧基曱基、正丁氧基甲基、第三丁氧基甲 基、2-甲基丙氧基曱基、乙基硫基曱基、曱氧基乙氧基曱 基、苯基氧基曱基、1-環戊基氧基甲基、環己基氧基甲 17 201131300 基、苄基硫基曱基、苄醯曱基(phenacyl)、4-漠苄醯曱基、 4-甲氧基苄酷曱基、向日葵基(piperonyl)、以及下述式(7) 所表示的取代基等。 [化9]The group represented by the group or the derivative of the group, r4A is selected from the group consisting of carbon number 1 201131300. 〜2〇 filament, carbon number 3~2G ring filament, carbon number 6~20 aryl group, carbon number 1~2 a group consisting of a silk group, a cyano group, a rock wire, a heterocyclic group, a thiol group, a decyl group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 2 Å, and a derivative of the group a functional group, or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a substituted fluorenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbon number of 4 to 2 Å, a substituted-n-propyl group, and a carbon number of 3 to 20 a branched alkyl group, a carbon number of alkaloid, an acid group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1 substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2:20 carbon atoms, and carbon The acid dissociable functional group in the group consisting of 2 to 2 (d) alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, at least one of r1a or r4A is a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and R5A is a hydrogen atom or a stone anastomosis The number of bases of 1 to 20, 1^ is an integer of 4, and pA is an integer of 〇5. The above-mentioned acid-dissociable functional group can be suitably selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group-based vinyl resin or a (fluorenyl) acrylic resin used in a chemically amplified photoresist composition for KrF or ArF. For example, a substituted fluorenyl group, a 1-substituted ethyl group, a 1-substituted-n-propyl group, a fluorene-branched alkyl group, an anthracene group, a aryl group, a 1-substituted alkoxy group, and a ring _ are preferably exemplified. a base, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and the like. The above acid-dissociable functional group preferably has no crosslinkable functional group. The substituted methyl group is usually a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a substituted methyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted fluorenyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, an anthracene fluorenyl group, a methylthio fluorenyl group, an ethoxy fluorenyl group, a n-propoxy fluorenyl group, an isopropoxy fluorenyl group, a n-butoxymethyl group, a third butoxy group Base, 2-methylpropoxyfluorenyl, ethylthiodecyl, decyloxyethoxymethyl, phenyloxyindenyl, 1-cyclopentyloxymethyl, cyclohexyloxymethyl 17 201131300 benzyl, benzylthio sulfhydryl, phenacyl, 4- benzinyl, 4-methoxybenzyl sulfhydryl, piperonyl, and the following formula (7) Substituents represented and the like. [Chemistry 9]

(7) (式(7)中,R2為碳數1〜4的烷基。碳數1〜4的 烷基可列舉甲基、乙基、異丙基、正丙基、第三丁基、正 丁基等。) 1-取代乙基通常為碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基,較佳為 碳數5〜18的1-取代乙基,尤佳為碳數7〜16的取代乙基。 例如可列舉:1-曱氧基乙基、1-曱基硫基乙基、1,1-二曱氧 基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基、1-乙基硫基乙基、1,1-二乙氧基乙 18 201131300 基、正丙氧基乙基、異丙氧基乙基、正丁氧基乙基、第三 丁氧基乙基、2-曱基丙氧基乙基、1-苯氧基乙基、1-苯基 硫基乙基、1,1-二苯氧基乙基、1-環戊基氧基乙基、1-環己 基氧基乙基、1-苯基乙基、1,1-二苯基乙基、以及下述式(8) 所表示的取代基等。 [化 10](7) In the formula (7), R2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-propyl group, and a t-butyl group. n-Butyl and the like.) The 1-substituted ethyl group is usually a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a 1-substituted ethyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 18, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 7 to 16 Ethyl. For example, 1-methoxyethyl, 1-mercaptothioethyl, 1,1-dimethoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-ethylthioethyl, 1 ,1-diethoxyethyl 18 201131300 base, n-propoxyethyl, isopropoxyethyl, n-butoxyethyl, tert-butoxyethyl, 2-mercaptopropoxyethyl , 1-phenoxyethyl, 1-phenylthioethyl, 1,1-diphenoxyethyl, 1-cyclopentyloxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl, 1- Phenylethyl, 1,1-diphenylethyl, and a substituent represented by the following formula (8). [化10]

(式(8)中,R2與上述同樣。) 1-取代-正丙基通常為碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基, 較佳為碳數6〜18的1-取代-正丙基,尤佳為碳數8〜16 的1-取代-正丙基。例如可列舉1-曱氧基-正丙基以及1-乙 氧基-正丙基等。 1-分支烷基通常為碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基,較佳為 19 2〇113130〇l 碳數5〜18的1-分支烧基,尤佳為碳數7〜16的分支烧基。 例如可列舉:異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1,1_二曱基 丙基、1-曱基丁基、1,1-二曱基丁基、2-曱基金剛烷基 (2-methyl adamantyl)、以及2-乙基金剛烷基等。 矽烷基通常為碳數1〜20的矽烷基,較佳為碳數3〜 18的矽烷基,尤佳為碳數5〜16的矽烷基。例如可列舉: 三曱基矽烷基、乙基二曱基矽烷基、曱基二乙基矽烷基、 三乙基矽烷基、第三丁基二曱基矽烷基、第三丁基二乙基 矽烷基、第三丁基二笨基矽烷基、三-第三丁基矽烷基以及 三苯基矽烷基等。 醯基通常為碳數2〜20的醯基,較佳為碳數4〜18的 醯基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的醯基。例如可列舉:乙醯基 (acetyl )、苯氧基乙醯基(phenoxy acetyl )、丙醢基 (propionyl)、丁醯基(butyryl)、庚醯基(heptanoyl)、己 醯基(hexanoyl)、戊醯基(valeryl)、特戊醯基(pivaloyl)、 異戊醯基(isovaleryl)、月桂醯基(lauroyl)、金剛烷基羰 基(adamantyl carbonyl)、苯曱醯基(benzoyl)以及萘曱 醯基(naphthoyl)等。 1-取代烷氧基曱基通常為碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基 曱基,較佳為碳數4〜18的1-取代烷氧基曱基,尤佳為碳 數6〜16的1-取代烷氧基甲基。例如可列舉·· ι_環戊基曱 氧基曱基、1-環戊基乙氧基曱基、1-環己基曱氧基曱基、 1-環己基乙氧基曱基、1-環辛基曱氧基曱基以及1-金剛烧 基曱氧基曱基等。 20 201131300 ^o/ivpif 壤狀謎基通常為碳數2〜20的環狀趟基,較佳為碳數 4〜18的環狀醚基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的環狀醚基。例如 可列舉:四氫°比喃基(tetrahydropyranyl )、四氫π夫喃基 (tetrahydrofuranyl)、四氫噻喃基(tetrahydrothiopyranyl)、 四氳硫代吱喃基(tetrahydrothiofuranyl)、4-曱氧基四氫〇比 喃基(4-methoxy tetrahydropyrany 1)以及4-曱氧基四氫噻 喃基(4-methoxy tetrahydrothiopyranyl)等。 烷氧基羰基通常為碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基,較佳為 碳數4〜18的烷氧基羰基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的烷氧基羰 基。例如可列舉:曱氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙氧基羰 基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基或者 下述式(9)的n=0所表示的酸解離性官能基等。 烧氧基羰基烷基通常為碳數2〜20的烷氧基幾基烧 基,較佳為碳數4〜18的烷氧基羰基烷基,尤佳為碳數6 〜16的烷氧基羰基烷基。例如可列舉:曱氧基羰基甲基、 乙氧基羰基曱基、正丙氧基羰基甲基、異丙氧基羰基甲基、 正丁氧基羰基曱基或者下述式(9)的η==ι〜4所表示的酸 解離性官能基等。 [化 11] 21 201131300 ^ V/ f x ^ ^μλΪ.(In the formula (8), R2 is the same as above.) The 1-substituted-n-propyl group is usually a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 20, preferably a 1-substituted-positive group having a carbon number of 6 to 18. The propyl group is particularly preferably a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 16. For example, 1-nonyloxy-n-propyl group, 1-ethoxy-n-propyl group and the like can be mentioned. The 1-branched alkyl group is usually a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 19 2 〇 113130 〇 1 of a 1-branched alkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a branch having a carbon number of 7 to 16. Burning base. For example, isopropyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, 1,1-dimercaptopropyl, 1-decylbutyl, 1,1-didecylbutyl, 2-hydrazine fund Alkyl (2-methyl adamantyl), 2-ethyladamantyl and the like. The fluorenyl group is usually a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a decyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a decyl group having 5 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, tridecylalkyl, ethyl decyl decyl, decyl diethyl decyl, triethyl decyl, tert-butyl decyl decyl, and tert-butyl diethyl decane A group, a tert-butyldiphenylalkylene group, a tri-tert-butylfluorenyl group, a triphenyldecylalkyl group, and the like. The fluorenyl group is usually a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a fluorenyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, acetyl, phenoxy acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, pentamidine Valeryl, pivaloyl, isovaleryl, lauroyl, adamantyl carbonyl, benzoyl, and naphthoquinone Naphthoyl) and so on. The 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group is usually a 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a carbon number of 6~ 16-substituted alkoxymethyl. For example, ι_cyclopentyl decyloxy fluorenyl group, 1-cyclopentylethoxy fluorenyl group, 1-cyclohexyl decyloxy fluorenyl group, 1-cyclohexyl ethoxy fluorenyl group, 1-ring ring An octyl decyloxy fluorenyl group and a 1-adamantyl fluorenyl fluorenyl group. 20 201131300 ^o/ivpif The magnetic base is usually a cyclic fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a cyclic ether group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a cyclic ether group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. . For example, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, 4-decyloxytetrazole can be cited. 4-methoxy tetrahydropyrany 1 and 4-methoxy tetrahydrothiopyranyl. The alkoxycarbonyl group is usually an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, an oximeoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a n-propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a n-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, or n=0 of the following formula (9) An acid dissociable functional group or the like represented. The alkoxyalkyl group is usually an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Carbonylalkyl. For example, a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl fluorenyl group, a n-propoxycarbonylmethyl group, an isopropoxycarbonylmethyl group, a n-butoxycarbonyl fluorenyl group, or η of the following formula (9) The acid dissociable functional group represented by == ι 〜4, and the like. [2011 11] 21 201131300 ^ V / f x ^ ^μλΪ.

A0气U滅 (9) (式(9)中,R2為氫或碳數i〜4的直鏈或分支烷基, η為0〜4的整數。) 該些酸解離性官能基中,較佳為取代甲基、1-取代乙 基、1-取代炫氧基曱基、環狀_基、炫氧基羰基、以及烧 氧基羰基烷基,取代曱基、1_取代乙基、烷氧基羰基以及 烷氧基羰基烷基由於為高感光度而更佳,進而更佳為具; 選自碳數3〜12的環烷烴(cycl〇alkane)、内酯(lact〇ne 以及碳數6〜16的芳香族環中的結構的酸解離性官能基 奴數3〜12的環烧煙可為單環亦 ,但 環。具體例可列舉:單璟栌柿擁一 ^ 環炫烴等;更具體而言可f f—%燒經、1 環己烧等單魏煙’或金歹二.二^^丁 h環姐 異冰片烷、三環恭、P、 ro +冰片烷(norbornane) 中,較佳為金剛燒?三、以= 裒烷烴。該卿 三環癸烷。碳數3~12 "° 衣杂烷,特佳為金剛烷 舉丁㈣或者具有二代基。内㈣ 12的環烷烴基‘ 22 201131300 6〜16的芳香族環可列舉苯(benzene)環、萘(naphthalene) 環、蒽(anthracene )環、菲(phenanthrene )環、芘(pyrene ) 環等,較佳為苯環、萘環,特佳為萘環。 尤其是選自由下述式(10)所表示的各基所組成的組 群中的酸解離性官能基由於解析性高而較佳。 [化 12]A0 gas U-(9) (In the formula (9), R2 is hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 4, and η is an integer of 0 to 4.) Among the acid-dissociable functional groups, Preferably substituted methyl, 1-substituted ethyl, 1-substituted decyloxy fluorenyl, cyclic yl, methoxycarbonyl, and alkyloxyalkyl, substituted fluorenyl, 1-substituted ethyl, alkane The oxycarbonyl group and the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group are more preferably higher in sensitivity, and more preferably are selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkane, a lactone (lact〇nekane) and a carbon number of 3 to 12 carbon atoms. 6 to 16 in the aromatic ring structure of the acid dissociation functional group slave number 3 to 12 ring-burning smoke can be a single ring, but the ring. Specific examples can be cited: single 璟栌 persimmon one ^ ring hydrocarbon, etc. More specifically, ff-% burnt, 1 ring of hexazone, etc., or 歹2. 2^^, □ h ring sister, isobornane, tricyclic, P, ro + norbornane Preferably, it is a diamond, a trioxane, a decane, a tricyclodecane, a carbon number of 3 to 12 "°, a hetero alkane, a tetraammine, or a diradical. 12 cycloalkane groups ' 22 201131300 6 to 16 The aromatic ring may, for example, be a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a pyrene ring or the like, preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and particularly preferably a naphthalene ring. In particular, the acid-dissociable functional group selected from the group consisting of the respective groups represented by the following formula (10) is preferred because of high resolution.

(1 〇) (式(10)中’R6A為氫原子或者碳數丨〜4的直鍵或 23 201131300 分支烷基,R6為氫原子、排叙,Λ L山 ..I灭數1〜4的直鏈或分支烷基、 氰基、硝基、雜ί哀基、鹵素%不 承席子、羧基,〜為〇〜4的整數, 叱為1〜5的整數,η〇為〇〜4的整數。) 另外,酸解離性官能基Ri只要不損及本發明的效果, 則可為包含下述式(11)所表示的重複單元、下述式(丨2) 或R1 (R1與上述同樣)所表示的末端基的取代基。 [化 13](1 〇) (In the formula (10), 'R6A is a hydrogen atom or a straight bond of carbon number 丨~4 or 23 201131300 branched alkyl group, R6 is a hydrogen atom, a rehearsal, ΛL mountain.. I extinction number 1~4 Linear or branched alkyl, cyano, nitro, heterozygous, halogen% unsupported, carboxyl, ~ is an integer of 〇~4, 叱 is an integer from 1 to 5, and η〇 is 〇~4 In addition, the acid dissociable functional group Ri may include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (11), a formula (丨2) or R1 (R1 is the same as described above) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. a substituent of the terminal group represented. [Chem. 13]

[化 14] X〇R1)ne (X 2) 式(11)以及/或者式(12)中,R1與上述同樣。L·與 上述同樣,幸父佳為單鍵、亞曱基、伸乙基或者羰基。多個 Q町相同亦可不同。叱為〇〜4的整數,%為1〜3的整數, X為〇〜3的整數’且滿足+ 。多個叱、恥、χ 24 201131300 j〇/iypif 同f可不同。R3為選自由鹵素原子、烧基、環烧基、 =基^絲、院氧基、芳氧基、稀基、醯基、烧氧基幾 二Γ基氧基、絲基氧基、氰基、以及石肖基所組成的 ^中的取代基。-麵子可列舉氣原子、_子以及姨 原子;燒基可列料基、乙基、丙基、正喊、正丁基、 第一丁基、第二丁基等碳原子數1〜4的烷基;環 =可列舉環己基、降冰絲、金_基等;絲可列舉 ^土 *甲苯基(tolyl)、二甲苯基(xyly。、萘基(一邮) 基可列料基、録枝、二·錄等;烧氧 =列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、祕乙氧基、丙氧基、經基丙 一土、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第 ς丁氧基等碳軒數i〜4 氧基;芳氧基可列舉苯氧基 =烯基可_乙職、丙縣、制基、讀基等碳原 子數2〜4的烯基;縣可列舉甲、乙醯基、丙酸基、 丁酿基、姐基、異戊«、特戊醯基等碳原子數卜6 ^脂肪族,以及苯曱酿基、甲笨甲酿基(她。⑷等 芳香族酿基;錄基Μ基可列舉f氧基躲、乙氧基幾基、 =氧基羰基、異丙氧基縣、正丁氧基綠、異丁氧_ 基、第二丁氧基·、第三丁氧基縣等碳原子數2〜5 的烧氧基祕,舰基氧基可列舉乙轉基、㈣基氧基、 丁醯基氧基、異基氧基戊錄氧基、異姐基氧基、 特戊酿基氧基等;芳醯基氧基可列舉笨甲酿基氧基等。 個R3可相同亦可不同。 本發明中,所謂酸解離性官能基,是指在酸的存在下 25 201131300 開裂而產生驗可溶性基的特性基。驗可溶性基可列舉雜 經基、絲、雜基、六氟異丙醇基等,較佳為盼性經基 以及緩基’特佳為祕減。為了可形 古 解析度的_,上賴解雜官祕錄為料在酸^ 在下連鎖地產生開裂反應的性質。 上述式⑴所表示的化合物(A)是將選自由芳香族 Μ基化合物(All)所組成的組群中的—種以上、以及盼 類(AU)進行縮合反應,然後使酸解離性官能基導 劑反應而獲得。 芳香族裁基化合物(All)為苯曱酸(benzaldehyde) 以及其衍生物,例如可列舉:苯曱醛、甲基苯甲醛、二甲 基苯甲醛、乙基苯曱醛、丙基苯曱醛、丁基苯曱醛、乙基 甲基苯曱越、異丙基曱基苯甲盤、二乙基苯甲盤、大菌香 醛(anisaldehyde )、萘曱醛(naphthaldehyde )、蒽甲醛 (anthraldehyde)、環丙基苯甲醛、環丁烷苯甲醛、^戊烷 苯甲酸、環己烧苯甲酸、苯基苯曱酸、萘基苯曱酸、金剛 烷基苯甲醛、降冰片基苯甲醛、乳醯基苯甲醛( benzaldehyde)、異丙基苯甲醛、正丙基苯甲醛、溴苯甲酸、 二曱基胺基苯甲醛、環丙基苯曱醛、環丁烷苯甲醛、環戊 烧苯甲酸、環己烧苯甲酸、苯基苯帽、萘基苯曱搭:金 剛烷基苯曱醛、降冰片基苯甲醛、乳醯基苯曱醛、羥基苯 甲醛以及二羥基苯甲醛等,較佳為丙基苯甲醛、丁基苯曱 醛、羥基苯曱醛、環己基苯〒醛、苯基苯甲醛,更佳為丙 基苯曱醛、丁基苯曱醛、環己基苯曱醛以及苯基苯甲醛, 26 201131300 jo/iypif x麟己絲。料_基化合物 首mu發明效果的範_具有碳數1〜4的 直鏈或刀支絲、减、麟、錢原子等。芳香族 化合物(All)可單獨使用,或將兩種以上組合使用。人土 (M2)可列舉:可具有後述取代基的苯齡、鄰 本二敌(catechol)、間苯二酚(res〇rcin〇1)、對苯二酚 (hydroquirume)、鄰苯三酚(pyr〇gall〇1)等較佳為屯 取代苯紛、間苯二齡、鄰苯三齡、,更佳為間苯二齡、鄰苯 二紛’尤佳為間苯二紛。賴(A12)可於不損及本發明 效果的範圍内具有碳數丨〜加的直鏈或分支絲、碳數^ 〜20的環狀烧基、碳數6〜2〇的芳基、氰基、經基、齒素 原子等。賴(A12)可·制,或者將兩種以上組合 使用。 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物可利用公知的方法製 ie。例如藉由於甲醇、乙醇等有機溶劑中,相對於芳香族 羰基化合物(All) 1莫耳,使用〇1莫耳〜1〇莫耳量的酚 類(A12)、酸觸媒(鹽酸、硫酸或對曱苯磺酸等),於6〇它 〜150 C下反應0.5小時〜20小時左右,過濾後,以甲醇等 醇類進行清洗,紐水洗,進行過濾、分離,並使其乾燥而 獲得。亦可藉由使用鹼性觸媒(氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鋇或H 二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]十一烯_7等)代替酸觸媒,同樣地進行 反應而獲得。進而,上述式(1B)所表示的化合物亦可以 鹵化虱或_素軋體將上述芳香族幾基化合物(AH)製成 二鹵化物,然後使單離的二鹵化物與酚類(A12)反應而 27 201131300. I 立十f 製造。 化合物(A)是藉由在化合物(B)的至少一個紛性經 基或者羧基上導入酸解離性官能基而獲得。在化合物(B) 的至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基上導入酸解離性官能基的方 法已公知。例如可如以下所述,在化合物(B)的至少一 個盼性經基或者羧基上導入酸解離性官能基。用以導入酸 解離性官能基的化合物(酸解離性官能基導入試劑)可以 公知的方法合成或者容易獲取,例如可列舉:醯鹵、酸野、 一碳酸酯等活性羧酸衍生物化合物,烷基鹵化物、乙烯基 烷基醚、二氫吡喃(dihydr〇pyrane)、鹵代羧酸烷基酯等, 但並無特別限定。 例如於丙酮、四氫呋喃(tetrahydr〇furan ’ THF)、丙 二醇單曱私酸自旨⑽f子性溶财使化合物⑻溶解 或懸浮。接著,添加乙基乙烯基醚等乙烯基烷基醚或者二 氫吡喃,於對曱苯磺酸吡啶鑌等酸觸媒的存在下,於常壓、 20 C〜60 C下反應6小時〜72小時。接著將反應液以驗性 化合物中和’然後添加於蒸顧水中,使白色固體析出後, 將所分離的白色g]體以蒸德水清洗,加以乾燥此 得化合物(A)。 另外,於丙_、THF、丙二醇單甲驗乙酸醋等非質子 性溶劑中使化合物(B)轉或麵浮l添加乙基 氯曱謎等錄i化物或料乙酸?基金·基料減叛 酸烧絲,於碳酸鉀等__存在下,於f壓、抓〜 110C下反應6丨時〜72小時。接著將反應液以鹽酸等酸 28 201131300 ’使白色固體析出後,將 ,加以乾燥,藉此獲得化 加以中和,然後添加於蒸餾水中 所分離的白色固體以蒸餾水清洗 合物(A)。 Μ Ϊ佳為使用兩種以上的芳香族縣化合物(A11)。藉 上的芳香族縣化合物(A11) ’所得環狀化 合物對+導體安全溶劑的溶解性提高。 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物的分子量為99()〜29〇〇, 較佳為1040〜2650,更佳為1〇8〇〜24〇〇,尤佳為u5〇〜 2200。上述式(1B)所表示的化合物的分子量為〜 誦,較佳為840〜1750,更佳為88〇〜15⑻,尤佳為95〇 〜1300。若為上絲圍,射保持光輯_必需的 性,並且具有耐熱性。 、上述式(1A)所表示的化合物⑷較佳為可列舉下 述式(2A)所表示的化合物。 [化 15]X〇R1)ne (X 2) In the formula (11) and/or the formula (12), R1 is the same as described above. L· is the same as above, and the father is preferably a single bond, an anthracene group, an ethyl group or a carbonyl group. Multiple Q towns can be the same or different.叱 is an integer of 44, % is an integer of 1 to 3, and X is an integer 〇~3 and satisfies +. Multiple 叱, shame, χ 24 201131300 j〇/iypif can be different from f. R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a decyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a ruthenium group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a dilute group, a fluorenyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorenyloxy group, a silk group oxy group, and a cyano group. And the substituents in ^ which are composed of Shi Xiaoji. - the surface may be exemplified by a gas atom, a _ sub- and a ruthenium atom; a base group of an alkyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a sulfonium group, a n-butyl group, a first butyl group, a second butyl group and the like having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; The alkyl group; the ring = may be exemplified by a cyclohexyl group, an ice-reducing silk, a gold-based group or the like; and the silk may be a toluene (tolyl), a xylyl group (xyly., a naphthyl group). Recording, second recording, etc.; burning oxygen = enumerated methoxy, ethoxy, secret ethoxy, propoxy, propyl propyl, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, Examples include a second butoxy group, a decyloxy group, and the like, wherein the number of carbon atoms is 2, and the aryloxy group is exemplified by a phenoxy group; an alkenyl group; 〜4 alkenyl; the county can be listed as methyl, ethyl fluorenyl, propionic acid, butyl, succinyl, isoprene, pentylene, and the like, and the number of carbon atoms is 6 ^ aliphatic, and benzoquinone, A stupid base (her. (4) and other aromatic brewing base; the base group can be enumerated as f-oxyl, ethoxylated, =oxycarbonyl, isopropoxy, n-butoxy green, different The number of carbon atoms such as butoxy-based, second butoxy-based, and third-butoxy-based 5, alkoxy groups, the base oxygen can be exemplified by ethyl thio, (tetra) oxy, butyl oxy, isoyloxy pentyloxy, iso-succinyloxy, pentyloxy, etc.; The mercaptooxy group may, for example, be a benzyloxy group or the like. The R3 may be the same or different. In the present invention, the acid dissociable functional group means a property of detecting a soluble group by the cracking of 25 201131300 in the presence of an acid. The soluble group may include a heterobasic group, a silk, a hetero group, a hexafluoroisopropanol group, etc., and preferably a promiscuous radical and a slow base are particularly preferred. For the shape of the paleo-resolution, The compound of the above formula (1) is a group selected from the group consisting of aromatic mercapto compounds (All). The compound (A) represented by the above formula (1) is selected from the group consisting of aromatic mercapto compounds (All). The above-mentioned and the desired (AU) are subjected to a condensation reaction, and then obtained by reacting an acid-dissociable functional group-conductive compound. The aromatic-based compound (All) is a benzaldehyde and a derivative thereof, and for example, : benzofural, methyl benzaldehyde, dimethyl benzaldehyde, ethyl benzofural, Benzofurfural, butyl benzofural, ethyl methyl benzophenone, isopropyl sulfhydryl benzene disk, diethyl benzene disk, anisaldehyde, naphthaldehyde, Anthraldehyde, cyclopropylbenzaldehyde, cyclobutane benzaldehyde, pentane benzoic acid, cyclohexane benzoic acid, phenylbenzoic acid, naphthylbenzoic acid, adamantylbenzaldehyde, norbornene Benzoaldehyde, benzaldehyde, cumene benzaldehyde, n-propyl benzaldehyde, bromobenzoic acid, dinonylaminobenzaldehyde, cyclopropylbenzaldehyde, cyclobutane benzaldehyde, Cyclopentene benzoic acid, cyclohexane benzoic acid, phenylbenzene cap, naphthyl benzoquinone: adamantyl benzofural, norbornyl benzaldehyde, decyl benzofural, hydroxybenzaldehyde and dihydroxybenzene Formaldehyde, etc., preferably propyl benzaldehyde, butyl benzofural, hydroxybenzaldehyde, cyclohexyl benzene aldehyde, phenyl benzaldehyde, more preferably propyl benzofural, butyl benzofural, cyclohexyl Benzofurfural and phenylbenzaldehyde, 26 201131300 jo/iypif x Linhex. Material_Base compound The invention of the effect of the first mu has a linear or scalloped wire having a carbon number of 1 to 4, a minus, a lining, a money atom and the like. The aromatic compound (All) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the human soil (M2) include benzene age, catechol, resorcinol (res〇rcin〇1), hydroquine, and pyrogallol which may have a substituent described later. Pyr〇gall〇1), etc. are preferably hydrazine-substituted benzene, meta-benzene stellate, ortho-benzene, and more preferably benzene-dimer, or phthalate. Lai (A12) may have a linear or branched carbon having a carbon number of 、~, a cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of -20, a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å, and a cyanide in a range not detracting from the effects of the present invention. Base, meridine, dentate atom, etc. Lai (A12) can be used, or two or more types can be used in combination. The compound represented by the above formula (1B) can be produced by a known method. For example, by using an organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol, a phenol (A12) or an acid catalyst (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or the like) is used in an amount of from 1 mol to 1 mol per mol of the aromatic carbonyl compound (All). For the benzene benzenesulfonic acid, etc., it is reacted at ~150 C for 0.5 hr to 20 hr. After filtration, it is washed with an alcohol such as methanol, washed with water, filtered, separated, and dried. It can also be obtained by similarly using an alkaline catalyst (sodium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide or H-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7, etc.) instead of the acid catalyst. Further, the compound represented by the above formula (1B) may be a halogenated ruthenium or a ruthenium-based alloy, and the aromatic group-based compound (AH) may be made into a dihalide, and then the isolated dihalide and the phenol (A12) may be obtained. Reaction and 27 201131300. I Li 10 f manufacturing. The compound (A) is obtained by introducing an acid dissociable functional group on at least one of a divalent radical or a carboxyl group of the compound (B). A method of introducing an acid dissociable functional group to at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or carboxyl group of the compound (B) is known. For example, an acid dissociable functional group may be introduced on at least one of a desired trans group or a carboxyl group of the compound (B) as described below. The compound (acid dissociable functional group introducing reagent) for introducing an acid dissociable functional group can be synthesized or easily obtained by a known method, and examples thereof include an active carboxylic acid derivative compound such as hydrazine halide, acid field, and monocarbonate, and an alkane. The group halide, vinyl alkyl ether, dihydr〇pyrane, alkyl halocarboxylate or the like is not particularly limited. For example, in the case of acetone, tetrahydrofuran ('THF), propylene glycol monoterpene, the compound (8) is dissolved or suspended. Next, a vinyl alkyl ether such as ethyl vinyl ether or dihydropyran is added, and the reaction is carried out at normal pressure at 20 C to 60 C for 6 hours in the presence of an acid catalyst such as pyridinium sulfonate. 72 hours. Then, the reaction mixture is neutralized with an organic compound, and then added to the steaming water to precipitate a white solid. Then, the separated white g body is washed with steamed water and dried to obtain a compound (A). Further, in the aprotic solvent such as propylene, THF or propylene glycol monoacetic acid vinegar, the compound (B) is transferred or floated, and the ethyl chloroform or the like is added. Fund·Base material minus acid burning, in the presence of potassium carbonate, etc., in the presence of __, f pressure, grab ~ 110C reaction 6 〜 ~ 72 hours. Then, the reaction liquid was precipitated with an acid such as hydrochloric acid 28 201131300 ', and then dried to obtain a neutralization. Then, the white solid separated in distilled water was added to wash the compound (A) in distilled water. Ϊ Ϊ is a compound of two or more aromatic compounds (A11). The solubility of the cyclic compound obtained by the aromatic compound (A11)' in the +-conductor safe solvent is improved. The compound represented by the above formula (1A) has a molecular weight of 99 () to 29 Å, preferably 1040 to 2650, more preferably 1 〇 8 〇 to 24 Å, and particularly preferably 5% to 2,200. The compound represented by the above formula (1B) has a molecular weight of 诵, preferably 840 to 1,750, more preferably 88 to 15 (8), still more preferably 95 to 1300. In the case of the upper wire, the lens maintains the necessary properties and has heat resistance. The compound (4) represented by the above formula (1A) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2A). [化15]

(2 A) 29 201131300 4的i 為氮原子或者商素原子,叫為卜 + 的整數,mi + m2 = 4HR4的至 ^者為酸解離性官能基^以上述同樣。) (1A)所表示的化合物(A)更佳為可列舉下 过式(3A)所表示的化合物。 [化 16](2 A) 29 201131300 4 i is a nitrogen atom or a commercial atom, an integer called b + , and mi + m2 = 4HR4 is the acid dissociable functional group ^ is the same as above. The compound (A) represented by the above (1A) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3A). [Chemistry 16]

(3 A) 山(式〇A)中,R2為選自由碳數2〜20的取代曱基、 碳數3〜20的1_取代乙基、碳數4〜2〇的1_取代_正丙基、 碳數3.〜20的1_分支烷基、碳數1〜2〇的矽烷基、碳數2 〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的丨_取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜 2〇的環狀醚基、碳數2〜2〇的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基 烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,X、mi、m2、R4、 P與上述同樣。) 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物(A)尤佳為可列舉下 201131300 述式(4A)所表示的化合物。 [化Π](3 A) In the mountain (Formula A), R2 is a 1-substituted thiol group selected from a carbon number of 2 to 20, a 1_substituted ethyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, and a carbon number of 4 to 2 Å. a propyl group, a 1-branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 3. to 20, a decyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, and a fluorene-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms. Acid dissociable functional group in the group consisting of a cyclic ether group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, X, mi, m2 , R4, P are the same as above. The compound (A) represented by the above formula (1A) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the formula (4A) in 201131300. [Π化]

(4A) (式(4A)中,R2、R4、p與上述同樣。) 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物(A)特佳為可列舉下 述式(5A)所表示的化合物。 [化 18](4A) (In the formula (4A), R2, R4, and p are the same as those described above.) The compound (A) represented by the above formula (1A) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (5A). [Chem. 18]

31 201131300 201131300 較佳為可列舉下 (式(5A)中,R2與上述同樣。) 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B) 述式(2B)所表示的化合物。 [化 19]In the formula (5A), R2 is the same as the above. The compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B) is a compound represented by the formula (2B). [Chem. 19]

(2B) (式(2B)中,X為氫原子或者鹵素原子,叫為ι 4的整數’ m2為〇〜3的整數,mi + m2 = 4,^ 同樣。) p 一上: 更佳為可列舉下 上述式(IB)所表示的化合物(B) 述式(3B)所表示的化合物。 [化 20] 32 201131300(2B) (In the formula (2B), X is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, an integer called ι 4 ' m2 is an integer of 〇~3, mi + m2 = 4, ^ is the same.) p one upper: more preferably The compound represented by the formula (3B) represented by the above formula (IB) can be mentioned. [化 20] 32 201131300

(3 B) (式(3B)中,mi'R4、。與上述同樣。) 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B)尤佳為可列舉下 述式(4B)所表示的化合物。 [化 21](3B) In the formula (3B), mi'R4 is the same as the above. The compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4B). [Chem. 21]

(4 B) 33 20113130〇ι (式(4B)中,R4、p與上述同樣。) 歹1J舉下 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B)特伟主^ 述式(5B)所表示的化合物。 為可 [化 22](4B) 33 20113130〇 (In the formula (4B), R4 and p are the same as above.) 歹1J is represented by the compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B), represented by the formula (5B) compound of. For [22]

上述化合物(A)由於耐熱性高,具有 ::::r不具有昇華性,驗性顯影二:而 適宜嶋阻材料’特別是光輯料的 ^外,在製造方面,亦可藉由將以工業上製造的 祕為代表的各種_賴n鄰笨三__ 舰⑽金屬蘭使其進行脫水縮合反應,秋 酸或胺類等非金屬觸媒紅業上製造的酸解軸 導人試劑反應,而以高產率製造,因此實用性亦極 刹眩it合物⑻由於耐熱性高,具有非晶性,故而 ==異,不具有昇華性,驗性顯影液溶解性、耐餘 雜專優異,適㈣作光輯料,特別是光崎料的主成 34 201131300 分(基材)。 另外,在製造方面,亦可藉由將以工業上 族酸為代表的各種_與間苯謂、鄰苯三料紛類二 源,’利㈣酸等非金屬觸使其騎 反而 以高產率製造,因此實雜亦極其優異。I反應’而 可視化合物(A)或者化合物⑻的殘存金屬量, 行純化。另外’若酸觸媒殘存’則通常正型残 ==的保存穩定性下降,或者若驗性觸媒殘存 丨献射性組成物的絲度下降,因此亦可進 ^目的的純化°只要化合物(a)或者化合物 ,則純化可利用公知的方法進行,並無特別 (’可聽.财清洗的綠、㈣性水 =太,水溶液清洗的方法、以離子交換樹脂進行 處理的方法、以㈣f柱層析法進行處理时法等。該些 純2方法更佳為將兩種以上組合進行。酸性水溶液、驗 水溶液、料錄_旨以及挪f㈣析 除的金屬、酸性化合物以及/或者驗性化合物的量^;去 所純化的溶解抑制劑的麵等而適當選擇最佳的方法。例 1 ’酸性水溶液可列舉濃度為0 01 mol/L〜lo m〇i/L的鹽 酸、硝酸m溶液,紐水溶液可縣濃度為001 ^l/I^〜l〇_/L的氨水溶液,離子交換樹脂可列舉陽離子 交換樹脂、例如Organo製造的Ambedyst 15J-HG Dry等。 可於純化後進行乾燥。乾燥可利用公知的方法進行,並盔 特別限定’可列舉在化合物(A)或者化合物⑻不改質 35 201131300 的條件下騎真空麟、缺麟的方法等。 本發明巾的化合物(A)及化合物⑻ ::=!’1為,一種結構或混合物。於用作感放2 m 的料,僅具_式體及反式體中的任 二構::化”成為純物質化合物,光阻膜中成 獲得僅具有順式體及反式體中的任-=。,的%狀化合物的方法可利用藉由管柱層析法或 ==;:製造時的反應溶劑以及反應溫度等的 产梦匕合物(A)及化合物⑻的玻璃轉移溫 又車乂佳為100C以上,更佳為12(rc以上,尤佳為14〇。〇以 上,特佳為15(TC以上。藉由朗轉移溫度為上述範圍内, 則於半導體微影製財,具有可_圖案雜的耐執性, 可賦予高解析度等性能。 ”’ 本發明中的化合物(A)及化合物⑻的藉由玻璃轉 矛溫度的*差掃減量分析而求丨的結晶彳b發熱量較佳為 J於2〇 jr/g。另外,(結晶化溫度)_ (玻璃轉移溫度)較 佳為70〇(J以上,更佳為8(rc以上,尤佳為l〇(rc以上,特 佳為130 c以上。若結晶化發熱量小於2〇 j/g、或者(結晶 化μ度)_(玻璃轉移溫度)為上述範圍内,則可藉由旋轉 塗佈感放射性組成物’而容易形成非晶膜,且光阻所必需 的成膜性得到長期保持,提高解析性。 本發明中,上述結晶化發熱量、結晶化溫度及玻璃轉 移溫度可使用島津製作所製造的DSC/TA_5〇ws,以下述方 36 201131300t 式藉由測定及示差掃描熱量分析而求出。將約1〇mg的試 料放入鋁製非密封容器中,於氮氣流中(5〇ml/min)以升 溫速度20°C/min升溫至熔點以上。急冷後,#次於氮氣流 中(30 ml/miii)以升溫速度2(rc/min升溫至熔點以上。進 而急冷後,再次於氮氣流中(3〇 ml/min)以升溫速度 20°C/mm升溫至400°C。將基線上出現不連續部分的區域 的中點(比熱變化為一半之處)的溫度作為玻璃轉移溫度 (Tg) ’且將其後出現的發熱波峰的溫度作為結晶化温 度。根據由發熱波峰與基線所包圍的區域的面積來求出發 熱量,作為結晶化發熱量。 化合物(A)及化合物(B)較佳為於常壓下,於1〇〇〇c 以下,較佳為120〇C以下,更佳為13〇。〇以下,尤佳為i4〇°C 以下,特佳為150°C以下,昇華性低。所謂昇華性低,較 佳為在熱重量分析中’於預定溫度下保持1〇分鐘時的重量 減少為10%、較佳為5%、更佳為3%、尤佳為1%、特佳 為0.1%以下。由於昇華性低,可防止由曝光時的外部氣體 引起的曝光裝置的污染。另外,可以低線邊緣粗糙度(line edge roughness ’ LER)提供良好的圖案形狀。 化合物(A)及化合物(B)較佳為滿足f<3.〇 (F表 示總原子數/(總碳原子數-總氧原子數)),更佳為滿足F <2_5。藉由滿足上述條件’則耐乾式蝕刻性優異。 化合物(A)及化合物(B)是選自丙二醇單曱醚乙酸 m (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate > PGMEA) > 丙一醇單曱謎(Pr〇pylene glycol monomethyl ether, 37 201131300 PGME )、環己 g同(cyclohexanone,CHN )、環戊酮 (cyclopentanone,CPN)、2-庚酮、苯曱醚、乙酸丁酯、 丙酸乙i旨、以及乳酸乙g旨(ethyl lactate)中,且於對化合 物(A)及化合物(B)表現出最高的溶解能力的溶劑中, 於23 C下溶解較佳為1 wt%以上、更佳為5 wt%以上、尤 佳為10 wt%以上’特佳為選自pGMea、PGME、CHN中, 且於對化合物(A)及化合物(B)表現出最高的溶解能力 的溶劑中’於23°C下溶解20 wt%以上。藉由滿足上述條 件,可於實際生產中的半導體製造步驟中使用,保存穩定 性亦變得良好。 4 可於不損及本發明效果的範圍内,於化合物(B)的 至少一個酚性羥基以及/或者羧基上導入非酸解離性官能 基所明非酸解離性官能基,是指於酸的存在下不開裂, 不產生鹼可溶性基的特性基^例如可列舉選自由不會藉由 酸的作用而分解的C1〜2〇的烷基、C3〜2〇的環烷基、 :20的芳基、cl〜2〇的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、雜 ,基、_素原子、縣、α〜2〇的絲魏基、該些基的 衍生物所組成的組群中的官能基等。 /上述化合物(Α)及化合物(Β)可利用旋轉塗佈法市 形成非晶膜。另外’可應驗通常的半導體製造製程。 本發明的正型感放射性組成物可利用旋轉塗佈法而开 成非晶膜。將本發_正型感放射性域物旋轉塗佈而开 /see,j\ 3 =晶膜於23°C下對2.38 wt%# ΤΜΑΗ水溶液的溶鋼 速度較佳為5 A/Sec以下,更佳為0 05 A/sec〜5人/5 38 201131300 ^o/iypif 佳為 0.0005 A/sec〜5 人/: sec ° a, 若溶解速度為5人/sec以下, =溶於^顯影射,可作為触。另外,若非晶膜且 1〇細5 A/see以上·解速度’難存在解析性提高^ /月況。姉測其原因在於,由於環狀化合物的曝光前後的 溶解性變化’轉於祕顯影液巾的未曝光部、與未 於驗性顯影液中的曝光部的界面的對比度變大。另外,具 有LER的減少、缺陷的減少效果。 /' ,將本發明的正型感放射性組成物的固體成分旋轉塗佈 而形成的非晶膜的由KrF準分子雷射、極紫外線、電子束 或者X射線等放射線而曝光的部分於23π下對2 38 wt〇/。 的TMAH水溶液的溶解速度較佳為1〇A/sec以上,更佳為* 10 人/sec 〜10000 人/sec’ 尤佳為 1〇〇 人/sec〜1〇〇〇 人/sec。若 溶解速度為10人/sec以上,則可溶解於鹼性顯影液中而製 成光阻。另外’若所曝光的部分具有1〇000人/sec以下的 溶解速度,則亦存在解析性提高的情況。經推測其原因在 於,上述環狀化合物的微小表面部位溶解而降低LER。另 外,具有缺陷的減少效果。 本發明的正型感放射性組成物包含1 wt%〜80 wt%的 固體成分以及20 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑。較佳為1 wt%〜5〇 wt%的固體成分以及50 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑,尤佳為2 wt%〜40 wt%的固體成分以及60 wt%〜98 wt%的溶劑,特 佳為2 wt%〜1〇 wt%的固體成分以及90 wt%〜98 wt%的 溶劑。 上述化合物(A)的重量與化合物(B)的重量的和為 39 201131300 固。體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt%,較佳為65 wt%〜8〇 ’更佳為60wt%〜70 wt%。若為上述調配比例,則獲 得高解析度,線邊緣粗糙度變小。 上述酸產生劑(C)較佳為選自由下述式(7—丨)〜(7_8) 所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一 [化 23]The above compound (A) has high heat resistance, and has::::r does not have sublimation property, and it is suitable for the development of the resistive material, particularly the optical material, and in terms of manufacturing, The various kinds of industrially produced secrets are represented by various kinds of _ 赖 n 邻 三 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The reaction is produced in a high yield, so that the practicality is extremely squeaky. The compound (8) has high heat resistance and is amorphous, so that == different, no sublimation property, solubility of the test developer, and resistance to impurities Excellent, suitable (four) for the light material, especially the main component of the light kaki material 34 201131300 points (substrate). In addition, in terms of manufacturing, it is also possible to achieve high yields by using various non-metals such as bis-benzene and phthalate, which are represented by industrial acid groups. It is manufactured, so it is extremely excellent. The I reaction can be purified by observing the residual metal amount of the compound (A) or the compound (8). In addition, if the acid catalyst remains, the storage stability of the positive type residue == is generally lowered, or if the silkiness of the radiation-retaining composition of the test catalyst remains decreased, it is also possible to purify the compound as long as the compound (a) or a compound, the purification can be carried out by a known method, and there is no particular ('Audio, green, (4) water = too, a method of washing an aqueous solution, a method of treating with an ion exchange resin, and (4) f The column chromatography method is used for the treatment, etc. The pure 2 method is more preferably carried out by combining two or more kinds of the acidic acid solution, the aqueous solution, the material, the metal, the acidic compound and/or the testability. The amount of the compound is determined; the optimum method is appropriately selected by removing the surface of the purified dissolution inhibitor, etc. Example 1 'Acid aqueous solution may be a hydrochloric acid or a nitric acid m solution having a concentration of 0 01 mol/L to lo m〇i/L. The aqueous solution of neonate can have an aqueous ammonia solution having a concentration of 001 μl/I^~l〇_/L, and examples of the ion exchange resin include a cation exchange resin, for example, Ambedyst 15J-HG Dry manufactured by Organo, etc. It can be dried after purification. Drying can be known The method is carried out, and the helmet is particularly limited to a method of riding a vacuum lining or a lining under the condition that the compound (A) or the compound (8) is not modified by 35 201131300. The compound (A) and the compound (8) of the invention towel are: !'1 is a structure or a mixture. It is used as a material for sensing 2 m, and only has two structures in the _ body and the trans body: "chemical" becomes a pure substance compound, and the photoresist film is obtained only in the film. The method of having a %-form compound of any of cis and trans is possible by using column chromatography or ==;: reaction solvent at the time of production, and reaction temperature, etc. The glass transition temperature of (A) and compound (8) is preferably 100 C or more, more preferably 12 (rc or more, and particularly preferably 14 〇. 〇 or more, particularly preferably 15 (TC or more.) In the case of semiconductor lithography, it has a resistance to patterning, and can impart high resolution and the like. "' The compound (A) and the compound (8) in the present invention have a glass spear temperature* The difference in the amount of heat generated by the differential sweep analysis is preferably J at 2〇jr/g. The crystallization temperature) _ (glass transition temperature) is preferably 70 Å (J or more, more preferably 8 (rc or more, particularly preferably l 〇 (rc or more, particularly preferably 130 c or more. If the crystallization heat amount is less than 2) When 〇j/g or (crystallization degree μ)_(glass transition temperature) is within the above range, an amorphous film can be easily formed by spin coating the sensitized radioactive composition, and film formation necessary for photoresist In the present invention, the crystallization heat generation, the crystallization temperature, and the glass transition temperature can be measured by DSC/TA_5〇ws manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and by the following method: 36 201131300t by measurement and differential scanning Calculated by heat analysis. Approximately 1 〇mg of the sample was placed in an aluminum unsealed container and heated to a temperature above the melting point at a temperature rise rate of 20 ° C / min in a nitrogen stream (5 〇 ml / min). After quenching, the temperature was raised to a temperature above the melting point at a temperature increase rate of 2 (rc/min) in a nitrogen stream (30 ml/miii), and then quenched again, and again at a temperature increase rate of 20 ° C in a nitrogen stream (3 〇 ml/min). /mm is raised to 400 ° C. The temperature at the midpoint of the region where the discontinuous portion appears on the baseline (where the specific heat changes to half) is taken as the glass transition temperature (Tg) ' and the temperature of the heat generation peak appearing thereafter is taken as the crystal The calorific value is determined as the crystallization heat amount based on the area of the region surrounded by the heat peak and the baseline. The compound (A) and the compound (B) are preferably at most 〇〇〇c under normal pressure. Preferably, it is 120 〇C or less, more preferably 13 〇. 〇 below, especially preferably below i4 〇 ° C, particularly preferably below 150 ° C, low sublimation. The so-called sublimation is low, preferably in the heat weight In the analysis, the weight loss when kept at a predetermined temperature for 1 minute is 10%, preferably 5%, more preferably 3%, particularly preferably 1%, particularly preferably 0.1% or less. Due to low sublimation, Prevents contamination of the exposure device caused by external air during exposure. In addition, low line edge roughness can be achieved Line edge roughness ' LER) provides a good pattern shape. Compound (A) and compound (B) preferably satisfy f < 3. 〇 (F represents total number of atoms / (total number of carbon atoms - total number of oxygen atoms)), More preferably, F < 2_5 is satisfied. The dry etching resistance is excellent by satisfying the above conditions. The compound (A) and the compound (B) are selected from propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). > Pr〇pylene glycol monomethyl ether, 37 201131300 PGME ), cyclohexanone (CHN ), cyclopentanone (CPN), 2-heptanone, benzoquinone, acetic acid Among the butyl ester, the propionic acid, and the ethyl lactate, and the solvent which exhibits the highest solubility to the compound (A) and the compound (B), it is preferably dissolved at 23 C. 1 wt% or more, more preferably 5 wt% or more, and particularly preferably 10 wt% or more, particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of pGMea, PGME, and CHN, and exhibits the highest dissolution of the compound (A) and the compound (B). The solvent in the capacity 'dissolves at 20 wt% or more at 23 ° C. By satisfying the above It can be used in a semiconductor manufacturing step in actual production, and the storage stability is also good. 4 The phenolic hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group of the compound (B) can be at least in a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. The introduction of a non-acid dissociable functional group to a non-acid dissociable functional group means that the characteristic group which does not cleave in the presence of an acid and which does not generate an alkali-soluble group is, for example, selected from those which are not decomposed by the action of an acid. C1~2〇 alkyl group, C3~2〇 cycloalkyl group, :20 aryl group, cl~2〇 alkoxy group, cyano group, nitro group, hydroxyl group, hetero group, group, _ atom, county, a functional group such as a group consisting of a silk group having α 2 〇 2 、, a derivative of these groups, and the like. / The above compound (Α) and the compound (Β) can be formed into an amorphous film by a spin coating method. In addition, the usual semiconductor manufacturing process can be fulfilled. The positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention can be opened into an amorphous film by a spin coating method. Rotating and coating the present invention with a positive-type radioactive domain to open /see, j\3 = the melting rate of the crystal film to the 2.38 wt% #ΤΜΑΗ aqueous solution at 23 ° C is preferably 5 A/Sec or less, more preferably 0 05 A/sec~5 people/5 38 201131300 ^o/iypif Good for 0.0005 A/sec~5 people/: sec ° a, if the dissolution rate is 5 people/sec or less, = dissolve in ^ development, can As a touch. Further, when the amorphous film is thinner than 5 A/see and the solution speed, it is difficult to improve the resolution. The reason for this is that the contrast of the solubility change before and after the exposure of the cyclic compound to the interface between the unexposed portion of the secret developer sheet and the exposed portion in the non-experimentable developer becomes large. In addition, it has a reduction in LER and a reduction in defects. /', the portion of the amorphous film formed by spin-coating the solid content of the positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention exposed by radiation such as KrF excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet ray, electron beam or X-ray is under 23π For 2 38 wt〇/. The dissolution rate of the TMAH aqueous solution is preferably 1 〇A/sec or more, more preferably *10 human/sec to 10,000 human/sec', and particularly preferably 1 〇〇 person/sec to 1 〇〇〇 person/sec. When the dissolution rate is 10 people/sec or more, it can be dissolved in an alkaline developing solution to form a photoresist. Further, if the exposed portion has a dissolution rate of 1 000 000 /sec or less, the resolution may be improved. It is presumed that the reason is that the minute surface portion of the above cyclic compound is dissolved to lower the LER. In addition, it has the effect of reducing defects. The positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention comprises 1 wt% to 80 wt% of a solid component and 20 wt% to 99 wt% of a solvent. Preferably, it is 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the solid component and 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the solvent, particularly preferably 2 wt% to 40 wt% of the solid component and 60 wt% to 98 wt% of the solvent, Preferably, the solid component is 2 wt% to 1 wt% and the solvent is 90 wt% to 98 wt%. The sum of the weight of the above compound (A) and the weight of the compound (B) is 39 201131300. The total weight of the body component is from 50% by weight to 99% by weight, preferably from 65% by weight to 8% by weight, more preferably from 60% by weight to 70% by weight. If the ratio is the above, a high resolution is obtained and the line edge roughness becomes small. The acid generator (C) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (7-丨) to (7_8).

(r~i) (式(7-1)中,可相同亦可不同’分別獨立地為 ^原子二直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀烷基,直鏈狀、分支狀或 %狀烷氧基,羥基或者!I素原子;χ-為具有烷基、芳基、 經鹵素取代的烷基或者經鹵素取代的芳基的磺酸離子 鹵化物離子。) / 上述式(7-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:三苯基銕三氟曱磺酸鹽 (triphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate)、三苯基 銃九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、二苯基曱苯基疏九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、 201131300 t苯基鎮全I正辛續酸鹽、三笨基-4-曱基苯基疏三說曱 ,酸鹽:二,4,6·三甲基苯基疏三氟f確酸鹽、二苯基-木 第^丁氧基苯絲三氟甲俩鹽、二苯基_4_第三丁氧基笨 基銃九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、二苯基_4•羥基苯基銃三氟曱磺酸 鹽、雙(4-IL苯基)_4_經基苯基録l三氟甲石黃酸鹽、二苯基I 羥基苯基銃九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、雙(4_羥基苯基)_苯基銃三氟 曱嶒酸鹽、二(4-曱氧基苯基)銕三氟曱磺酸鹽、三(4_氟苯 基)锍二氟曱磺酸鹽、三苯基銃對甲苯磺酸鹽、三笨基銃苯 石κ酸鹽、一本基-2,4,6-三甲基苯基-對曱苯石黃酸鹽、二苯基 -2,4,6-二甲基苯基錄_2_三氟曱基苯石黃酸鹽、二苯基_2,4,6_ 二曱基本基疏-4-三氟T基苯磺酸鹽、二苯基_2,七6-三曱基 苯基銃-2,4-二氟苯磺酸鹽、二苯基_2,4,6_三曱基苯基銃六 氟本續酸鹽、二苯基萘基鎮三氟甲續酸鹽、二苯基-4-經基 苯基鎞-對曱苯磺酸鹽、三苯基銃10-樟腦磺酸鹽(triphenyl sulfonium 10-camphor sulfonate)、二苯基-4-羥基苯基銃 ι〇_ 樟腦磺酸鹽以及環(1,3-全氟丙烷二磺)醯亞胺酯。 [化 24](r~i) (in the formula (7-1), they may be the same or different', respectively, independently, a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group, linear, branched or % alkoxy a sulfonic acid ion halide ion having an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen-substituted alkyl group or a halogen-substituted aryl group.) / the above formula (7-1) The compound to be represented is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of triphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoro-n-butanesulfonate, Diphenyl phenyl phenyl hexafluoro-n-butane sulfonate, 201131300 t phenyl porphyrin I-n-octylate, tri-phenyl-4-pyrylphenyl sulphate, acid salt: two, 4 ,6·trimethylphenyl sulfonate, diphenyl-wood, butoxybenzene, trifluoromethane, diphenyl _4_t-butoxy quinone - n-butyl sulfonate, diphenyl _ 4 hydroxyphenyl fluorene trifluorosulfonate, bis (4-IL phenyl) _ 4 _ phenyl phenyl l trifluoromethane, diphenyl Base I hydroxyphenyl quinone nonafluoro-n-butyl sulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)-phenylindole trifluorodecanoate, bis(4-decyloxyphenyl)phosphonium trifluorosulfonate, tris(4-fluorophenyl)phosphonium difluorosulfonate Salt, triphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, triphenylsulfonate, benzyl-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-p-benzoate, diphenyl- 2,4,6-Dimethylphenyl- 2,3-trifluorodecyl benzoate, diphenyl 2,4,6-diindole, fluorenyl-4-trifluoro-t-benzenesulfonate , diphenyl-2,7-tris(trimethylphenyl)-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonate, diphenyl-2,4,6-tridecylphenylphosphonium hexafluoroate Diphenylnaphthyl triflate, diphenyl-4-phenylphenyl-p-toluenesulfonate, triphenyl sulfonium 10-camphor sulfonate ), diphenyl-4-hydroxyphenyl铳ι〇_ camphorsulfonate and cyclo(1,3-perfluoropropanedisulfonate) quinone. [Chem. 24]

(式(7-2 )中’ R14可相同亦可不同,分別獨立地表 41 201131300 不氫原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀烷基,直鏈狀、分支狀 或%狀烷氧基,羥基或者齒素原子^ x-與上述同樣。) 上述式(7-2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:雙(4_第三τ基笨基)鑷三 氟㈣酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基苯基)鎖九正丁績酸鹽、雙 (4·第三丁基苯基)鐄全氣_正辛續酸鹽、雙&第三丁基^ 鐫對甲苯,酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基苯基)鮮續酸鹽、雙(心 第二丁基苯基)鎭_2·三氟甲基苯磺酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基 基)鎭-4-三氟甲基苯磺酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基苯基機々‘二 ^苯續酸鹽、雙㈣三丁基苯細六氟苯猶鹽、雙: ^二丁基苯基)鏑10_樟腦續酸鹽、二苯基錤三氟甲 二、'苯基錤九氟-正丁續酸鹽、二苯基鎮全氟正_辛續酸 |、一苯基鎭對甲苯磺酸鹽、二苯基錤苯磺酸趟、二 鎮10-樟腦顧鹽、二苯基鎭_2_三氟甲基苯續二了二^ 基t三氟甲基苯績酸鹽、二笨基終2,4_二氣苯;;_本 -本基錤六敦苯續酸鹽、二(4_三氟曱基苯基)錐三於 酸鹽、二(4·三氟甲基苯基)鎭九氟、正丁續酸I 一二 :基苯綱全氟-正辛磺㈣、二⑷三氟甲基苯基)鎮= 本項酸鹽、二(4·三氟曱基苯基)鱗苯猶鹽以及二⑷三= 曱基苯基)鎭10-樟腦磺酸鹽。 —既 [化 25] 42 201131300 •30/ 丄ypif Ο(In the formula (7-2), 'R14' may be the same or different, and independently, Table 41 201131300 is a hydrogen atom, a linear chain, a branched or a cyclic alkyl group, a linear chain, a branched form or a % alkoxy group. The hydroxy or dentate atom ^ x- is the same as above.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-2) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of bis(4_third τ group)镊)trifluoro(tetra) acid salt, bis(4_t-butylphenyl)-locked nine-n-butyl acid salt, bis(4·t-butylphenyl)anthene gas _ n-octylate, double &Third butyl oxime p-toluene, acid salt, bis(4_t-butylphenyl) hexanoate, bis(heart butyl phenyl) 鎭 2 · trifluoromethyl benzene sulfonate Acid salt, bis(4_t-butyl)phosphonium-4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl oxime bis-benzoate, bis(tetra)butane Pyrene hexafluorobenzene salt, bis: ^dibutylphenyl) 镝10_樟 cerebral acid salt, diphenyl fluorene trifluoromethane, 'phenyl quinone nonafluoro-n-butyl sulphate, diphenyl Base town perfluoro-n-octanoic acid|, monophenylphosphonium p-toluenesulfonate, diphenylsulfonium benzenesulfonate, two towns 10-樟顾盐, Diphenyl鎭_2_trifluoromethylbenzene continuation of di-yl t-trifluoromethyl phthalate, di-ply-end 2,4_di-benzene;; Liudun benzoate, bis(4-trifluorodecylphenyl) cone tristearate, bis(4.trifluoromethylphenyl)phosphonium hexafluoride, n-butyric acid I bis: benzophenone Perfluoro-n-octanesulfonate (tetra), di(4)trifluoromethylphenyl) Town = the present salt, bis(tetrakis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl sulfonium salt and bis(4)tris-nonylphenyl)anthracene 10-camphorsulfonate. - both [Chem. 25] 42 201131300 •30/ 丄ypif Ο

(7-3) (式(7-3)中,Q為伸烷基、伸芳基或者伸烷氧基, R15為烧基、芳基、經_素取代的烧基或者經鹵素取代的芳 基。) 上述式(7-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:N-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基) 琥珀醯亞胺、N-(三氟甲基罐醯基氧基)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、 N-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基)二苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N_(三氟 曱基績酿基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯-2,3_二敌基醯亞胺、 N-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N-(l〇-樟腦磺醯基氧 基)琥珀醯亞胺、N-( 10-樟腦磺醯基氧基)鄰苯二曱醯亞胺、 N-(10-樟腦磺醯基氧基)二苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N_(1〇_樟 腦磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二叛基隨亞胺、 N-(10-樟腦磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N_(正辛磺醯基氧基) 雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(正辛磺醯基氧基) 奈基酸亞胺、N-(對甲苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N_(對曱苯磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、 N-(2-三氟曱基苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2 21]庚·5_烯_2,3_二羧 基S&亞胺、Ν-(2-三氟曱基苯磺酿基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N_(4_ 二敗曱基苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯 43(7-3) (In the formula (7-3), Q is an alkylene group, an aryl group or an alkoxy group, and R15 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carboxylic acid-substituted alkyl group or a halogen-substituted aromatic group. The compound represented by the above formula (7-3) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) amber imine, N -(Trifluoromethylcansyloxy)phthalic imine, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)diphenylbutylimide, N-(trifluoromethyl) Biphenyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarbenylimine, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)naphthylimine, N- (l〇- camphorsulfonyloxy) amber imine, N-( 10-camphorsulfonyloxy) phthalimide, N-(10-camphorsulfonyloxy)diphenyl Cis-butenylene diimine, N_(1〇_ camphorsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di-rebel with imine, N-(10-camphor Sulfhydryloxy)naphthylimine, N_(n-octylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N-(n-octane) Mercaptooxy) carbamic acid imine, N-(p-toluenesulfonyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N_(p-phenylenesulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, N-(2-trifluorodecyl) Phenylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2 21]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy S&imine, Ν-(2-trifluorodecylbenzenesulfonyloxy)naphthylquinoneimine , N_(4_ bis-decyl phenylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene 43

X 201131300 亞胺、队(4-二氟曱基苯續醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、(全氟 苯續酿基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(全氟苯磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、Ν_(1_萘磺醯基氧基) 雙環[2.2.1]庚_5-烯~2,3_二羧基酸亞胺、N-(l-萘磺醯基氧基) 萘基醯亞胺、Ν-(九氟-正丁磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν_(九氟-正丁磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞 胺、Ν-(全氟·正辛磺醯基氧基)雙環[2 2丨]庚_5_稀_2,3_二羧 基醯亞胺以及Ν-(全氟-正辛磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺。 [化 26]X 201131300 Imine, team (4-difluorodecylbenzene hydrazinyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, (perfluorobenzene succinyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(perfluorobenzenesulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, Ν_(1_naphthalenesulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene~2 , 3_dicarboxylic acid imine, N-(l-naphthalenesulfonyloxy)naphthylimine, fluorene-(nonafluoro-n-butylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptene- 2,3-Dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν_(nonafluoro-n-butylsulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, Ν-(perfluoro·n-octylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2 2丨]g _5_ dilute, 2, dicarboxy quinone imine and Ν-(perfluoro-n-octylsulfonyloxy) naphthyl quinone imine. [Chem. 26]

V \J 0 0V \J 0 0

R16—S—I~~R16 II II (7 — 4) (式(7-4)中,Ri6可相同亦可不同,分別獨立地為 經任意取代的直鏈、分支或環狀烷基,經任意取代的芳基, 經任意取代的雜芳基或者經任意取代的芳烷基。) 上述式(7-4)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:二苯基二礙(diphenyl disulfone)、二(4-甲基苯基)二砜、二萘基二砜、二(4_第三 丁基苯基)二砜、二(4_羥基苯基)二砜、二(3_羥基萘基)二 艰、二(4-氟苯基)二砜、二(2_氟苯基)二砜以及二(4_三氟甲 基苯基)二碱。 [化 27] 201131300R16—S—I~~R16 II II (7 — 4) (In the formula (7-4), Ri6 may be the same or different, and each independently is an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group. Any optionally substituted aryl group, optionally substituted heteroaryl group or optionally substituted aralkyl group.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-4) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the following compounds. : diphenyl disulfone, bis(4-methylphenyl)disulfone, dinaphthyl disulfone, bis(4_t-butylphenyl)disulfone, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) Disulfone, bis(3-hydroxynaphthyl) diruthenium, bis(4-fluorophenyl)disulfone, bis(2-fluorophenyl)disulfone, and bis(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)diamine . [化27] 201131300

(式(7-5)中,R17可相同亦可不同,分別獨立為經 任意取代的直鏈、分支或環狀烷基,經任意取代的芳基, 經任意取代的雜芳基或者經任意取代的芳烷基。) 上述式(7-5)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:α-(曱基磺醯基氧基亞胺 基)-苯基乙腈(a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(曱基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)_4_曱氧基苯基乙 腈(a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(三氟曱基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)-苯基乙腈 ( a-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile )、a-(三氟曱基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-曱氧基笨 基乙腈(a-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(乙基石黃酸基氧基亞胺基)-4-曱氧基 苯基乙腈(a-(ethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(丙基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-曱基苯基乙腈 ( a-(propyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methyl phenyl acetonitrile)以及a-(甲基續醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-漠苯基乙 腈 ( a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-bromophenyl acetonitrile) ° [化 28] 45 201131300 JU / i ^pif(In the formula (7-5), R17 may be the same or different, and each independently is an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl group or optionally The substituted aralkyl group.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-5) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of α-(fluorenylsulfonyloxyimino)- A-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile, a-(methyl sulfonyloxyimino)-4-methylsulfonyloxy imino-4-methoxy Phenyl acetonitrile), a-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenylacetonitrile, a-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) A-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile, a-(ethyl-retrienyloxyimino)-4-methoxyphenyl Acetonitrile (a-(ethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile), a-(propylsulfonyloxyimino)-4-mercaptophenylacetonitrile (a-(propyl sul) Fonyloxy imino)-4-methyl phenyl acetonitrile) and a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-bromophenyl acetonitrile ° [化28 ] 45 201131300 JU / i ^pif

式(7-6)中,R18可相同亦可不同,分別獨立為具有 一個以上的氯原子以及一個以上的漠原子的鹵化炫基。鹵 化烷基的碳原子數較佳為1〜5。 [化 29]In the formula (7-6), R18 may be the same or different and each independently is a halogenated group having one or more chlorine atoms and one or more desert atoms. The halogenated alkyl group preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. [化29]

(7-7)(7-7)

γ19 €—Υ19 丄ΊΟ [化 30]Γ19 €—Υ19 丄ΊΟ [Chem. 30]

(7 — 8)(7-8)

46 201131300 式(7-7)以及(7-8)中,R19及R20分別獨立地為曱 基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基等碳原子數1〜3的烷基,環戊 基 '環己基等環烷基,曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等碳原子 數1〜3的烷氧基,或者苯基、曱苯甲醯基、萘基等芳基, 較佳為碳原子數6〜10的芳基。L19及L2G分別獨立地為具 有 1,2-萘酿二疊氮基(i,2-naphthoquinonediazido)的有機 基。具有I,2-萘醌二疊氮基的有機基具體可列舉丨,2_萘醌 二疊氮-4-磺醯基、ι,2-萘醌二疊氮_5_磺醯基、丨,2_萘醌二 疊氮-6-磺醯基等ι,2-醌二疊氮磺醯基作為較佳有機基。特 佳為1,2-萘酿1二疊氮_4_續醯基以及丨,2_萘醌二疊氮_5_石黃醯 基。p為1〜3的整數,q為〇〜4的整數,且工+ 。 J19為單鍵、碳原子數1〜4的聚亞甲基、伸環烷基、伸苯 基、下述式(7-7-1)所表示的基、縣、酯基、醯胺基或 者醚基,Y19為氫原子、烧基或者芳基,χ20分別獨立地為 下述式(7-8-1)所表示的基。 [化 31]46 201131300 In the formulae (7-7) and (7-8), R19 and R20 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group or an isopropyl group, and a cyclopentyl group. a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group, or an aryl group such as a phenyl group, an anthranilyl group or a naphthyl group, preferably An aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. L19 and L2G are each independently an organic group having 1,2-naphthoquinonediazido. Specific examples of the organic group having an I,2-naphthoquinonediazide group include anthracene, 2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl group, iota, 2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl group, anthracene 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonyl and the like iota, 2-quinonediazidesulfonyl group as a preferred organic group. Particularly preferred are 1,2-naphthalene 1 diazide _4_ contiguous fluorenyl and hydrazine, 2_naphthoquinonediazide_5_ scutane. p is an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 〇 to 4, and is +. J19 is a single bond, a polymethylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, a cycloalkyl group, a phenylene group, a group represented by the following formula (7-7-1), an ester group, an anthranyl group or The ether group, Y19 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the oxime 20 is independently a group represented by the following formula (7-8-1). [化31]

[化 32] 201131300[化32] 201131300

(式(7-8-1)中,Z22分別獨立地為烷基、環烷基或 者芳基,R22為烷基、環烷基或者烷氧基,r為〇〜3的整 數。) 其他的酸產生劑可列舉:雙(對曱苯磺醯基)重氮曱烷 (bis(p-toluene sulfonyl)diazomethane)、雙(2,4-二曱基苯基 磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(第三丁基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(正丁 基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(異丁基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(異丙 基石黃醯基)重氣曱烧、雙(正丙基續醯基)重氮甲烧、雙(環己 基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(異丙基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、1,3-雙(環 己基續醯基偶氮甲基確酿基)丙烧(1,3-bis(cyclohexyl sulfonyl azomethyl sulfonyl)propane)、1,4-雙(苯基續醯基偶 氮曱基磺醯基)丁烷、1,6-雙(苯基磺醯基偶氮甲基磺醯基) 己烷、1,10-雙(環己基磺醯基偶氮甲基磺醯基)癸烷等雙磺 醯基重氮甲烷類;2-(4-曱氧基苯基)-4,6-(雙三氯甲 基 )-1,3,5- 三嘻 ( 2-(4-methoxy phenyl)-4,6-(bis-trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、2-(4-曱氧 基萘基)-4,6-(雙三氯曱基)-l,3,5-三嗪(2-(4-methoxy naphthyl)-4,6-(bis-trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、三(2,3- 48 201131300f j〇/iypii 二 >臭丙基 )-1,3,5- 三 嗪 (tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、三(2,3-二溴丙基) 異氰尿酸酯(tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)isocyanurate )等含鹵 素的三嘻衍生物等。 上述酸產生劑中’較佳為具有芳香環的酸產生劑,更 佳為式(7-1)或(7-2)所表示的酸產生劑。尤佳為式(n) 或(7-2)的χ-具有包含芳基或經鹵素取代的芳基的磺酸 離子的酸產生劑’特佳為具有包含芳基的磺酸離子的酸產 生劑,特佳為二苯基三甲基苯基疏對曱苯續酸鹽、三苯基 鈒對曱苯磺酸鹽、三苯基锍三氟甲磺酸鹽、三苯基锍九氟 曱崎酸鹽。藉由使用該酸產生劑,可降低Ler。 上述酸產生劑(C)可單獨使用’或者使用兩種以上。 本發明中’可將具有控制藉由放射線照射而由酸產生 劑產生的酸於練财的擴散,阻止未曝祕域的欠佳化 學反應的作料的_散控侧(Ε)継域放射性組 成物中。藉由使用此種酸擴餘·⑻,感放射性組成 物的儲存穩定性優異。料,*僅解析度提高,並且可抑 制由電子束照射前的曝光後放置時間、電子束照射後的曝 Ϊ後ίϊ時間的變動所!丨起的光阻圖案的線寬變化,成為 性極^^憂異的組成物。_酸擴散控制劑(Ε) 魏原子騎性化合物、驗性航合物、臉性鐄 電子束放射分解性驗性化合物。酸擴散控制劑可 早獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 上述酸擴散控#_如刊舉含氮錢化合物、或藉 49 201131300 由曝光而分解的驗性化合物等。上述含氮有機化合物例如 可列舉下述通式(10): [化 33] 〒61 R62’、r於 (10) 所表示的化合物(以下稱為「含氮化合物(1)」)、同 了分子内具有2個氮原子的二胺基化合物(以下稱為「含 氮化合物(II)」)、具有3個以上氮原子的多胺基化合物或 聚合物(以下稱為「含氮化合物(111)」)、含有酿胺基的 化合物、脲化合物、以及含氮雜環式化合物等。此外,上 述酸擴散㈣劑可單獨使用-種,亦可併用兩種以上。 一上述通式(10)中,R61、r62及R63相互獨立地表示 氫原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀烷基,芳基或者芳烷基。 另外,上述烧基、芳基、或者芳烧基可未經取代,亦〇 經基等其他官能基取代。此處,上述直鏈狀、分支产 狀烧基例如可解碳數卜15、擁為卜⑺的基,且: 而言可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、j 基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、新戊基、正己基、 二f基-2-丁基(thexyl)、正庚基、正辛基、正乙基己美、、 正壬基、正癸基等。另外,上述芳基可列舉碳數6〜12土的 基’具體而言可列舉苯基、f苯基、二甲苯基、里 50 201131300, JU/iypil (ciimeny】)、】_萘基等。進而,上 爷m其h u、#體s可列舉节基、Μ基 卞基本乙基(Phenethyi)、萘基f基等。 T 土 上述含氮化合物⑴具體而言,例如可 胺、正庚基胺、正辛基胺、正壬基胺、正癸基胺、·正=基 燒基胺、環己基胺等單(環)絲胺類;二正丁基二 正^基胺、二正己基胺、二正庚基胺、二正辛基ς、二Ζ L二正癸基胺、甲基正十二烧基胺、二正十二狀 曱基、環己基甲基胺、二環己基胺箅-卩土 二乙基胺、二正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、三正戊基胺、三正 己基胺、三正庚基胺、三正辛基胺、三正壬基胺、三正 基胺、一曱基正十二絲胺、二正十二絲甲基胺、二環 己基曱基胺二三環己基胺等三(環)烷基胺類;單乙醇胺: 二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等烷醇胺類;苯胺、N_曱基苯胺、n,n_ 二曱^苯胺、2-曱基苯胺、3_曱基苯胺、4_甲基笨胺、4- ,基苯胺 '二笨基胺、三笨基胺、卜萘基胺等芳香族胺類 等。 上述含氮化合物(II)具體而言,例如可列舉:乙二 月女、Ν,Ν,Ν,Ν’-西甲基乙二胺、n,n,N',N'-四(2_羥基丙基) 乙二胺、四亞曱基二胺、六亞曱基二胺、4,4L二胺基二苯 基曱烧、4,4·-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'_二胺基二苯甲酉同 (4,4’-diaminobenzophenone)、4,4,-二胺基二苯基胺、2,2- 雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2-(3-胺基苯基)-2-(4-胺基苯基)丙 烧、2-(4-胺基苯基)-2-(3-羥基苯基)丙烷、2-(4-胺基笨 51 201131300 基)-2-(4-羥基苯基)丙烷、1,4-雙[1-(4-胺基苯基)小曱基乙 基]苯、1,3-雙[1-(4-胺基苯基)-1-曱基乙基]苯等。 上述含氮化合物(III)具體而言,例如可列舉:聚伸 乙基亞胺、聚稀丙基胺、N-(2-二曱基胺基乙基)丙婦醯胺 的聚合物等。 上述含醯胺基的化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:曱醯 胺(formamide)、N-曱基曱醯胺(N-methyl formamide)、 N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(Ν,Ν-dimethyl formamide )、乙醯胺 (acetamide )、N-曱基乙酿胺(N-methyl acetamide )、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(Ν,Ν-dimethyl acetamide )、丙醯胺 (propionamide )、苯甲醯胺(benzamide )、〇比 d各烧酮 (pyrrolidone)、N-曱基吡口各烷酮(N-methyl pyrrolidone) 等。 上述脲化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:尿素、甲基脲 (methyl urea)、1,1-二曱基脲、1,3-二曱基脲、ι,ι,3,3-四 曱基脲、1,3-二苯基脲、三正丁基硫基脲等。 上述含氮雜環式化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:坐 (imidazole )、苯幷口米口坐(benzimidazole )、4-曱基咪峻 (4-methyl imidazole )、4-曱基-2-苯基味嗤 (4-methyl-2-phenyl imidazole )、2-苯基苯幷咪嗤(2-phenyl benzimidazole)等咪唑類;吡啶(pyridine)、2-曱基吡咬 (2-methyl pyridine)、4-曱基吡啶(4-methyl pyridine)、2-乙基吡啶(2-ethyl pyridine )、4-乙基吡啶(4-ethyl pyridine)、2-苯基吡啶(2-phenyl pyridine)、4-苯基吡咬 52 201131300 (4_phenyl pyridine )、2-曱基-4-苯基吡啶 (2-methyl-4-phenyl pyridine)、於驗(nicotine)、终鹼酸 (nicotinic acid)、終驗酸醯胺(nicotinic acid amide)、啥 琳(quinoline )、8-氧基啥琳(8-oxyquinoline )、°丫 口定 (acridine )等°比σ定類;以及。比嗪(pyrazine )、°比口坐 (pyrazole)、噠。秦(pyridazine)、啥噁(quinoxaline)、 嘌呤(purine)、吡洛咬(pyrrolidine)、派咬(piperidine)、 嗎1# (morpholine)、4-曱基嗎琳(4-methyl morpholine)、 哌嗪(piperazine )、1,4-二曱基哌嗪(1,4-dimethyl piperazine ) 、 1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷 (l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane)等。 另外’上述藉由曝光而分解的驗性化合物例如可列舉 下述通式(11-1): [化 34](In the formula (7-8-1), Z22 is independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R22 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group, and r is an integer of 〇~3.) Others The acid generator may, for example, be bis(p-toluene sulfonyl)diazomethane or bis(2,4-dimercaptophenylsulfonyl)diazepine, Bis(tert-butylsulfonyl)diazononane, bis(n-butylsulfonyl)diazononane, bis(isobutylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(isopropylstone xanthine) Gas smoldering, bis(n-propyl hydrazino)diazepine, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazononane, bis(isopropylsulfonyl)diazononane, 1,3-double (cyclohexyl sulfonyl azomethyl sulfonyl propane), 1,4-bis(phenyl fluorenyl azo sulfonyl sulfonyl) Butane, 1,6-bis(phenylsulfonylazomethylsulfonyl)hexane, 1,10-bis(cyclohexylsulfonylazomethylsulfonyl)decane, etc. Base heavy nitrogen methane; 2-(4-decyloxyphenyl)-4,6-(bistrichloromethyl)-1,3,5-tris(2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4, 6-(bis- Trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine), 2-(4-decyloxynaphthyl)-4,6-(bistrichloroindenyl)-l,3,5-triazine (2-(4- Methoxy naphthyl)-4,6-(bis-trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine), three (2,3- 48 201131300f j〇/iypii II) odor propyl-1,3,5- Halogen-containing (tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)-l,3,5-triazine), tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)isocyanurate (tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)isocyanurate) Triterpenoid derivatives, etc. The acid generator is preferably an acid generator having an aromatic ring, and more preferably an acid generator represented by the formula (7-1) or (7-2). It is especially preferred that the oxime of the formula (n) or (7-2)-acid generator having a sulfonic acid ion containing an aryl group or a halogen-substituted aryl group is particularly preferably an acid generator having a sulfonic acid ion containing an aryl group. Particularly preferred is diphenyltrimethylphenyl sulfonium benzoate, triphenylsulfonium terephthalate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate Succinic acid. Ler can be lowered by using the acid generator. The above acid generator (C) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, the radioactive composition of the scatter control side (Ε) can be used to control the diffusion of the acid generated by the acid generator by radiation irradiation to prevent the poor chemical reaction of the unexposed domain. In. By using such an acid residue (8), the storage stability of the radiation-sensitive composition is excellent. Material, * only the resolution is improved, and it is possible to suppress the change of the post-exposure time before the electron beam irradiation and the exposure time after the electron beam irradiation! The line width of the raised photoresist pattern changes to become a very sinister composition. _ Acid Diffusion Control Agent (Ε) Wei Atomic Compound, Detective Circumstance, Face 鐄 Electron beam radiolysis decomposable compound. The acid diffusion controlling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above acid diffusion control #_, for example, discloses a nitrogen-containing compound, or an organic compound which is decomposed by exposure by 49 201131300. The nitrogen-containing organic compound is exemplified by the following formula (10): 化61 R62', r (10) (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (1)"), and the same a diamine compound having two nitrogen atoms in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (II)"), a polyamine compound or a polymer having three or more nitrogen atoms (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (111) ))), a compound containing a brewing amine group, a urea compound, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. Further, the above acid diffusion (tetra) agent may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the above formula (10), R61, r62 and R63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. Further, the above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group or aryl group may be unsubstituted, and may be substituted with another functional group such as a group. Here, the above-mentioned linear or branched calcining group may, for example, be a carbon-based group, and may be a group of (7), and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a n-butyl group. Base, j group, second butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, di-f-yl-2-thezyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-ethyl Beauty, 壬基基, 正癸基, etc. Further, the aryl group may be a group having a carbon number of 6 to 12 Å. Specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a f phenyl group, a xylyl group, a lining 50 201131300, a JU/iypil (ciimeny), a _naphthyl group and the like. Further, the upper and lower parts of the genus wu include the sulfhydryl group, the fluorenyl group, the basic ethyl group (Phenethyi), and the naphthyl group. The above nitrogen-containing compound (1) specifically includes, for example, an amine such as an amine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-decylamine, n-alkylamine or cyclohexylamine. Alkylamine; di-n-butyldi-n-ylamine, di-n-hexylamine, di-n-heptylamine, di-n-octyl hydrazine, diterpene L-n-decylamine, methyl-n-dodecylamine, Di-n-decyl fluorenyl, cyclohexylmethylamine, dicyclohexylamine oxime-alumina diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-hexylamine, Tri-n-heptylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, tri-n-n-ylamine, monodecyl-d-dodecylamine, di-n-dodecylmethylamine, dicyclohexyldecylamine ditricyclohexyl Tri(cyclo)alkylamines such as amines; monoethanolamines: alkanolamines such as diethanolamine and triethanolamine; aniline, N-mercaptoaniline, n, n-diphenylaniline, 2-mercaptoaniline, 3_曱An aromatic amine such as a aniline, a 4-methylamine, a 4-phenylamine, a diphenylamine, a tris-amine or a naphthylamine. Specifically, the above-mentioned nitrogen-containing compound (II) may, for example, be a female, Ν, Ν, Ν, Ν'-west methylethylenediamine, n, n, N', N'-tetra (2_ Hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine, tetradecyldiamine, hexamethylenediamine, 4,4L diaminodiphenyl fluorene, 4,4·-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4 '_Diaminobenzophenone, 4,4,-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2-( 3-aminophenyl)-2-(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2-(4-amino group Stupid 51 201131300 base)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 1,4-bis[1-(4-aminophenyl) benzhydrinylethyl]benzene, 1,3-bis[1-( 4-aminophenyl)-1-indenylethyl]benzene and the like. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing compound (III) include a polymer of a polyethylenimine, a polypropylamine, and an N-(2-didecylaminoethyl)glycolamide. Specific examples of the above-mentioned mercapto group-containing compound include, for example, formamide, N-methyl formamide, and N,N-dimethylformamide (Ν,Ν). -dimethyl formamide ), acetamide, N-methyl acetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, propionamide ), benzamide, pyrrolidone, N-methyl pyrrolidone, and the like. Specific examples of the urea compound include urea, methyl urea, 1,1-dimercaptourea, 1,3-dimercaptourea, ι, ι, 3,3-tetradecyl. Urea, 1,3-diphenylurea, tri-n-butylthiourea, and the like. Specific examples of the above nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound include: imidazole, benzimiazole, 4-methyl imidazole, 4-mercapto-2- Imidazoles such as 4-methyl-2-phenyl imidazole and 2-phenyl benzimidazole; pyridine and 2-methyl pyridine , 4-methyl pyridine, 2-ethyl pyridine, 4-ethyl pyridine, 2-phenyl pyridine, 4 -Phenylpyridin 52 201131300 (4_phenyl pyridine ), 2-methyl-4-phenyl pyridine, nicotine, nicotinic acid, final acid Nicotinic acid amide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, acridine, etc. Pyrazine, ° pyrazole, sputum. Pyridazine, quinoxaline, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 4-methyl morpholine, piperazine Piperazine, 1,4-dimethyl piperazine, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane )Wait. Further, the above-mentioned test compound which is decomposed by exposure can be exemplified by the following general formula (11-1): [Chem. 34]

(1 1 — 1) 所表示的绩化合物、以及下述通式(11-2): 53 201131300(1 1 - 1) The performance compound expressed, and the following general formula (11-2): 53 201131300

Hb 35]Hb 35]

所表示的鐄化合物等。 上述通式(11-1)以及(11_2)中,71、 及R相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數的烧基、碳 數1〜6的烧氧基、經基或者函素原子。2•表示H〇、r c〇〇_ (其中,11表示碳數卜6的絲、碳數的芳基或碳 數1〜6的烷芳基(alkaryl))或者下述通式 _ [化 36] ^The hydrazine compound and the like are represented. In the above formulae (11-1) and (11-2), 71 and R independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a carbon number of a burnt group, a carbon number of 1 to 6 alkoxy group, a meridine or a functional group atom. 2• represents H〇, rc〇〇_ (wherein, 11 represents a filament of carbon number 6, an aryl group having a carbon number or an alkaryl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6) or a formula of the following formula: ] ^

所表示的陰離子。 上述藉由曝光而分解的鹼性化合物具體而言,例如可 列舉:三苯基疏氫氧化物、三苯錢乙酸鹽、三苯基疏水 楊酸鹽、二苯基-4-經基苯基職氧化物、二苯基冬經基笨 54 201131300 j〇/iypif 基疏乙酸鹽、二苯基-4-經基苯基疏水楊酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁 基苯基)錤氫氧化物、雙(4_第三丁基苯基)錤乙酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)錤氮氧化物、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)錤乙酸 鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)鎭水揚酸鹽、4-第三丁基苯基-4-羥基苯基鍈氫氧化物、4-第三丁基苯基_4_羥基苯基錤乙酸 鹽、4-第三丁基苯基-4-經基苯基鎭水楊酸鹽等。 酸擴散控制劑(E)的調配量較佳為固體成分總重量 的 0.001 wt%〜50 wt%,更佳為 o.ooi wt%〜1〇 wt%,尤佳 為0.001 wt%〜5 wt%,特佳為o.ooi wt%〜3 wt%。若為上 述範圍内,則可防止解析度的下降、圖案形肤、;+中眚 度等的劣化。進而,即便自電子束照射至丄= 熱為止的曝光後放置時間變長,亦無圖案上層部的形狀劣 化的情況。另外,若調配量為1Gwt%以下,則可防止感光 度、未曝光部的顯影性等的下降。另外,藉由使用此種酸 擴散控·,職放雜組成物_存穩紐提高,另外 二析=,並且可抑制由放射線照射前 == 編曝光後放置時間的變動所引起的光阻 Q案的線寬交化,成為製程穩定性極 目的3 =正型感放射性組成物中,可二阻^發明 感劑、界面活性劑、以及有機羧酸或 八曰 生物等各種添加劑—㈣祕 的s魏或其衍 ⑴溶解促^ _種以上來作為其他成分⑺。 低分子量溶解促進劑是於光阻基材對驗等顯影液的溶 55 201131300 ,生過低的情況’具有提高該溶解性,使顯糾的環狀化 合物的溶解速度毅增大的作㈣成分,可於不損及本發 =效果的範®岐用。上述轉促進_如可列舉低分子 量的酚性化合物,例如可列舉雙酚類、三 等。該些溶解促進劑可單獨使用,或者將兩 用。溶解促進_魏量是減所制的光阻基材的種類 而適當調節,但相對於光阻基材(化合物⑷及化合物 jB、)’以下稱為光阻基材(R)) 1〇〇重量份,較佳為〇重 量份〜100重量份,更佳為〇重量份〜3〇重量份,更佳為 〇重里知〜10重量份,尤佳為〇重量份〜2重量份。 [2]溶解控制劑 心解控制劑是於光阻基材對鹼等顯影液的溶解性過高 的It况’具有控制該溶解性’使顯影時的溶解速度適度降 2的作用的成分。此種轉控制雜佳為於絲被膜的锻 燒 '放射線照射、顯影等步驟中無化學變化的溶解控制劑。 溶,制劑例如可列舉:萘、菲、蒽、苊(acenaphthene) ,芳香知*工類’本乙_ ( 如phen〇ne )、二苯曱酮、苯基 ,基,等_ ;甲基苯基石風、二苯基颯、二萘基楓等石風類 等。f些溶解控制劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 &解控制劑的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R) 白^種類而適當調節,但相對於光阻基材(R) 100重量份’ ,佳為0重量份〜1〇〇重量份,更佳為〇重量份〜3〇重量 伤’更佳為〇重量份〜1〇重量份,尤佳為〇重量份〜2重 量份。 56 201131300 [3] 增感劑 增感劑是具核收所照射的放射線的能量 傳遞至酸產生劑(〇,藉此增加酸的生成量的作用了= 光阻的表誠光度提高的成分。此種增感劑例如可列兴. 二苯甲酮類、雙乙醯(biacetyl)類,、吩;秦 (phenothiazine )類、第(仙⑽此)類等 η 該些增感劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種 的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R)的種類而適當調 節’但相對於絲基材(R) ΐθθ重量份,較佳為〇重量份 B 100重’更佳為0重量份〜⑽重量份更佳為〇重 量份〜10重量份、尤佳為0重量份〜2重量份。 [4] 界面活性齊ij 界面活性劑是具有對本發明的正型感放射性組成物的 塗佈性或條紋、光阻的顯影性等加以改良的作用的成分。 此種界面活性劑可為陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系或兩 性中的任一種。較佳的界面活性劑為非離子系界面活性 劑。非離子系界面活性劑與用於製造感放射性組成物的溶 劑的親和性良好,更有效果。非離子系界面活性劑的例子 可列舉:聚氧伸乙基高級烷基醚類、聚氧伸乙基高級烷基 苯基鍵類、聚乙二醇的高級脂肪酸二酯類等,但並無特別 限定。市售品可列舉以下商品名:Eft〇p(Jemc〇公司製造)、 Megafac (大日本油墨化學工業公司製造)、Fiu〇rad (住友 公司製造)、Aashi Guard、Surflon (以上由旭硝子公司 製造)、Pepol (東邦化學工業公司製造)、KP (信越化學 5 57 201131300 工業公司製造)、P〇iyfl〇w(共榮社油脂化學工業公司製造) 等。 界面活性劑的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材 的種類而適當調節’但相對於光阻基材(R) 1〇〇重量份, 較佳為0重量份〜100重量份,更佳為0重量份〜3〇重量 份,更佳為0重量份〜重量份,尤佳為0重量份〜2重 量份。 [5]有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸或其衍生物 為了感光度劣化的防止或者光阻圖案形狀、曝光後放 置穩定性等的提高’可進而包含有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸 或其衍生物作為任意的成分。此外,可與酸擴散控制劑併 用’亦可單獨使用。有機羧酸例如較適合為丙二酸(mal〇nie acid)、擰檬酸(citric acid)、蘋果酸(malic此记)、琥拍酸 (succinic acid)、苯曱酸、水揚酸等。磷的含氧酸或其衍 生物可列舉:磷酸、磷酸二正丁酯、磷酸二苯基g旨等鱗酸 或其等的酯等衍生物,膦酸、膦酸二甲酯、膦酸二正丁 g旨、 苯基膦酸、膦酸二苯基酯、膦酸二苄基酯等膦酸或其等的 酯等衍生物,次膦酸、苯基次膦酸等次膦酸以及其等的酉旨 等衍生物,該些有機羧酸中特佳為膦酸。 有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸或其衍生物可單獨使帛,& 者使用兩種以上。有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸或其衍生物的 調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R)的種類而適當調節, 但相對於光阻基材(R)100重量份,較佳為〇重量份〜1〇〇 重量份,更佳為0重量份〜30重量份,更佳為〇重量份〜 58 201131300 10重里伤,尤佳為〇重量份〜2重量份。 [6]上述溶解控制劑、增感劑、界面活性劑、以及有機 幾酸或者_錢酸或其衍生物以外的其他添加劑 此外,本發明的感放射性組成物中,可於不阻礙本發 明目的的範圍内,視f要調配上述溶解 、 以及界面活性劑以外的添加劑-種或兩二:二 劑例如可列舉染料、賴、以及接著助鮮。例如,若調 配染料或顏料,則可使曝光部的潛像可見化,且可緩和曝 光%的光暈的景>響。另外,若調配接著助劑,則可改善與 基板的接著性,故而較佳。此外,其他添加劑可列舉光暈 防止劑、保存穩定劑、消泡劑、形狀改良劑等,具體而言 "T歹J舉4故基-4 -曱基查耳酮(4_hydr〇xy-4,-methyl chalcone)等。 本發明的正型感放射性組成物的調配(化合物(A) / 化合物(B) /酸產生劑(c) /酸擴散控制劑/其他成 为(F))以固體成分基準的重量百分比計,較佳為1〇〜 49.989/50〜89.989/0.001 〜39.99/0.01 〜39.999/0〜39.989, 更佳為10〜49.989/50〜89_989/0.001〜39.99/0.01〜 39.999/0〜15, 尤佳為12〜35/60〜70/10〜25/0.01〜3/0〜1, 特佳為 12.5〜17.5/60〜70/10〜25/0.01 〜3/0。 若為上述調配,則感光度、解析度、鹼性顯影性等性 能優異。 本發明的正型感放射性組成物通常是藉由在使用時將 59 201131300 成均勻溶液,然後,視需要利用 用二Λ 的過渡器等進行過遽而製備。 例如可.劑, 乙二醇單正兩減7曰乙一醇早乙醚乙酸酯、 單烧基鱗乙_類·^,單正丁喊乙酸醋等乙二醇 醇單燒基_;丙丄醇二=乙:醇;,二 酿、内 早甲轉乙酉夂酉曰、丙二酵早乙_乙酸 二醇單μ 乙_旨、丙二醇單正頂乙酸醋等丙 丙二醇二广乙酸s旨類;丙二醇單甲驗、丙二醇單乙驗等 ;„醚類;乳酸甲酿、乳酸乙醋、乳酸正丙醋、 夂T酉旨、乳酸.正戊醋等乳酸醋類;乙酸甲酉旨、乙酸乙 =乙^正_、乙酸正·^'乙酸正細旨、乙酸正己酉旨、 夂甲酉曰、丙酸乙酯等脂肪族羧酸酯類;3_甲氧基丙酸甲 :3-甲氧基丙酸乙g旨、3_乙氧基丙酸甲酉旨、3_乙氧基丙 3乙酉旨、3_甲氧基-2_甲基丙酸甲酯、3-曱氧基丁基乙酸醋、 -氧基丁基乙g欠3-甲酯、3-甲氧基_3_甲基丙酸丁|旨、3_ 曱氧基-3-甲基丁酸丁酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、丙酮酸曱酯、丙 鋼酸乙g旨等其他賴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;2-庚 酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、環戊酮、環己酮等酮類;N,N_二曱 基曱醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、n,N-二曱:基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡 咯啶酮等醯胺類;γ_内酯等内酯類等,並無特別限定。該 些溶劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 本發明的正型感放射線組成物可於不阻礙本發明目的 的範圍内含有可溶於鹼性水溶液中的樹脂。可溶於鹼性水 201131300 溶液中的樹脂可列舉:酚醛樹脂、聚乙烯基苯酚類、聚丙 烯酸、聚乙烯基醇、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐樹脂,以及含 丙烯酸、乙縣醇、或者乙烯絲_為單體單元的聚人 物’或該絲合_衍生鱗。可溶於祕水溶液中的ς 脂的調配量是根據所使㈣環狀化合物的種類而適者調 節’但相對於上述環狀化合物剛重量份,較佳為 份二30重量份’更佳為〇重量份〜1()重量份,尤佳為〇 重量份〜5重量份,特佳為〇重量份。 [光阻圖案的形成方法] 本發明是有關於-種光阻圖案形成方法,其包括以下 步驟:使帛上述本發_正型S放雑纟域物而於基板上 3光阻膜;將該級膜曝光;以及㈣光賴顯影而形 成=圖案。由本發日續㈣光_㈣可形成為多層光 阻製程中的上層光阻。 為了形成光阻圖案,藉由利用旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、 j佈等塗佈方法’於絲公知的基板上塗佈上述本發明 射性組成物’㈣絲_。所謂先前公知的基板, 二1寺Ij,’例如可例示電子零件用的基板,或於該基 3 定的配線瞧·板等。更频而言,可列 二石:曰:鉻、鐵、鋁等金屬製的基板,或玻璃基 :配線圖案的材料例如可列舉銅、铭、錄、金等。另 有機糸It視需要而於上述基板上設置有無機系以及/或者 機底部抗=^無!\系白勺膜可列舉無機抗反射膜(無 、塗層(bottom anti-reflective coating, 61 201131300 甘))有機系的膜可列舉有機抗反射膜(有機BARC)。 亦可進六亞曱基二錢料的表面處理。 ’視需要將所塗佈的基板加熱。加熱條件是根據 上。’生組成物的調酉己組成等而有所變化,較佳為2〇°C〜 沾更佳為2〇C〜15〇C。藉由加熱,存在光阻對基板 ,者性提高的情況,故而較佳。然後,選自由可見 光線、紫外線、準分子雷射、電子束、極紫外線 (EUV)^ X射線以及離子束所組成的组群中的任一種放射線,將光 阻膜曝光摘需醜。曝絲件技㈣級射性組成物 的调配組成等㈣當選定。本發明巾,為了穩定地形成曝 光中的南精度的微細圖案,較佳為於放射線照射後進行加 熱。加熱條件是根據感放射性組成物的調配組成等而有所 變化,較佳為2(TC〜250T:,更佳為2(TC〜150。(3。 接著,藉由將經曝光的光阻膜以鹼性顯影液進行顯 衫,而开)成預定的光阻圖案。上述驗性顯影液例如是使用 以成為較佳為1 wt%〜10 wt%、更佳為1 wt%〜5 wt%的濃 度的方式溶解有單-、二-或二烧基胺類,單_、二-或三烧醇 胺類’雜環式胺類,氫氧化四曱基銨(TM AH ),膽驗 (choline)等驗性化合物的一種以上的驗性水溶液。若上 述鹼性水溶液的濃度為1〇 wt%以下,則可抑制曝光部溶解 於顯影液中,故而較佳。 另外,上述驗性顯影液中,亦可適量添加甲醇、乙醇、 異丙醇等醇類或上述界面活性劑。該些之中,特佳為添加 l〇wt%〜30 wt%的異丙醇。藉此,可提高顯影液對光阻的 62 201131300 濡濕性,故而較佳。此外, 顯影液的情況,通常於顯影後财=此種祕水溶液的 形成光阻圖案後’藉由餘刻 使用電漿氣體的乾式 =行乳化銅喊、氣化鐵溶液等的濕式糊等公知的方法 上述鍵敷法例如有 形成光阻圖案後,亦可進行鑛敷 錢銅、焊料鑛敷、錄鎳、艘金等。 彳ΐ的殘存光阻圖案可利时機溶劑或較用於顯影 的驗性水減更__水驗來觸。The anion indicated. Specific examples of the basic compound decomposed by exposure include triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, triphenyl hydroxyacetate, triphenylhydrosalicylate, and diphenyl-4-phenylphenyl. Oxide, diphenyl winter wartene 54 201131300 j〇/iypif based acetate, diphenyl-4-phenylphenyl hydrophobic salicylate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)hydrazine Oxide, bis(4_t-butylphenyl)phosphonium acetate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)phosphonium oxynitride, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)phosphonium acetate, double (4-tert-butylphenyl)hydrazine salicylate, 4-tert-butylphenyl-4-hydroxyphenylhydrazine hydroxide, 4-tert-butylphenyl-4-hydroxyphenylhydrazine Acetate, 4-tert-butylphenyl-4-perphenylphenyl salicylate, and the like. The amount of the acid diffusion controlling agent (E) is preferably 0.001 wt% to 50 wt%, more preferably o.ooi wt% to 1 wt%, and particularly preferably 0.001 wt% to 5 wt%, based on the total weight of the solid component. , especially good for o.ooi wt% ~ 3 wt%. If it is within the above range, it is possible to prevent degradation of the resolution, pattern shape, and deterioration in +. Further, even if the exposure time after exposure from the electron beam irradiation to 丄 = heat becomes long, the shape of the upper layer portion of the pattern is not deteriorated. In addition, when the blending amount is 1 Gwt% or less, it is possible to prevent a decrease in sensitivity or developability of an unexposed portion. In addition, by using such acid diffusion control, the composition of the product is improved, and the second analysis is performed, and the photoresist Q caused by the change of the standing time after the exposure of the radiation == can be suppressed. The line width of the case has become the ultimate goal of process stability. 3 = positive-type radioactive composition, which can be used as a second agent, a sensory agent, a surfactant, and various additives such as organic carboxylic acid or gossip. s Wei or its derivatives (1) dissolve and promote the above-mentioned species as other components (7). The low-molecular-weight dissolution promoter is a solution to the developer of the photoresist substrate, such as the solution of the film, and the low-yield condition of the film, which has an increase in the solubility and an increase in the dissolution rate of the ring-shaped compound. It can be used without affecting the performance of this issue. The above-mentioned transfer promotion is exemplified by a low molecular weight phenolic compound, and examples thereof include bisphenols and tris. These dissolution promoters may be used singly or in combination. The dissolution promotion_wei amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the photoresist substrate to be produced, but is referred to as a photoresist substrate (R) with respect to the photoresist substrate (compound (4) and compound jB). The parts by weight are preferably 10,000 parts by weight, more preferably 3% by weight, more preferably 10,000 parts by weight, more preferably 〜2 parts by weight. [2] Dissolution control agent The psycholysis control agent is a component which has a function of controlling the solubility in the case where the solubility of the resist substrate is too high in the developer such as alkali to moderately decrease the dissolution rate during development. Such a transfer control is preferably a dissolution control agent which does not chemically change in the step of "radiation irradiation, development, etc." in the forging of the silk film. Soluble, the preparation can be exemplified by: naphthalene, phenanthrene, anthracene, anthracene (acenaphthene), aromatic known * work class 'benzine _ (such as phen〇ne), benzophenone, phenyl, phenyl, etc.; methylbenzene Stone winds such as base stone, diphenyl hydrazine, and dinaphthyl maple. Some of the dissolution controlling agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the <controlling agent is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the resist substrate (R) used, but is preferably 0 parts by weight to 1 part by weight relative to the resist substrate (R) 100 parts by weight. The 〇 part by weight, more preferably 〇 part by weight 〜 〇 〇 ' 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 更 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 。 。 56 201131300 [3] The sensitizer sensitizer is a component that transmits the energy of the radiation irradiated by the nuclear to the acid generator (〇, thereby increasing the amount of acid generated = the surface of the photoresist is improved by the honour. Such sensitizers can be used, for example, benzophenones, biacetyls, phenphenes, phenothiazines, and nyms. These sensitizers can be used alone. Or, the amount of the two types to be used is appropriately adjusted according to the kind of the resist substrate (R) to be used, but is 重量 θ θ by weight with respect to the silk substrate (R), preferably 〇 by weight B 100 by weight. Preferably, it is 0 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 10 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. [4] Interfacial activity ij The surfactant is a positive radiation having the same type of radiation to the present invention. A component that improves the applicability, streaks, and developability of the photoresist, etc. The surfactant may be any of an anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric. The agent is a non-ionic surfactant. Non-ionic surfactants and The affinity for the solvent for producing the radiation-sensitive composition is good and more effective. Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylidene higher alkylphenyl bonds. For example, Eft〇p (manufactured by Jemc Co., Ltd.), Megafac (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like. Fiu〇rad (manufactured by Sumitomo Corporation), Aashi Guard, Surflon (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Pepol (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 5 57 201131300 Industrial Co., Ltd.), P〇iyfl〇w The amount of the surfactant to be added is appropriately adjusted according to the kind of the resist substrate to be used, but is preferably 1 part by weight with respect to the resist substrate (R). Parts by weight to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 0 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight, still more preferably 0 parts by weight to part by weight, particularly preferably 0 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. [5] Organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus containing Oxyacid or its derivative The prevention of luminosity deterioration or the improvement of the shape of the photoresist pattern, the stability after exposure, etc. may further include an organic carboxylic acid or an oxo acid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof as an optional component. Further, it may be used together with an acid diffusion controlling agent. It can also be used alone. The organic carboxylic acid is, for example, preferably malicie acid, citric acid, malic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid, Salicylic acid, etc. Phosphorus oxyacids or derivatives thereof include phosphoric acid, di-n-butyl phosphate, diphenyl g-phosphate, etc., derivatives such as carboxylic acid or esters thereof, and phosphonic acid and phosphonic acid a derivative such as an ester or a di-n-butyl phosphonate, a phosphonic acid such as phenylphosphonic acid, diphenyl phosphonate or dibenzyl phosphonate or an ester thereof, phosphinic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, etc. Derivatives such as phosphinic acid and the like, and particularly preferred among these organic carboxylic acids are phosphonic acids. The organic carboxylic acid or the oxyacid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The compounding amount of the organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus oxyacid or its derivative is appropriately adjusted depending on the kind of the resist substrate (R) to be used, but it is preferably 100 parts by weight based on the resist substrate (R). It is preferably 1 part by weight, more preferably 0 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 〇 parts by weight to 58 201131300 10 heavy wounds, particularly preferably 〇 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. [6] The above-mentioned dissolution controlling agent, sensitizing agent, surfactant, and other additives other than an organic acid or an acid or a derivative thereof, the radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may not hinder the object of the present invention. In the range of the above, it is necessary to formulate the above-mentioned dissolution, and additives other than the surfactant, or two or two: for example, a dye, a smear, and a subsequent freshening. For example, when a dye or a pigment is blended, the latent image of the exposed portion can be visualized, and the bokeh of the % of exposure can be moderated. Further, when the auxiliary agent is blended, the adhesion to the substrate can be improved, which is preferable. Further, other additives may be mentioned as a halo preventing agent, a storage stabilizer, an antifoaming agent, a shape improving agent, etc., specifically, "T歹J 4 4 -4 4 - 曱 查 查 酮 ketone (4_hydr〇xy-4) , -methyl chalcone) and so on. The formulation of the positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention (compound (A) / compound (B) / acid generator (c) / acid diffusion controlling agent / other (F)) is based on the weight percent of the solid component Preferably, it is 1〇~49.989/50~89.989/0.001~39.99/0.01~39.999/0~39.989, more preferably 10~49.989/50~89_989/0.001~39.99/0.01~39.999/0~15, especially good for 12 ~35/60~70/10~25/0.01~3/0~1, especially good for 12.5~17.5/60~70/10~25/0.01~3/0. According to the above-mentioned blending, the properties such as sensitivity, resolution, and alkali developability are excellent. The positive-acting radioactive composition of the present invention is usually prepared by forming a homogeneous solution of 59 201131300 at the time of use, and then, if necessary, by using a dioxane or the like. For example, the agent, ethylene glycol, single positive and negative subtraction, 7 曰 ethyl alcohol, early diethyl ether acetate, single-burning squaring, _ class·^, single-n-butyl, acetic acid vinegar, etc. Alcohol two = B: alcohol;, second brewing, internal early transfer of acetaminophen, propionate, early B-acetic acid diol, single μ, B, propylene glycol, mono-n-acetic acid, vinegar, etc. Propylene glycol single test, propylene glycol single test, etc.; „ethers; lactic acid brewing, lactic acid ethyl vinegar, lactic acid n-propyl vinegar, 夂T酉, lactic acid, pentyl vinegar and other lactic acid vinegar; B = B ^ _ _, acetic acid is · ^ ' acetic acid is the purpose of the purpose, acetic acid is the purpose of the original, anthraquinone, ethyl propionate and other aliphatic carboxylic acid esters; 3 methoxy propionic acid A: 3- Methoxypropionic acid, 3-ethoxypropionic acid formazan, 3_ethoxypropane 3 ethyl ester, 3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoate methyl ester, 3-decyloxy group Butyric acid vinegar, -oxybutyl ethane g owed 3-methyl ester, 3-methoxy _3_methyl propionic acid butyl, butyl 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyrate, acetamidine Other solvents such as methyl acetate, decyl pyruvate, propylene glycol, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene ; ketones such as 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone; N,N-didecylguanamine, N-methylacetamide, n,N- Diterpenoids: decylamines such as acetalamine and N-methylpyrrolidone; lactones such as γ-lactone, and the like are not particularly limited. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The positive-type radiation composition can contain a resin soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution within a range not inhibiting the object of the present invention. Examples of the resin soluble in the alkaline water 201131300 solution are phenolic resin and polyvinyl phenol. , polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl alcohol, styrene-maleic anhydride resin, and polyacrylate containing acrylic acid, ethyl alcohol, or vinyl wire as a monomer unit or the silky-derived scale. Soluble The amount of the resin in the aqueous secret solution is adjusted according to the type of the (4) cyclic compound, but it is preferably 30 parts by weight of the above-mentioned cyclic compound, more preferably 〇 by weight. 1 part by weight, particularly preferably 5 part by weight to 5 parts by weight, particularly preferably 〇 by weight. [Formation of a resist pattern The present invention relates to a photoresist pattern forming method, comprising the steps of: placing the above-mentioned present-positive-type S on a substrate on a 3 photoresist film; exposing the film; (4) Forming = pattern by light development. The fourth layer of light (4) can be formed as the upper layer photoresist in the multilayer photoresist process. In order to form the photoresist pattern, by spin coating, cast coating, j cloth The coating method is applied to the substrate of the present invention by applying the above-described emitter composition 'four wires' to the known substrate. The previously known substrate, the two temples, may be exemplified by a substrate for electronic components, or 3 fixed wiring, board, etc. More frequently, it can be listed as two stones: 曰: a substrate made of metal such as chrome, iron, or aluminum, or a glass base: a material of a wiring pattern, for example, copper, inscription, recording, and gold Wait. In addition, the organic 糸It may be provided with an inorganic system and/or a bottom resistance on the substrate as needed. The film may be an inorganic anti-reflective coating (61 201131300). The organic film of the organic system is exemplified by an organic antireflection film (organic BARC). Can also enter the surface treatment of the six Asian 曱 二 二 二. The coated substrate is heated as needed. The heating conditions are based on the above. The composition of the raw material has changed, and it is preferably 2 〇 ° C ~ dip is preferably 2 〇 C 〜 15 〇 C. It is preferable to use a photoresist to improve the durability of the substrate by heating. Then, it is selected from any of a group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet (EUV) X-ray, and ion beam to expose the photoresist film. The method of blending silk parts (4) the composition of the level of the composition of the radiation, etc. (4) when selected. In order to stably form a fine pattern of south precision in exposure, the towel of the present invention is preferably heated after radiation irradiation. The heating condition varies depending on the composition of the radiation-sensitive composition, etc., and is preferably 2 (TC to 250T: more preferably 2 (TC to 150). (3. Next, by exposing the exposed photoresist film The shirt is formed with an alkali developer to form a predetermined resist pattern. The above-mentioned test developer is used, for example, to preferably be 1 wt% to 10 wt%, more preferably 1 wt% to 5 wt%. The concentration of the mono-, di- or dialkyl amines, mono-, di- or tri-alcohol amines 'heterocyclic amines, tetradecyl ammonium hydroxide (TM AH), biliary test ( Choline) One or more aqueous test solutions of the test compound. When the concentration of the alkaline aqueous solution is 1% by weight or less, it is preferable to prevent the exposed portion from being dissolved in the developer, and it is preferable. In the above, an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol or the above surfactant may be added in an appropriate amount. Among them, it is particularly preferable to add isopropyl alcohol of 10% by weight to 30% by weight. Liquid to photoresist 62 201131300 濡 wet, so it is better. In addition, the case of the developer, usually after development = such a secret aqueous solution After the photoresist pattern is formed, a known method such as a dry type using a plasma gas, a emulsified copper squeegee, or a vaporized iron solution, etc., may be performed, for example, after forming a photoresist pattern. The deposit of copper, solder deposits, nickel, gold, etc. The residual photoresist pattern of the crucible can be used to reduce the timing of the solvent or the water used for development.

列舉腿ΕΑ(丙二醇單㈣乙酸醋)、pgme(^G 甲_)' EL(乳酸乙醋)等,強驗性水溶液例如可列舉工 〜20 wt%的氫氧化鋼水溶液或i wt%〜2〇別%的氮氧化钟 水溶液。上述剝離方法例如可列舉浸潰方法、喷射方式等。 另外,形成有光阻圖案的配線基板可為多層配線基板,亦 可具有小徑通孔。 本發明中獲得的配線基板亦可於光阻圖案形成後,利 用在真空中蒸鍍金屬,然後以溶液溶解光阻圖案的方法即 舉離法而形成。 實例 以下,列舉實例,對本發明的實施形態進行更具體的 說明。但’本發明並不限定於該些實例。以下的合成例中, 化合物的結構是以1H-核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)測定來確認。 63 201131300 〈合成例〉化合物(B)的合成 •合成例1 CR-1B的合成 向經充为乾燦且氮*氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴 卻管(Dimroth condenser)、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口气、 ( 1000 ml)中,於氮氣流下投入關東化學公司製造乂觀 二酚(22 g,0.2 mol)、4-異丙基苯曱醛(29.6 g,〇.2間笨 脫水乙醇(200 ml),調整乙醇溶液。將該溶液—邊_ 、 邊以加熱包加熱至85°C。接著利用滴液漏斗,以〜 滴加75 ml的濃鹽酸(35%)後,繼續於幻它下攪分錆 時。反應完畢後,放置冷卻,使其達到室溫,然彳小 加以冷卻。靜置丨小時後,生成淡黃色的目標粗結^冰浴 其過遽分離。然後將粗結晶以500 ml的甲醇清洗2、將 濾分離並使其真空乾燥,藉此獲得目標產物(以下過 CR-1B ) ( 45.6 g,產率 95%)。 、示為 該化合物的結構以液相層析質譜法( chromatography mass spectrometry,LC-MS )進行八 果表現出f)目標物的分子量960。另外,於氘代二甲夷= 石風/谷劑中的H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρπι,TMS基準) 為 1.1 〜1·2 (m,24Η),2.6〜2.7 (m,4Η),5.5 (s,4Η),6.0〜 6.8 (m,24Η),8.4, 8_5(d,8Η)。 另外,g)可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中’h)为子内具有紛性經基,e) Mw/Mn= l.oo。 [化 37] 64 201131300Listed as leg sputum (propylene glycol mono (tetra) acetate vinegar), pgme (^G A _) 'EL (lactic acid ethyl vinegar), etc., for example, a strong aqueous solution can be exemplified by ~20 wt% aqueous solution of hydrogen hydroxide or i wt%~2 Screen out the % aqueous solution of nitrous oxide. Examples of the above-mentioned peeling method include a dipping method, a spraying method, and the like. Further, the wiring substrate on which the photoresist pattern is formed may be a multilayer wiring substrate or may have a small-diameter through hole. The wiring substrate obtained in the present invention may be formed by a method in which a metal is vapor-deposited in a vacuum and then a photoresist pattern is dissolved in a solution, that is, after the formation of the photoresist pattern. EXAMPLES Hereinafter, examples of the invention will be described more specifically by way of examples. However, the invention is not limited to the examples. In the following synthesis examples, the structure of the compound was confirmed by 1H-nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) measurement. 63 201131300 <Synthesis Example> Synthesis of Compound (B) • Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of CR-1B A dropping funnel, a Dimroth condenser, a thermometer, and a stirring were placed in a dry and nitrogen-substituted gas. In the four breaths of the wing, (1000 ml), it was put into the Kanto Chemical Company under the nitrogen flow to produce guanidine diphenol (22 g, 0.2 mol), 4-isopropylphenylfurfural (29.6 g, 〇.2 stupid dehydrated ethanol). (200 ml), adjust the ethanol solution. Heat the solution to the side with _, and heat to 85 ° C. Then use a dropping funnel to add 75 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (35%) to ~ After it is stirred, the mixture is cooled, allowed to reach room temperature, and then cooled down. After standing for 丨 hours, a pale yellow target is formed, which is separated by ice bath. The crystals were washed with 500 ml of methanol, separated by filtration and dried under vacuum, whereby the desired product (hereinafter, CR-1B) (45.6 g, yield 95%) was obtained. Chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS) for eight fruits showing f) target The molecular weight of 960. In addition, the chemical shift value (δρρπι, TMS basis) of H-NMR in the 氘代二甲=石风/谷剂 is 1.1 〜1·2 (m, 24Η), 2.6~2.7 (m, 4Η), 5.5 (s, 4Η), 6.0~ 6.8 (m, 24Η), 8.4, 8_5 (d, 8Η). Further, g) is soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), and 'h) has a heterogeneous radical, e) Mw/Mn = l.oo. [化37] 64 201131300

CR-2B的合成 除了將CR-1B的合成例中的4-異丙基苯曱醛替代為 4-環己基醛以外,以與CR-1同樣的方式合成。其結果獲得 CR-2B (50 g,產率 91%)。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出f) 目標物的分子量1121。另外,於氘代氯仿溶劑中的1H-NMR 的化學位移值(5ppm,TMS基準)為0.8〜1.9 (m, 44H), 5.5, 5·6 (d,4H), 6.0〜6·8 (m,24H), 8.4, 8.5 (m,8H)。 另夕卜,g)可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中,h)分子内具有酉分性經基,e) Mw/Mn = 1.00。 [化 38] 65 201131300Synthesis of CR-2B In the same manner as in the case of CR-1 except that 4-isopropylbenzaldehyde in the synthesis example of CR-1B was replaced by 4-cyclohexylaldehyde. As a result, CR-2B (50 g, yield 91%) was obtained. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the result showed f) the molecular weight of the target was 1121. In addition, the chemical shift value (5 ppm, TMS basis) of 1H-NMR in deuterated chloroform solvent is 0.8 to 1.9 (m, 44H), 5.5, 5·6 (d, 4H), 6.0 to 6·8 (m) , 24H), 8.4, 8.5 (m, 8H). In addition, g) is soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), h) has a fluorene-based radical in the molecule, and e) Mw/Mn = 1.00. [化38] 65 201131300

(C R — 2 B) CR-1A-EE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴 卻管、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶(1000 ml)中,於, 流下’向包含9.6 g (10 mmol)的CR-1B、2.5 g的對甲, 績酸°比咬鑌、4〇〇 ml的丙酮的溶液中滴加5.8 g ( 8〇 m ^ 的乙基乙烯基醚。將反應液於室溫下攪拌24小時。反靡0〜 畢後’去除溶劑’將所得的固體使用己烷/乙酸乙酯二^^ 的混合溶,,以管柱層析法加以純化。獲得12.2 g的酚』 羥基的氬原子的100 m〇1%經乙氧基乙基取 CR-1A-EE100。 '的 該化合物的結構以LC_MS進行分析,結果表現出&amp; 目f物的分子量1537。所得產物於減二甲基亞硬溶劑 的H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρηι,遞基準)為〇 9〜1 (m, 24H), 1.1 1.2 (m5 24H), 1.3^1.4 (m, 24H), 2.6~2 (m,4H),3.3〜3 4 1阳、&lt; !, 、 (m, 16H), 5.1 (m, 8H), 5.5 (s, 4H), 6.0^ 66 201131300 6.8 (m,24H)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 乙氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn= 1.00。 [化 39](CR — 2 B) The synthesis of CR-1A-EE100 was carried out in a four-necked flask (1000 ml) provided with a dropping funnel, a tube, a thermometer, and a stirring blade, which were sufficiently dried and purged with nitrogen. 5.8 g (8 〇m ^ of ethyl vinyl ether) was added dropwise to a solution containing 9.6 g (10 mmol) of CR-1B, 2.5 g of para-A, and an acidity ratio of 镔, 4 〇〇ml of acetone. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate. 12.2 g of phenol" 100 〇 1% of the argon atom of the hydroxyl group was taken from the ethoxyethyl group to take CR-1A-EE100. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC_MS, and the molecular weight of the &amp; The chemical shift value (δρρηι, the basis of the H-NMR of the obtained product in the dimethyl hardening solvent is 〇9~1 (m, 24H), 1.1 1.2 (m5 24H), 1.3^1.4 (m, 24H) ), 2.6~2 (m, 4H), 3.3~3 4 1 yang, &lt; !, , (m, 16H), 5.1 (m, 8H), 5.5 (s, 4H), 6.0^ 66 201131300 6.8 (m , 24H). In addition, b) is insoluble in alkaline developer (T MAH is 2.38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, and d) has an ethoxylate B as an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule. Base, e) Mw/Mn = 1.00. [化39]

(CR~ 1 A-EE 1 Ο 0) CR-1A-CE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 卻管、溫度計、擾拌翼的四口燒瓶(1000 ml)中,於氮氣 流下,向包含9.6 g( 10 mmol)的合成例1中合成的CR-1B、 2.5 g的對曱苯磺酸吡啶鑌、400 ml的1,3-二氧戊環的溶液 67 201131300 :滴加10.0 g( 80 mmol)的環己基乙烯基醚。將反應液於 至溫下攪拌24小時。反應完畢後,去除溶劑,將所得的固 體使用己烷/乙酸乙酯= 1/3的混合溶劑,以管柱層析法加 乂、”屯化獲传12.2 g的酌·性經基的氫原子的m〇i%經環 己氧基乙基取代的CR-1A-CE100。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出a) 目標物的分子量1969。所得產物於氘代二甲基亞颯溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρριη,TMS基準)為1.0〜3·5 (m,148Η),5.5 (s,4Η),6.0〜6·8 (m, 24Η)。 另外’ b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2·38 wt°/〇) 中’ c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(ΤΜΑΗ 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 環己氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn=l.〇〇。 [化 40] 68 201131300 JU/ l^pif(CR~ 1 A-EE 1 Ο 0) Synthesis of CR-1A-CE100 A well-dried, nitrogen-substituted four-necked flask (1000 ml) equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dairy cooling tube, a thermometer, and a stirring wing. In a solution containing 9.6 g (10 mmol) of CR-1B synthesized in Synthesis Example 1, 2.5 g of pyridinium sulfonate, and 400 ml of 1,3-dioxolane under a nitrogen stream 201131300: 10.0 g (80 mmol) of cyclohexyl vinyl ether was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was mixed with hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/3, and the mixture was subjected to column chromatography to obtain a hydrogen of 12.2 g of a suitable hydrogen group. The m〇i% of the atom was substituted by cyclohexyloxyethyl CR-1A-CE100. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the result showed a) the molecular weight of the target was 1969. The chemical shift value (δρριη, TMS basis) of 1H-NMR in the solvent of the hydrazide is 1.0 to 3·5 (m, 148 Η), 5.5 (s, 4 Η), 6.0 to 6·8 (m, 24 Η). ' b) Insoluble in alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt ° / 〇) in 'c) becomes soluble in alkaline developer (ΤΜΑΗ 2.38 wt%) by the action of acid, d) Cyclohexyloxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule, e) Mw/Mn=l.〇〇. [Chem. 40] 68 201131300 JU/ l^pif

CR-2A姻00的合成 卻其向、ΐ充,乾燥且氮氣置換的151置有滴液漏斗 、戴氏冷 二:又5十、授拌翼的四口燒瓶於 流下,向包含n 〇 CR_1B Z g (10 mm〇D的合成例2A中合成的 中,、庙★ 8的對曱苯續酸°比咬鐵、彻ml的丙酮的溶液 室溫下二?二:二的上基㈣基㈣反應液於 體使用m^應7^後’去除溶劑,將所得的固 骽便用己烷/乙酸乙酯=1/3的混合溶 100«t 乳丞乙基取代的CR-2A-EE100。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現 69 201131300 目標物的分子量1697。所得產物於氘代二曱基亞砜溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρριη,TMS基準)為0.8〜1.9 (m,92Η),3.5 (m,16Η),5.5, 5.6 (d,12Η), 6.0〜6.8 (m, 24H)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 乙氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn= 1.00。 [化 41]CR-2A Marriage 00 is synthesized, filled, dried, and nitrogen-substituted 151 is equipped with a dropping funnel, Dais cold 2: 50, and a four-necked flask of the mixing wing is flowed down to contain n 〇CR_1B Z g (10 mm 〇D in the synthesis of the synthesis of 2A, the temple ★ 8 of the benzene benzene continued acid ° than the bite iron, the solution of the ml of acetone at room temperature two to two: two upper base (four) base (4) The reaction solution is used to remove the solvent after using m^7^, and the obtained solid sputum is replaced with hexane/ethyl acetate=1/3 mixed solvent 100«t chyloethyl substituted CR-2A-EE100 The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the molecular weight of the target of 69 201131300 was 1697. The chemical shift value (δρριη, TMS basis) of the obtained product in deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide solvent was 0.8. ~1.9 (m, 92Η), 3.5 (m, 16Η), 5.5, 5.6 (d, 12Η), 6.0~6.8 (m, 24H). In addition, b) insoluble in alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) Medium, c) becomes soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d) has an ethoxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule, e) Mw/ Mn = 1.00. [化41]

(CR- 2 A-EE 10 0) CR-2A-CE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 201131300f 卻官、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶( 1000ml)中,於氣氣 /瓜下,向包含U 2 g ( 1〇 mmoi)的合成例2中合成的 CR_2B、2·5 g的對曱笨磺酸吡啶鏽、400 ml的i,3_二氧戊 環的溶液巾滴加lGQg(8GmmGl)的環己基㈣基喊。將 反,液於室溫下攪拌24小時。反應完畢後,去除溶劑,將 所得的固體使用己烧/乙酸乙醋= 1/3白勺混合溶劑,以管柱 層析法加以純化。獲得13 2 g的酚性羥基的氫原子的ι〇〇 mol%經環己氧基乙基取代的cr_2A-CE100。 戎化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出a) 目標物的分子量212 9。所得產物於氘代二曱基亞砜溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρριη,TMS基準)為〇 84 9 (m,148H),3.5 (m,8H),5.5, 5.6 (d, 12H),6.0〜6.8 (m, 2ffi)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(1:]^八11為2 38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 環己氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn=l.〇〇。 [化 42] 71 201131300(CR-2 A-EE 10 0) Synthesis of CR-2A-CE100 In a four-necked flask (1000 ml) equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dynacol cold 201131300f, a thermometer, and a stirring wing, which were sufficiently dried and replaced with nitrogen. , under air/guar, CR_2B synthesized in Synthesis Example 2 containing U 2 g (1〇mmoi), 2·5 g of pyridine sulfonate sulfonate, 400 ml of i,3-dioxane The ring solution solution was added with a cyclohexyl (tetra) group of lGQg (8GmmGl). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/3 mixture solvent. 13 2 g of a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group of ι〇〇 mol% was substituted with cyclohexyloxyethyl group, cr 2 A-CE100. The structure of the hydrazine compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the results showed that a) the molecular weight of the target was 212 9 . The 1H-NMR chemical shift value (δρριη, TMS basis) of the obtained product in the deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide solvent was 〇84 9 (m, 148H), 3.5 (m, 8H), 5.5, 5.6 (d, 12H). ), 6.0~6.8 (m, 2ffi). In addition, b) is insoluble in the alkaline developing solution (1:]^8-11 is 2 38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in the alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid , d) has a cyclohexyloxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule, e) Mw / Mn = l. [化42] 71 201131300

CR-1A-EE50 的合成 除了將CR-1A-EE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 加入量改為一半以外,以與CR-1A-EE100同樣的方式合 成,獲得盼性經基的氫原子的50 mol%經乙氧基乙基取代 的 CR-1A-EE50 (混合物)。 此外,所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt%)中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液 (TMAH為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性 反應基的乙氧基乙基。 CR-1A-CE50 的合成 除了將CR-1A-CE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 加入量改為一半以外,以與CR-1A-CE100同樣的方式合 72 201131300 成’獲得酚性羥基的氫原子的50 mol%經乙氧基乙基取代 的 CR-1A-CE50 (混合物)。 此外,所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(tmaH為 2.38 wt%)中,c)错由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液 (TMAH為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性 反應基的環己氧基乙基。 CR-2A-EE50 的合成 除了將CR-2A-EE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 加入量改為一半以外,以與CR_2A_EE1〇〇同樣的方式合 成,獲得酚性羥基的氫原子的50 mol%經環己氧基乙基取 代的CR-2A-EE50 (混合物)。 此外,所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt/〇)中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性 (=ΑΗ為2·38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解离嫌 反應基的乙氧基乙基。 CR-2A-CE50 的合成 加入im2A_cEi〇〇的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 力入里改為一半以外,以與CR2ACE1〇〇同 基的氫原子的5G mGl%經環己氧基乙ΐς 代的CR-2A-CE50 (混合物)。 ^ (τμαηλ 2;8 反應基巾’d)奸叫有料酸解離性The synthesis of CR-1A-EE50 was carried out in the same manner as in the case of CR-1A-EE100 except that the amount of ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of CR-1A-EE100 was changed to half, and the desired transmembrane group was obtained. 50 mol% of a hydrogen atom CR-1A-EE50 (mixture) substituted with an ethoxyethyl group. Further, the obtained compound b) was insoluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH was 2.38 wt%), c) was made soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH was 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d) a molecule There is an ethoxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group. The synthesis of CR-1A-CE50 was carried out in the same manner as CR-1A-CE100 except that the amount of ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of CR-1A-CE100 was changed to half. 50 mol% of a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group is substituted with an ethoxyethyl group of CR-1A-CE50 (mixture). Further, the obtained compound b) was insoluble in an alkaline developing solution (tmaH was 2.38 wt%), and c) was dissolved by an acid to become soluble in an in-situ developer (TMAH was 2.38 wt%), d) There is a cyclohexyloxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group. The synthesis of CR-2A-EE50 is carried out in the same manner as in the case of CR_2A_EE1〇〇 except that the amount of ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of CR-2A-EE100 is changed to half, and a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group is obtained. 50 mol% CR-2A-EE50 (mixture) substituted with cyclohexyloxyethyl. Further, the obtained compound b) is insoluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt/〇), c) becomes soluble in alkali (=ΑΗ2·38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d Having an ethoxyethyl group as an acidolysis reaction group in the molecule. Synthesis of CR-2A-CE50 Addition of the ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of im2A_cEi〇〇 was changed to half, and 5G mGl% of the hydrogen atom of the same group as CR2ACE1 was subjected to cyclohexyloxy B. Deuterated CR-2A-CE50 (mixture). ^ (τμαηλ 2; 8 reaction base towel 'd) is called acid dissociation

S 73 201131300 (實例1〜實例4以及比較例1〜比較例8) 圖案化試驗 调合第1表中記載的成分’製成均勾溶崎,以孔徑 0.1 μπι的Teflon (註冊商標)製薄膜過濾器進行過濾,製 備感放射性組成物,對各感放射性組成物進行以下的評 價。結果示於第3表。 (1) 感光度的評價 將光阻旋轉塗佈於清潔的矽晶圓上,然後於烘箱中進 行曝光前烘烤(pre-bake’PB),形成厚度6〇nm的光阻膜。 對5亥光阻膜使用電子束描晝裝置(elS-7500,(股)Elionix 公司製造),照射100 nm間隔的1 : 1的線與間隙設定的 電子束。照射後’分別於預定溫度下加熱9 〇秒,在2.3 8 w t % 的TMAH水溶液中進行60秒顯影。然後,以水清洗3〇 秒,加以乾燥,形成正型的光阻圖案。利用掃描型電子顯 微鏡((股)日立High-Technology製造的S-4800)觀察所 得的線與間隙。另外,將此時的劑量(pC/cm2)作為感光 度。 〜 A :劑量$50 pC/cm2 (優秀的感光度) B : 50pC/cm2〈劑量$120pC/cm2 (良好的感光度) C : 120 gC/cm2〈劑量(感光度不良) (2) 線邊緣粗糙度(LER)的評價 於100 nm間隔的1 : 1的線與間隙的長度方向(〇 75 μιη)的任意300點中,使用日立半導體用SEM終端PC V5 離線測長軟體((股)日立Science Systems製造)’測定邊 201131300, /17ριΙ 緣與基準線的距離。由測定結果算出k準偏差(3 σ )。 A : LER ( 3σ) $3.5 nm (良好的 LER) C : 3.5nm&lt;LER (3σ)(不良好的 LER) 由圖案化試驗的結果確認,本發明的使用特定化合物 (Α)及化合物(Β)的感放射性組成物與使用包含比較例 的混合物的化合物(Α)的感放射性組成物相比,感光度 及LER良好。 另外,本發明的特定化合物(Α)及化合物(Β)分別 容易製造純度100%的化合物,且可僅藉由將各自混合而 調合,品質官理容易。另一方面,包含比較例的混合物的 化合物(Α)為混合物,每次製造時其組成會產生不均, 品質管理困難。 75 201131300 [表l] (C) (E) 化合物(A) 化合物(B) 酸產生劑 酸擴散控制劑 溶劑 (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) 實例1 CR-1A-EE100 CR-1B P-1 Q-1 S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例2 CR-1A-CE100 CR-1B P-1 Q-i S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例3 CR-2A-EE100 CR-2B P-1 Q-1 S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例4 CR-2A-CE100 CR-2B P-1 Q-i S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例1 CR-1A-EE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例2 CR-1A-CE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例3 CR-2A-EE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例4 CR-2A-CE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例5 CR-1A-EE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例6 CR-1A-CE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例7 CR-2A-EE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例8 CR-2A-CE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 (c)酸產生劑 P-1 :三苯基苯銃三氟曱磺酸鹽(MidoriKagaku (股)) (E)酸擴散控制劑 Q-1 :三辛基胺(東京化成工業(股)) 溶劑 S-1 :丙二醇單曱醚(東京化成工業(股)) 76 201131300 [表2] PEB ·*·, ftf LER (3σ) (°C) - --- V Vr.m^ ^ 實例1 110 _____A —--- A 實例2 110 A A 實例3 110 A A 實例4 110 -— A 比較例1 110 A C 比較例2 110 - C 比較例3 110 *****^ - C 比較例4 110 A C 比較例5 110 c 無法形赤辛 比較例6 110 -----.— ^刀凡園染 - 圖案 比較例7 110 .-___ 無法形忐Hi安 比較例8 110 1 --------- ’/ &quot;凡 ISj 带 _ ___ -圖案 PEB :電子束照射後加熱時的溫度 (比較例9) 於二例4中,代替化合物(a)的,使S 73 201131300 (Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 8) The composition test was prepared by blending the components described in the first table with a film of Teflon (registered trademark) having a pore diameter of 0.1 μm. The filter was filtered to prepare a sensitized radioactive composition, and each of the sensitized radioactive compositions was subjected to the following evaluation. The results are shown in Table 3. (1) Evaluation of sensitivity The photoresist was spin-coated on a clean crucible wafer, and then pre-bake&apos;PB was baked in an oven to form a photoresist film having a thickness of 6 Å. An electron beam tracing apparatus (elS-7500, manufactured by Elionix Co., Ltd.) was used for the 5 glare resist film, and an electron beam set by a line and gap of 1:1 at intervals of 100 nm was irradiated. After the irradiation, it was heated at a predetermined temperature for 9 sec., and developed in a 2.3 8 w t % TMAH aqueous solution for 60 seconds. Then, it was washed with water for 3 seconds and dried to form a positive resist pattern. The obtained lines and gaps were observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technology). Further, the dose (pC/cm2) at this time was taken as the sensitivity. ~ A : Dosage $50 pC/cm2 (excellent sensitivity) B : 50pC/cm2 <dose $120pC/cm2 (good sensitivity) C : 120 gC/cm2 <dose (poor sensitivity) (2) Rough line edge Degree (LER) is evaluated by using Hitachi Semiconductor's SEM terminal PC V5 for offline measurement of any linear point in the length direction of the gap of 100 μm (〇75 μηη) at 100 nm intervals ((H) Hitachi Science Systems manufactured) 'Measurement edge 201131300, /17ριΙ edge distance from the baseline. The k-bias deviation (3 σ ) is calculated from the measurement results. A : LER ( 3σ) $3.5 nm (good LER) C : 3.5 nm &lt; LER (3σ) (not good LER) It is confirmed by the results of the patterning test that the specific compound (Α) and the compound (Β) of the present invention are used. The sensitizing radioactive composition was superior in sensitivity and LER to the sensitized radioactive composition using the compound (Α) containing the mixture of the comparative examples. Further, the specific compounds (Α) and the compound (Β) of the present invention are easy to produce compounds having a purity of 100%, respectively, and can be blended only by mixing them, and the quality is easy. On the other hand, the compound (Α) containing the mixture of the comparative examples was a mixture, and the composition thereof was unevenly produced each time, and quality management was difficult. 75 201131300 [Table l] (C) (E) Compound (A) Compound (B) Acid generator acid diffusion controller solvent (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) Example 1 CR-1A-EE100 CR-1B P-1 Q-1 S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 2 CR-1A-CE100 CR-1B P-1 Qi S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 3 CR-2A-EE100 CR-2B P -1 Q-1 S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 4 CR-2A-CE100 CR-2B P-1 Qi S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 1 CR-1A-EE50 P-1 Q-1 S -1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 2 CR-1A-CE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 3 CR-2A-EE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 4 CR-2A-CE50 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 5 CR-1A-EE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 6 CR-1A-CE100 P- 1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 7 CR-2A-EE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 8 CR-2A-CE100 P-1 Q-1 S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 (c) Acid generator P-1: Triphenylphenylhydrazine trifluorosulfonate (MidoriKagaku (share)) (E) Acid diffusion control agent Q-1: Trioctylamine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ( share) Solvent S-1: propylene glycol monoterpene ether (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 76 201131300 [Table 2] PEB ·*·, ftf LER (3σ) (°C) - --- V Vr.m^ ^ Example 1 110 _____A —--- A Example 2 110 AA Example 3 110 AA Example 4 110 --- A Comparative Example 1 110 AC Comparative Example 2 110 - C Comparative Example 3 110 *****^ - C Comparative Example 4 110 AC Comparative Example 5 110 c Invisible red symplectic comparison Example 6 110 -----.— ^ Knife Fan Dye - Pattern Comparison Example 7 110 .-___ Unable to shape Hi An Comparative Example 8 110 1 -------- - '/ &quot; Where ISj band _ ___ - Pattern PEB : Temperature at which electron beam is heated after irradiation (Comparative Example 9) In the second example 4, instead of compound (a),

用為向分子的聚減苯乙烯(PHS) (MW = 8,000’Aldrich 製造)巾道 的PHS-CE100,除此以入有%己基氧基乙基1〇〇m〇1% 外’同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結 77 201131300 果為’ LER經判定為c。 (比較例10) 於實例4中’代替化合物⑻的CR 2B,使用作為 高分子的雜絲㈣(PHS) (Mw=8,_,Aldrich製 造),除此以外,同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結 經判定為C。 (比較例11) 於貫例4中,代替化合物(A)的CR 2A cei⑻而使 用PHS-CE100,且代替化合物(B)的CR 2b *使用作為 高分子的聚雜苯乙婦(PHS) (Mw=8,_,Aidrich製 造)’除此以外,同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結果為,ς 120 pC/cm以下的劑量下未獲得圖案。 另外’比較例9〜比較命J 中任一者均於藉由旋轉塗 佈而獲%· _上確認到被認為是由相溶解性不良所引起的 斑點。 此外,暗示出’作為高分子的聚經基苯乙稀或者導入 有酸解離性官能基的聚錄苯乙烯分別具有分子量分布, 就品質管理的觀點而言亦欠佳。 [產業上之可利用性] 本發明適宜用於酸增幅型低分子量正型感放射性組成 物、以及使用該組成物的光阻圖案形成方法。 【圖式簡單說明】 / ° 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 無。 78PHS-CE100 used as a molecular polystyrene (PHS) (MW = 8,000 'Aldrich) towel, except that % hexyloxyethyl 1 〇〇 m 〇 1% was used Patterning test. The knot 77 201131300 is ' LER is judged to be c. (Comparative Example 10) A patterning test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the CR 2B of the compound (8) was used as the polymer (4) (PHS) (Mw = 8, _, manufactured by Aldrich). Its conclusion is judged as C. (Comparative Example 11) In Example 4, PHS-CE100 was used instead of CR 2A cei (8) of the compound (A), and CR 2b* of the compound (B) was used instead of the polyphenylene benzoate (PHS) as a polymer ( Mw=8, _, manufactured by Aidrich) In addition to this, a patterning test was performed in the same manner. As a result, no pattern was obtained at a dose of ς 120 pC/cm or less. Further, in any of Comparative Example 9 to Comparative Life J, it was confirmed that the spot was caused by poor phase solubility by obtaining %· _ by spin coating. Further, it is suggested that the polyphenylene styrene which is a polymer or the polystyrene which introduces an acid dissociable functional group has a molecular weight distribution, and is also inferior in terms of quality control. [Industrial Applicability] The present invention is suitably used for an acid-amplified low molecular weight positive-type radioactive composition and a resist pattern forming method using the same. [Simple description of the diagram] / ° None. [Main component symbol description] None. 78

Claims (1)

201131300 七、申請專利範圍: h〜種正型感放射性組成物,其含有:滿足下述a) e)的所有條件的化合物(a),滿足下述f)〜丨)的所 有條件的化合物(B),藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準 分子雷射、電子束、極紫外線(Ευν)、χ射線以及離子束 所組成的組群中的任一種放射線的照射而直接或間接地產 生酸的酸產生劑(C),酸擴散控制劑(e),以及溶劑;並 且該組成物包含1 wt0/❶〜80 wt%的固體成分以及20 wt%〜 99 wt%的溶劑,該化合物(A)的重量與該化合物(b)的 重量的和為固體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt% ; a) 分子量·· 400〜3000 ; b) 不溶於驗性顯影液(氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)為 2_38wt%)中; c) 藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMah 為 2.38 wt% )中; d) 分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 羥基或者羧基; e) l,00$Mw/Mn$l.〇5(Mw:數量平均分子量,Mw : 重量平均分子量); ' f) 分子量:350〜2500 ; g) 可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個紛性經基或者缓基; i) 1.00$Mw/Mn$1.05。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之正型感放射性組成 79 201131300 物,其中上述化合物(A)為在上述化合物的所有酚 性羥基以及羧基上導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Aa)。 3·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之正型感放射性組成 物’其巾上述化合物(Β) $在所有_蛾基以及緩基上 未導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Bb)。 4·如申請專利範圍第!項所述之正型感放射性組成 物,其中上述化合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa),即下述式 (1A)所表示的環狀化合物(A1),且上述化合物(b) 社述化合物(Bb)’即下述式(1B)所表示的環狀 物(B1): [化1]201131300 VII. Patent application scope: h~ a positive-type radioactive composition containing: Compound (a) satisfying all the conditions of the following a) e), and compounds satisfying all the conditions of f) to 丨) below ( B) directly or indirectly generating an acid by irradiation of any one of radiation selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet (Ευν), xenon ray, and ion beam An acid generator (C), an acid diffusion controlling agent (e), and a solvent; and the composition contains 1 wt 0 /❶ to 80 wt% of a solid component and 20 wt% to 99 wt% of a solvent (A) The sum of the weight of the compound and the weight of the compound (b) is 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the total weight of the solid component; a) molecular weight · 400 to 3000; b) insoluble in the developer (tetramethyl hydroxide) Ammonium (TMAH) is 2 to 38 wt%); c) becomes soluble in an alkaline developer (TMah is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid; d) has at least one acid-dissociated functional group introduced therein Phenolic hydroxyl or carboxyl group; e) l, 00$Mw/Mn$l.〇5 (Mw: number average molecule , Mw : weight average molecular weight); 'f) molecular weight: 350~2500; g) soluble in alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38wt%); h) having at least one divalent base or slow base in the molecule; i) 1.00$Mw/Mn$1.05. 2. The positive-type radioactive composition 79 201131300 according to claim 1, wherein the compound (A) is a compound having an acid-dissociable functional group introduced into all phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups of the above compound (Aa). ). 3. The positive-acting radioactive composition as described in claim 1, wherein the compound (Bb) of the above-mentioned compound (Β) is not introduced with an acid-dissociable functional group on all of the moth groups and the moieties. 4. If you apply for a patent scope! The positive-type radioactive composition according to the above aspect, wherein the compound (A) is the compound (Aa), that is, the cyclic compound (A1) represented by the following formula (1A), and the compound (b) (Bb)' is a ring (B1) represented by the following formula (1B): [Chemical 1] 的吉if 中’ L獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數1〜20 的直2狀h支狀核基、碳數3〜2()的 =的伸芳基、-〇…0c(哪、〇c(,〇_、 m_c(=0)…N(R5&gt;CK))a、-s_、狐、·% 以及該 二基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,R1獨立地為選 201131300. 自由礙數1〜20的烧基、碳數3〜2〇的環烧基、碳數6〜 20的芳基、碳數1〜2㈣烧氧基、氰基、石肖基、雜環基、 鹵素原子及碳數1〜2〇的絲魏基賴成敝群中的官 能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜2〇的i取 代乙基、碳數4〜20的i取代_正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的l 分支烧基、碳數1〜20的魏基、碳數2〜2〇的酿基、石炭 數2 20的1-取代烧氧基烧基、碳數2〜2〇的環狀趟基、 石反數2〜20的烷氧基羰基及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群 中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,Rl獨立地為碳數2〜 20的烧基、或者下述式 [化2]' L is independently selected from a straight bond, a straight 2-shaped h-branched nucleus having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a aryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 (), and -0... 〇c(,〇_, m_c(=0)...N(R5&gt;CK))a, -s_, fox, ·%, and a divalent group in a group consisting of any combination of the two groups, R1 independently It is selected as 201131300. A burnt group with a free number of 1 to 20, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 fluorene, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, a carbon number of 1 to 2 (tetra) alkoxy group, a cyano group, a succinyl group, and a heterocyclic ring. a functional group in the group consisting of a halogen atom and a halogen group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, selected from the group consisting of a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an i-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms, and a carbon number 4 to 20, i-substituted _-n-propyl group, l-branched alkyl group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms, Wei group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, arsenic group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, and 1-substituted carboniferous number 2 20 An acid-dissociable functional group in a group consisting of a oxyalkyl group, a cyclic fluorenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having an inverse number of 2 to 20, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or a hydrogen atom, R1 is independently a carbon number of 2 to 20, or the following formula [Chemical 2] P 所表示的基,R4為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子及碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷 基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由;ε炭數2〜20的取 代甲基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代 -正丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支院基、碳數1〜20的矽烷基、 碳數2〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷基、碳 數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基及烷氧基 81 201131300 • A- i 雜烧基所組成的組群中的酸解雜官能基,Ri或r4的 =-者為酸解雜官能基,r5為氫原子或碳數卜2〇的 烷基,m為1〜4的整數,p為〇〜5的整數) [化3]The group represented by P, R4 is an alkyl group selected from a carbon number of 1 to 20, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyano group. a functional group in the group consisting of a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom and an alkylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted methyl group selected from the group consisting of: ε carbon number 2 to 20, carbon number 3~ a 1-substituted ethyl group of 20, a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-branched group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fluorene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. a group, a 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group 81 201131300 • A- i miscellaneous The acid-decomposing functional group in the group consisting of a group, the ar or r4 is an acid-decomposing functional group, the r5 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 ,, and m is an integer of 1 to 4, p is an integer of 〇~5) [Chemical 3] (式(1B)中,L獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數1〜2〇 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烷基、碳數3〜20的伸環烧基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、-0-、-〇c(=〇)_、_〇c(=〇)〇_、 -n(r5A)-c(=o)_、-n(r5A)-c(=o)〇-、-S_、_so_、-s〇2_以及 該些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,RiA獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數 6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜2〇的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、鹵素原子、羧基、以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷基 所組成的組群中的官能基’或者虱原子,R”獨立地為碳數 2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化4] 82 201131300,(In the formula (1B), L is independently a linear or branched alkyl group selected from a single bond, a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, a stretched alkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, and a carbon number of 6 to 24; Aryl group, -0-, -〇c(=〇)_, _〇c(=〇)〇_, -n(r5A)-c(=o)_, -n(r5A)-c(=o a divalent group in the group consisting of 〇-, -S_, _so_, -s〇2_, and any combination of the groups, and RiA is independently selected from an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and a carbon number of 3 ~20 cycloalkyl, aryl 6 to 20, alkoxy 1 to 2 fluorene, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, heterocyclic, halogen atom, carboxyl group, and carbon number 1 to 20 a functional group ' or a ruthenium atom in the group consisting of alkylalkylalkyl groups, R" is independently an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or the following formula [Chem. 4] 82 201131300, 所表示的基,R4A為選自由碳數丨〜汾的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數丨〜加的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、羥基、_素原子、羧基及碳數工〜 20的烷基矽烷基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳 數2〜20的取代甲基、碳數3〜2〇的丨取代乙基、碳數4 〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的卜分支烧基、碳數 1〜2^的矽烷基、碳數2〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的卜取 代烧氧基錄、碳數2〜2〇的環狀、碳數2〜2〇的烧 氧基叛基以及絲絲基⑥基所纟1成的組群巾的酸解離性 =基’ R或R4A的至少一者為紛性經基或缓基,r5A為 風原子或碳數1〜20的烧基,卜4的整數,^為〇 〜5的整數)。 由心亩α二烕方法,其包括以下步驟:使用如 IS:其,1/員至第4項中任-項所述之感放射性組 光阻膜顯^场成姐膜;將該轨麟光;以及將該 九阻膜顯衫而形成光阻圖案。 83 201131300 四、 指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 命〇 五、 本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式: 無。 201131300^ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 發明專利說明書 (本說明書格式 '順序,請勿任意更動,※記號部分請勿填寫) ※申請案號:f ※申請曰: ※^(:分類: 一、發明名稱:(中文/英文) 低分子量正型感放射性組成物以及光阻圖案形成方法 LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT POSITIVE RADIATION-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION AND 〇 FORMING METHOD OF RESIST PATTERN 二、中文發明摘要: 本發明的目的在於提供一種所得光阻圖案形狀良好且 製造及品質管理容易的含有光阻材料(化合物)的感放射 性組成物、以及使用該感放射性組成物的光阻圖案形成方 法。本發明藉由含有特定低分子化合物的正型感放射性組 成物、以及使用該組成物的光阻圖案形成方法而解決問題。 201131300t 修正曰期:100年3月23日 爲第142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於一種含有特定低分子量化合物的有用 的正型感放射性組成物以及使用該正型感放射性組成物的 光阻圖案形成方法。 【先前技術】 迄今為止的一般光阻材料為高分子量正型光阻。然 而,咼分子系正型光阻材料(聚合物)的分子量大至^萬 〜10萬左右’分子量分布亦廣’故而使用高分子系光阻的 微影術(lithography)中,於微細圖案表面產生粗糙度, 變得難以控湘案尺寸,良率下降。,使用先前的高 分子系光阻材料的微影術在微細化方面存 作更微細的圖案,提出有各種低分子量正型光阻材^製 先前的低分子量正型光阻材料(化合物)通常是使酸 解離性官能基導人試賴低分子量多盼反應而獲得。然 =,於此情況下,所得的光阻材料成為包含㈣基 參照專利文獻υ。進而亦有於低 物質導人保護基而獲得純 基的低分子量多卿造=、=時存在導入錢 衣k系雑且由其獲得的低分子量正 201131300 _ . 1 修正日期:100年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 型光阻材料的純度低的問題,故而期待其等的改善。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 專利文獻1 :日本專利特開2009-173623號公報 專利文獻2 :日本專利特開2009-173625號公報 【發明内容】 本發明的目的在於提供一種解決上述問題的正型感放 射性組成物以及使用該正型感放射性組成物的光阻圖案形 U 成方法。 本發明者們為了解決上述問題而潛心研究,結果發 現,含有特定低分子量化合物的有用的正型感放射性組成 物對上述問題的解決有效,且提供良好的光阻圖案形狀, 從而完成本發明。 即’本發明如下所述。 1.一種正型感放射性組成物,其含有:滿足下述a)〜 e)的所有條件的化合物(A),滿足下述f)〜i)的所有 〇 條件的化合物(B )’藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準分 子雷射、電子束、極紫外線(extreme ultraviolet,EUV )、 X射線及離子束所組成的組群中的任一種放射線的照射而 直接或間接地產生酸的酸產生劑(C ) ’酸擴散控制劑(e ), 以及溶劑;並且該組成物包含1重量百分比(wt%)〜80 wt%的固體成分以及20 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑,該化合物 (A)的重量與該化合物(B)的重量的和為固體成分總重 量的 50 wt%〜99 wt%。 5 201131300 爲第_ &quot;Η·號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:丨00年3月23日 a) 分子量:400〜3000 ; b) 不;谷於驗性顯影液(氫氧化四甲基錢(tetrametJjyl ammonium hydroxide,TMAH)為 2.38 wt%)中; c) 藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH 為 2.38 wt%)中; d) 分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 羥基或者羧基; e) 1.00SMw/Mn$l.〇5(Mn:數量平均分子量,Mw : 重量平均分子量); f) 分子量:350〜2500 ; g) 可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基; i) l.〇〇$Mw/Mngl.〇5。 2·如第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述化 合物(Α)為於上述化合物(β)的所有紛性經基以及叛基 上導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Aa)。 3. 如第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述化 合物(B)為於所有酚性羥基以及羧基上未導入有酸解離 性官能基的化合物(Bb)。 4. 如第1項所述之正型感放射性組成物,其中上述化 合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa),即下述式(1A)所表示 的環狀化合物(A1),且上述化合物(B)為上述化合物 (Bb),即下述式(1B)所表示的環狀化合物(m)。 [化1] 201131300“ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本The group represented by R4A is an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of carbon number 丨 汾 汾, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 加, and a cyano group. a functional group in a group consisting of a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonium atom, a carboxyl group, and an alkylalkyl group having a carbon number of -20, or a substituted methyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and a carbon number 3~2〇 of hydrazine substituted ethyl, carbon number 4~20 1-substituted-n-propyl group, carbon number 3~2〇 of bismuth alkyl group, carbon number 1~2^ of decyl group, carbon number 2~ 2〇 醯 group, carbon number 2~2〇, substituted oxyalkyl group, carbon number 2~2〇 ring, carbon number 2~2〇, alkyloxy group and silk group 6 group Acid dissociation of 1% group towel = at least one of the base 'R or R4A is a divalent base or a slow base, r5A is a wind atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20, an integer of 4, ^ is 〇~5 integer). The method comprises the following steps: using a sensitized radioactive group photoresist film as described in IS: 1, 1 to 4, item 4, to form a sister film; Light; and forming the resist pattern by the nine resist film. 83 201131300 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: Lifetime 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: None. 201131300^ For the Chinese manual No. 99142385, there is no slash correction. This revision date: March 23, 1995 invention patent specification (this manual format ', do not change anything, please do not fill in the ※ part of the mark. ※ ※Application number: f ※Application曰: ※^(:Classification: I. Invention name: (Chinese/English) Low molecular weight positive-type radioactive composition and photoresist pattern forming method LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT POSITIVE RADIATION-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION AND 〇FORMING METHOD OF RESIST PATTERN 2. Abstract of the Invention: It is an object of the present invention to provide a radiation-sensitive composition containing a photoresist material (compound) which has a good shape and a good manufacturing and quality control, and a photoresist pattern using the radiation-sensitive composition. The present invention solves the problem by a positive-type radioactive composition containing a specific low molecular compound and a photoresist pattern forming method using the same. 201131300t Revision period: March 23, 100 is No. 142385 Chinese manual without slash correction. 6. Description of invention: TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a useful positive-type radioactive composition containing a specific low molecular weight compound and a photoresist pattern forming method using the positive-type radioactive composition. [Prior Art] The photoresist material is a high molecular weight positive photoresist. However, the molecular weight of the ruthenium molecular positive photoresist material (polymer) is as large as about 10,000 to 100,000, and the molecular weight distribution is also wide. In lithography, roughness is generated on the surface of the fine pattern, which makes it difficult to control the size of the case and the yield is lowered. The lithography using the previous polymer-based photoresist material is finer in terms of miniaturization. Patterns, proposed with a variety of low molecular weight positive photoresist materials, the previous low molecular weight positive photoresist materials (compounds) are usually obtained by allowing the acid dissociable functional groups to lead to low molecular weight and more desired reactions. In this case, the obtained photoresist material is referred to as a (four)-based reference patent document, and further has a low-substance-based protective group to obtain a low score of a pure base. When the quantity is more than =, there is a low molecular weight that is introduced into the k-shirt and is obtained by the company. 201131300 _ . 1 Revision date: March 23, 2003 is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a sizing correction of this type of photoresist The problem of the purity of the material is low, and the improvement of the material is expected. The prior art document is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-173623. It is an object of the invention to provide a positive-type radioactive composition that solves the above problems and a photoresist pattern-forming U-forming method using the positive-type radioactive composition. The present inventors have diligently studied in order to solve the above problems, and as a result, have found that a useful positive-type radioactive composition containing a specific low molecular weight compound is effective for solving the above problems, and provides a good resist pattern shape, thereby completing the present invention. That is, the present invention is as follows. A positive-type radioactive composition comprising: a compound (A) satisfying all the conditions of the following a) to e), and a compound (B) of all the conditions satisfying the following f) to i) An acid which directly or indirectly generates acid by irradiation of any one of a group consisting of visible light rays, ultraviolet rays, excimer lasers, electron beams, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, and ion beams Producing agent (C) 'acid diffusion controlling agent (e), and a solvent; and the composition comprising 1% by weight (wt%) to 80% by weight of a solid component and 20% by weight to 99% by weight of a solvent (the compound) The sum of the weight of A) and the weight of the compound (B) is from 50% by weight to 99% by weight based on the total weight of the solid component. 5 201131300 For the _ &quot;Η·号 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 2003 a) Molecular weight: 400~3000; b) No; Valley in the developer (tetramethyl hydroxide) The tetramet Jjyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is 2.38 wt%; c) becomes soluble in the test developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of acid; d) has at least one introduction in the molecule a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group having an acid dissociable functional group; e) 1.00SMw/Mn$l.〇5 (Mn: number average molecular weight, Mw: weight average molecular weight); f) molecular weight: 350 to 2500; g) soluble In an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%); h) has at least one phenolic hydroxyl or carboxyl group in the molecule; i) l. 〇〇$Mw/Mngl.〇5. 2. The positive-type radioactive composition according to Item 1, wherein the compound (Α) is a compound having an acid dissociable functional group introduced into all the divalent groups of the above compound (β) and a repellent group (Aa) ). 3. The positive-type radioactive composition according to Item 1, wherein the compound (B) is a compound (Bb) having no acid-dissociable functional group introduced to all of the phenolic hydroxyl groups and the carboxyl group. 4. The positive-type radioactive composition according to Item 1, wherein the compound (A) is the above compound (Aa), that is, the cyclic compound (A1) represented by the following formula (1A), and the above compound ( B) is the above compound (Bb), that is, the cyclic compound (m) represented by the following formula (1B). [化1] 201131300" is the Chinese manual for the 99142385 without a slash correction 修正日期:100年3月23日 〇 (式(1A)中’ L獨立地為選自由單鍵、石炭數1〜2〇 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烷基、碳數3〜20的伸環烧基、竣數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、-〇-、_〇C(=〇)_、_〇c(=〇)〇_、 -N(R5)-C(=0)-、-N(R5)-C(=0)0-、-S-、-SO-、-S02-以及該 些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,R1獨立地為選 自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜 20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、雜環基、 自素原子以及石厌數1〜20的烧基砍烧基所組成的組群中的 官能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代甲基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的 1-分支炫基、碳數1〜20的石夕烧基、碳數2〜20的酿基、 噥數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、 碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組 群中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,R1獨立地為碳數2 〜20的烷基、或者下述式 7 201131300 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 [化2]Amendment date: March 23, 100 〇 (In the formula (1A), 'L is independently a linear or branched alkyl group selected from a single bond, a charcoal number of 1 to 2 Å, and a carbon number of 3 to 20 Cycloalkyl, aryl group of 6 to 24, -〇-, _〇C(=〇)_, _〇c(=〇)〇_, -N(R5)-C(=0)-, -N(R5)-C(=0)0-, -S-, -SO-, -S02-, and a divalent group in a group consisting of any combination of the groups, R1 is independently selected from carbon An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, and a self atomic atom. And a functional group in the group consisting of a calcined base of 1 to 20, selected from the group consisting of a substituted methyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 4 ~20 1-substituted-n-propyl group, 3-branched cyclyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 fluorene, a decyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a brewing group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and a number of 2 to 20 An acid-dissociable functional group in a group consisting of a 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl group, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, Or hydrogen atom, R1 Independently, the alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20 or the following formula 7 201131300 is the Chinese manual of the No. $9142385 without a slash correction. Revision date: March 23, 1 [Chemical 2] 所表示的基,R4為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽 烷基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜20的 取代曱基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數1〜20的矽 烷基、碳數2〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷 基、碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以 及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,R1 或R4的至少一者為酸解離性官能基,R5為氫原子或者碳 數1〜20的烷基,m為1〜4的整數,p為0〜5的整數。) [化3] 201131300 A IIR4 is a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyano group. a functional group in the group consisting of a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and an alkylalkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group selected from a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a carbon number of 3 to 20 a substituted ethyl group, a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon An acid group of a group consisting of a 2-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group The dissociable functional group, at least one of R1 or R4 is an acid dissociable functional group, R5 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, m is an integer of 1 to 4, and p is an integer of 0 to 5. ) [Chemical 3] 201131300 A II 爲第99H2385號中文說明書無劃線修疋本No textline revision for Chinese manual No. 99H2385 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 (式(1B)中’ LA獨立地為選自單 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸絲、魏3〜2Q ^ _ Α〜2() 〔^ ⑼的伸環烷基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、…0(:(=〇)_、〇c(=〇)〇、 -N(R5a)_C(=0)_、_n(r5A)_c(=0)〇_、_ss〇、_s〇2 以及 〇 該些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,r1A獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的炫基、碳數3〜20的環烧基、;ε炭數 6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、_素原子、羧基、以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷基 所組成的組群中的官能基’或者氫原子,R”獨立地為碳數 2〜20的焼基、或者下述式 [化4]Modified flood season: March 23, 1 (in the formula (1B), 'LA is independently a linear or branched stretched wire selected from a single, Wei 3~2Q ^ _ Α~2() 〔^ (9) Cycloalkyl group, aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 24, ... 0(:(=〇)_, 〇c(=〇)〇, -N(R5a)_C(=0)_, _n(r5A) _c(=0)〇_, _ss〇, _s〇2 and a divalent group in a group consisting of any combination of the groups, r1A is independently selected from a carbon number of 1 to 20, a carbon number a cyclized group of 3 to 20; an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a cyano group; a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a heterocyclic group, a aryl group, a carboxyl group, and a carbon number; a functional group ' or a hydrogen atom in the group consisting of 1 to 20 alkylalkyl groups, and R' is independently a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or the following formula [Chemical Formula 4] 9 201131300 爲第&quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正曰期:100年3月23日 所表示的基,R4A為選自由碳數1〜2〇的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烧基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數卜2〇的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、羥基、_素原子、羧基以及碳數i 〜20的烷基矽烷基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由 碳數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜2〇的丨_取代乙基、碳數 4〜20的1_取代-正丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數 卜20的石夕烧基、碳數2〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的丨_取 ,烷氧基烷基 '碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷 =&lt;基|^基以及烧氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性 官,基,1^或r4a的至少一者為紛性經基或者叛基,r5a 為氫原子或者碳數丄〜加的烷基,mA* 1〜4的整數,pA 為〇〜5的整數。) 5·種光阻圖案形成方法,其包括以下步驟:使用如 第'項至第4項中任一項所述之感放射性組成物而於基板 上,成光阻膜;將該光阻膜曝光;以及將該光阻膜顯影而 形成光阻圖案。 [發明效果] 心f由本發明,可提供一種解決上述問題的正型感放射 i妖物以及使用该組成物的光阻圖案形成方法。本發 ,Α料」I使對正型感放射性組成物有用的光阻化合物的製 六·^ ·各易&amp;南光阻化合物的純度,故而品質管理變得 =好=阻:ί該光阻化合物的正型感放射性組成物提 【貫施方式】 10 201131300“ 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 [正型感放射性組成物] 本發明是有關於一種正型感放射性組成物,其含有: 滿足下述a)〜e)的所有條件的化合物(A), 滿足下述f)〜i)的所有條件的化合物(B), 藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準分子雷射、電子束、 極紫外線(EUV )、X射線以及離子束所組成的組群中的任 一種放射線的照射而直接或間接地產生酸的酸產生劑 〇 (C) ’酸擴散控制劑(E),以及溶劑;並且 θ 該組成物包含1 wt%〜80 wt%的固體成分以及2〇 wt% 〜99 wt%的溶劑, 上述化合物(A)的重量與化合物(B)的重量的和為 固體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt%。 a) 分子量:400〜5000 ; b) 不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; c) 藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH q 為 2.38 wt% )中; d) 分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 羥基或者羧基; e) 1.00^Mw/Mn^1.05 ; Ο分子量:350〜4000 ; g) 可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基; i) l_00SMw/MnS1.05。 201131300 ^ &gt; Λ ^ Λ. Λ. Λ. 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 此處所謂可溶於驗性顯影液中,是指使用將該化合物 溶解於後述溶劑中所成的溶液且藉由旋轉塗佈法而製;的 非晶膜的溶解速度為10人/sec以上。另外,所謂不溶於驗 性顯影液中,是指使用將該化合物溶解於後述溶劑中所成 的溶液且藉由旋轉塗佈法而製作的非晶膜的溶解速度為5 人/sec以下°9 201131300 is the Chinese manual of the "I42385" without a slash correction. The revised period: the base represented by March 23, 100, R4A is selected from an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, and a carbon number of 3 to 20. a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 2, a cyano group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonium atom, a carboxyl group, and an alkyl decane having a carbon number of i to 20 a functional group in the group consisting of a group, or a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydrazine-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms, and a 1 -substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a sulfonium group having a carbon number of 20, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorene having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group Acid dissociation, group, 1^ or r4a in a group consisting of a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkane having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a base group, and a oxycarbonylalkyl group At least one of them is a heterogeneous radical or a rebel group, r5a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 加~added, an integer of mA*1 to 4, and pA is an integer of 〇~5. A method for forming a photoresist pattern, comprising the steps of: forming a photoresist film on a substrate by using the radiation-sensitive composition according to any one of items [4] to (4); Exposing; and developing the photoresist film to form a photoresist pattern. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a positive-sensing radiation i-lemster that solves the above problems, and a photoresist pattern forming method using the same. In the present invention, the quality of the photoresist compound which is useful for the positive-type radioactive composition is high, and therefore the quality management becomes = good = resistance: ί The positive-sensing radioactive composition of the compound is applied [10] 31300" "Revised period: March 23, 2013 is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The present invention will be described in detail below. The present invention relates to a positive-type radioactive composition comprising: a compound (A) satisfying all the conditions of the following a) to e), satisfying all the conditions of the following f) to i) Compound (B), directly or indirectly, by irradiation of any one of radiation selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-ray, and ion beam An acid generating agent 〇(C) 'acid diffusion controlling agent (E), and a solvent; and θ the composition contains 1 wt% to 80 wt% of a solid component and 2 wt% to 99 wt% of a solvent , the weight of the above compound (A) and The sum of the weights of the compound (B) is 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the total weight of the solid component. a) Molecular weight: 400 to 5000; b) insoluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%); c) It becomes soluble in the developer (TMAH q is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid; d) has at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or carboxyl group introduced with an acid dissociable functional group; e) 1.00^ Mw / Mn ^ 1.05 ; Ο molecular weight: 350 ~ 4000; g) soluble in alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38wt%); h) has at least one phenolic hydroxyl or carboxyl group in the molecule; i) l_00SMw / MnS1. 05. 201131300 ^ &gt; Λ ^ Λ. Λ. Λ. Amendment period: March 23rd of the following year is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The so-called soluble in the developer solution is The dissolution rate of the amorphous film prepared by dissolving the solution obtained by dissolving the compound in a solvent described later is 10 people/sec or more. In addition, it is insoluble in the developer solution. It is an amorphous film produced by a spin coating method using a solution obtained by dissolving the compound in a solvent described later. Solution rate is 5 / sec or less ° 所謂Mw/Mn’表示多分散度,Μη為數量平均分子量, Mw為重量平均分子量’可藉由GPC分析等而求出。 Mw/Mn 為 1,00$ Mw/Mn $ 1.05 ,較佳為 1.00SMw/MnS 1.03,更佳為 l.OOSMw/Mngl.Ol,Mw/Mii —1.00由於包含單一成分,所得光阻圖案的粗糙度降低, 故而特佳。The Mw/Mn' indicates a polydispersity, Μη is a number average molecular weight, and Mw is a weight average molecular weight' which can be determined by GPC analysis or the like. Mw / Mn is 1,00 $ Mw / Mn $ 1.05, preferably 1.00SMw / MnS 1.03, more preferably l.OOSMw / Mngl.Ol, Mw / Mii - 1.00 due to the inclusion of a single component, the resulting resist pattern rough The degree is reduced, so it is especially good. 所謂酸解離性官能基’是指可導入至酚性經基以及/ 或者羧基上的藉由酸的作用而解離產生原來的酚性經基以 及/或者羧基的基,可自KrF或ArF用的化學增幅型感放射 性組成物中所使用的羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、(曱基)丙烯酸系 樹脂專中所提出者中適當選擇。例如較佳為列舉:取代甲 基、1-取代乙基、1-取代-正丙基、:u分支烷基、矽烷基、 醯基、1-取代烧氧基曱基、環狀醚基、以及烧氧基羰基等。 上述酸解離性官能基較佳為不具有交聯性官能基。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,化合物(A) 較佳為使用於化合物(B)的所有齡性經基以及缓基上導 入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Aa)。於化合物(b)的所 有酚性羥基以及羧基上導入酸解離性官能基,與在一部分 12 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:⑽年3月23日 的酚性經基以及羧基上導入酸解離性官能基相比,可更容 易地獲得在品質管理方面有利的高純度化合物。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,化合物(B) 較佳為使用在所有酚性羥基以及羧基上未導入有酸解離性 官能基的化合物(Bb)。可溶於鹼性顯影液中的導入有酸 解離性官能基的化合物(B)可藉由在一部分的紛性輕基 以及羧基上導入酸解離性官能基而獲得,但其反應的控制 以及品質管理與在所有酚性羥基以及羧基上未導入有酸解 〇 離性官能基的化合物(Bb)相比更困難。 就製造上以及品質管理的容易度而言,更佳為將上述 化合物(Aa)與化合物(Bb)組合使用。其比例是由固體 成分於23°C下對2.38 wt%的TMAH水溶液的溶解速度來 適當決定。通常為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) =10〜90 : 10〜90 (wt%),更佳為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) =12.5 〜5〇 : 50〜87.5 ( wt%) ’尤佳為化合物(Aa):化合物(Bb) =15〜30 : 70〜85 (wt°/0)。若為上述調配比例,則為高感 Q 光度而獲得高解析度’線邊緣粗輪度變小。 本發明中較佳為,化合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa), 即下述式(1A)所表示的環狀化合物(A1),且化合物(b) 為上述化合物(Bb),即下述式(1B)所表示的環狀化合 物(B1)。 [化5] 13 201131300 X ✓ Λ. 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本The acid dissociable functional group 'is a group which can be introduced into a phenolic thiol group and/or a carboxyl group by dissociation by an action of an acid to produce a phenolic thiol group and/or a carboxyl group, and can be used for KrF or ArF. The hydroxystyrene resin or the (fluorenyl) acrylic resin used in the chemically amplified radiation-sensitive composition is appropriately selected from those proposed. For example, preferred are substituted methyl, 1-substituted ethyl, 1-substituted-n-propyl, :u-branched alkyl, nonylalkyl, fluorenyl, 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl, cyclic ether, And an alkoxycarbonyl group or the like. The above acid-dissociable functional group preferably has no crosslinkable functional group. In terms of ease of manufacture and ease of quality management, the compound (A) is preferably a compound (Aa) which is used for all the aging base groups of the compound (B) and the acid-dissociable functional group. Introducing an acid dissociable functional group on all phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups of the compound (b), and in the part 12 201131300, the Chinese specification of the 99142385 is not underlined. The date of this revision: (3) The phenolic base of the year of March 23 Further, a high-purity compound which is advantageous in quality management can be obtained more easily than the introduction of an acid dissociable functional group at a carboxyl group. The compound (B) is preferably a compound (Bb) which is not introduced with an acid dissociable functional group on all phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups in terms of ease of manufacture and quality management. The compound (B) having an acid-dissociable functional group which is soluble in an alkaline developing solution can be obtained by introducing an acid dissociable functional group on a part of a divalent light group and a carboxyl group, but the reaction control and quality thereof The management is more difficult than the compound (Bb) in which all of the phenolic hydroxyl groups and the carboxyl groups are not introduced with the acidolyzed exfoliating functional group. In terms of ease of manufacture and quality management, it is more preferred to use the above compound (Aa) in combination with the compound (Bb). The ratio is appropriately determined by the dissolution rate of the solid component at 2.3 ° C for 2.38 wt% of the aqueous TMAH solution. Usually, the compound (Aa): compound (Bb) = 10 to 90: 10 to 90 (wt%), more preferably compound (Aa): compound (Bb) = 12.5 to 5: 50 to 87.5 (wt%) It is especially preferred that the compound (Aa): compound (Bb) = 15 to 30: 70 to 85 (wt ° / 0). In the case of the above-mentioned blending ratio, the high-sensitivity Q luminosity is obtained, and the high-deflection degree line edge coarse rotation becomes small. In the present invention, the compound (A) is the above compound (Aa), that is, the cyclic compound (A1) represented by the following formula (1A), and the compound (b) is the above compound (Bb), that is, the following The cyclic compound (B1) represented by the formula (1B). [化5] 13 201131300 X ✓ Λ. For the Chinese manual No. 99142385, there is no slash correction. 修正日期:100年3月23日 (式(1Α)中’L獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數ι〜2〇 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烷基、碳數3〜20的伸環烷基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、_〇_、-〇c(=〇)_、〇c(=〇)〇、 -n(r5)-c(=o)_、-n(r5)-c(=o)o-、-s-、so_、_s〇2_以及該 些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,r1獨立地為選 自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜 20的芳基、碳數丨〜加的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、雜環基、 鹵素原子、奴數1〜20的烧基砍烧基、該些基的衍生物所 組成的組群中的官能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代甲基、 石厌數3〜20的1-取代乙基、;ε炭數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、 碳數3〜20的1-分支烧基、;&amp;炭數1〜2〇的石夕烧基、碳數2 〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜 2〇的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基 烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,R, 獨立地為碳數2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化6] 14 201131300. 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99H2385號中文說明書無劃線修正本Amendment date: March 23, 100 (in the formula (1Α), 'L is independently a linear or branched alkyl group selected from a single bond, a carbon number of ι 2 〇, and a ring number of 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl group, an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, _〇_, -〇c(=〇)_, 〇c(=〇)〇, -n(r5)-c(=o)_, -n( R5)-c(=o)o-, -s-, so_, _s〇2_ and a divalent group in a group consisting of any combination of the groups, r1 is independently selected from carbon numbers 1 to 20 Alkyl group, cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨~added, cyano group, nitro group, heterocyclic group, halogen atom, slave number 1~ a functional group in the group consisting of 20 calcined bases and derivatives of the bases, selected from the group consisting of a substituted methyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a 1-substituted ethyl group having a stone number of 3 to 20; a 1-substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 20, a 1-branched group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, and a sulfonium group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å and a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20. a group consisting of a 1-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group Acid dissociating officer a group, or a hydrogen atom, R, independently an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, or the following formula [Chem. 6] 14 201131300. Date of revision: March 23, 1999, No. 99H2385 Line correction 所表不的基或者該些基的衍生物,R4為選自由碳數i 〜2〇的院基、碳數3〜20的環烧基、碳數6〜20的芳基、 魏1〜20的烧氧基、氰基、石肖基、雜環基、函素原子、 破數1〜20的烧基石夕燒基、以及該些基的衍生物所組成的 組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜2〇的取代甲基、碳 數3〜20的1-取代乙基、後數4〜2〇的丨_取代_正丙基、 碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數的矽烷基、碳數2 〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1_取代烷氧基烷基、碳數2〜 20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基以及烷氧基羰基 烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,Ri或R4的至少 一者為酸解離性官能基,R5為氫原子或者碳數1〜20的烷 〇 基,m為1〜4的整數,p為〇〜5的整數) [化7] 15 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本The group represented by the group or the derivative of the group, R4 is selected from the group consisting of a carbon number i 〜2〇, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, and Wei 1 to 20 a functional group in the group consisting of an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a succinyl group, a heterocyclic group, a functional atom, a decyl group having a number of 1 to 20, and a derivative of the group, or selected from a substituted methyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorene-substituted propylene group having a rear number of 4 to 2 fluorene, a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a decyl group having a carbon number, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1 -substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms An acid-dissociable functional group in the group consisting of a carbonyl group and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group; at least one of Ri or R4 is an acid-dissociable functional group, and R5 is a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; m is an integer of 1 to 4, and p is an integer of 〇~5) [Chemical 7] 15 201131300 is the Chinese manual of No. 99142385 without a slash correction 修正日期:100年3月23日 (式(1B)中’ LA獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸烷基、碳數3〜2〇的伸環烷基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、-〇-、-0C(=0)-、-0C(=0)0-、 -N(R5A)-C(=〇)-、-n(r5A)-c(=o)〇_、_S-、-so-、-so2-以及 該些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,RlA獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數 6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜2〇的烧氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、鹵素原子、羧基、碳數1〜2〇的烷基矽烷基、該 些基的衍生物所組成的組群中的官能基,或者氫原子,R&quot; 獨立地為碳數2〜20的烷基、或者下述式 [化8]Amendment date: March 23, 100 (in the formula (1B), LA is independently a cycloalkyl group selected from a single bond, a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number, and a carbon number of 3 to 2 Å. Aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 24, -〇-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -N(R5A)-C(=〇)-, -n(r5A)- a divalent group in the group consisting of c(=o)〇_, _S-, -so-, -so2-, and any combination of the groups, and R1A is independently selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, and a carbon number. a 1 to 2 fluorene alkyl fluorenyl group, a functional group in a group consisting of derivatives of the groups, or a hydrogen atom, R&quot; independently an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or the following formula 8] 所表示的基或者該些基的衍生物,R4A為選自由碳數1 16 201131300Li 修正日期:100年3月23日 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無畫搬修正本 〜20的烷基、碳數3〜2〇的環烷基、碳數6〜2〇的芳基、 碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、瑣基、雜環基、羥基、鹵素 原子、羧基、碳數1〜20的烧基矽烷基、以及該些基的衍 生物所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜2〇的 取代甲基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數1〜2〇的矽 烷基、碳數2〜20的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的卜取代烷氧基烷 基、碳數2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜2〇的烷氧基羰基以 U 及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,rIA 或R4A-的至少一者為酚性羥基或者羧基,r5a為氫原子或 者碳數1〜20的烷基,mA為1〜4的整數,pA為〇〜5的 整數)。 上述酸解離性官能基可自KrF或ArF用的化學增幅型 光阻組成物中所使用的羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、(曱基)丙烯酸 系樹脂等中所提出者中適當選擇而使用。例如較佳為列舉 取代曱基、1-取代乙基、1-取代-正丙基、1-分支烷基、石夕 Q 烧基、蕴基、1-取代烧氧基甲基、環狀醚基、以及燒氧基 羰基等。上述酸解離性官能基較佳為不具有交聯性官能基。 取代甲基通常為碳數2〜20的取代甲基,較佳為碳數 4〜18的取代甲基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的取代甲基。例如 可列舉:甲氧基甲基、甲基硫基甲基、乙氧基甲基、正丙 氧基甲基、異丙氧基甲基、正丁氧基甲基、第三丁氧基T 基、2-甲基丙氧基甲基、乙基硫基甲基、甲氧基乙氧基甲 基、苯基氧基尹基、1-環戊基氧基甲基、1-環己基氧基甲 17 201131300 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 基、苄基硫基曱基、苄醯曱基(phenacyl)、4-溴苄醯甲基、 4-曱氧基苄醯甲基、向曰葵基(piperonyl)、以及下述式(7 ) 所表示的取代基等。 [化9]The represented group or the derivative of the group, R4A is selected from the carbon number of 1 16 201131300Li. The date of revision: March 23, 1995 is the number of $9142385. 〇2〇 cycloalkyl group, aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, cyano group, triyl group, heterocyclic group, hydroxyl group, halogen atom, carboxyl group, carbon number 1 to 20 a functional group in the group consisting of a decylalkyl group and a derivative of the group, or a substituted methyl group selected from a carbon number of 2 to 2 fluorene, a 1-substituted ethyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, and carbon a 4-substituted-n-propyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a decyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 2 to 2? Acid dissociation in a group consisting of a substituted alkoxyalkyl group, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms and a group of U and alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups At least one of the functional group, rIA or R4A- is a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, r5a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, mA is an integer of 1 to 4, and pA is an integer of 〇5. The acid-dissociable functional group can be suitably selected from the group consisting of a hydroxystyrene resin or a (meth)acrylic resin used in a chemically amplified photoresist composition for KrF or ArF. For example, a substituted fluorenyl group, a 1-substituted ethyl group, a 1-substituted-n-propyl group, a 1-branched alkyl group, a fluorene group, a fluorenyl group, a 1-substituted alkoxymethyl group, and a cyclic ether are preferred. a base, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and the like. The above acid-dissociable functional group preferably has no crosslinkable functional group. The substituted methyl group is usually a substituted methyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a substituted methyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted methyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, a methoxymethyl group, a methylthiomethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a n-propoxymethyl group, an isopropoxymethyl group, n-butoxymethyl group, and a 3 Base, 2-methylpropoxymethyl, ethylthiomethyl, methoxyethoxymethyl, phenyloxyindol, 1-cyclopentyloxymethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxy Base A 17 201131300 is the Chinese manual of No. $9142385 without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 100 benzyl, benzylthio fluorenyl, phenacyl, 4-bromobenzylidenemethyl, 4 - an anthranilylmethyl group, a piperonyl group, a substituent represented by the following formula (7), and the like. [Chemistry 9] (7) y (式(7 )中,F2為碳數1〜4的烧基。石炭數1〜4的 烧基可列舉曱基、乙基、異丙基、正丙基、第三丁基、正 丁基等。) 1-取代乙基通常為碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基,較佳為 碳數5〜18的1-取代乙基,尤佳為碳數7〜16的取代乙基。 例如可列舉:1-甲氧基乙基、1-曱基硫基乙基、U-二曱氧 基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基、1-乙基硫基乙基、1,1-二乙氧基乙 18 201131300^ 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第^9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 基、正丙氧基乙基、異丙氧紅基、正丁氧基乙基、第三 丁氧基乙基、2·甲基丙氧基乙基、丨·苯氧基乙基、卜苯基 硫基乙基、U·二苯氧基乙基、u環戊基氧基乙基、卜環己 基氧基乙基、1·苯基乙基、U•二笨基乙基、α及下述式⑻ 所表示的取代基等。 [化 10]y (In the formula (7), F2 is a carbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 may be an alkyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-propyl group, a tert-butyl group or a n-butyl group. The 1-substituted ethyl group is usually a 1-substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a 1-substituted ethyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a substituted ethyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms. . For example, 1-methoxyethyl, 1-mercaptothioethyl, U-dimethoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-ethylthioethyl, 1,1 -Diethoxyethyl 18 201131300^ Revision date: March 23, 1999 is the Chinese manual of No. 9142385 No underline correction of the base, n-propoxyethyl, isopropoxy red, n-butoxy Ethyl ethyl, tert-butoxyethyl, 2·methylpropoxyethyl, 丨·phenoxyethyl, phenylthioethyl, U·diphenoxyethyl, u cyclopentane A oxyethyl group, a cyclohexyloxyethyl group, a 1 phenylethyl group, a U-diphenylethyl group, α, and a substituent represented by the following formula (8). [化10] (式(8)中,R2與上述同樣。) 取代-正丙基通常為碳數 較佳為碳數6〜18的i 2G❸^取代-正丙基’ 的1敌处·η工甘t n正丙基,尤佳為碳數8〜16 氧基愼私基以及卜乙 1-分支炫基通常為碳數3〜2Q的丨_分找基,較佳為 19 201131300 / l ^^JiH 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本. 修正日期:100年3月23日 碳數5〜18的1-分支烧基’尤佳為碳數7〜16的分支烧基。 例如可列舉:異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1,丨_二曱基 丙基、1-曱基丁基、1,1-二曱基丁基、2-甲基金剛燒基 (2-methyl adamantyl )、以及2-乙基金剛烧基等。 矽烷基通常為碳數1〜20的矽烷基,較佳為碳數3〜 18的矽烷基,尤佳為碳數5〜16的矽烷基。例如可列舉: 三曱基矽烷基、乙基二甲基矽烷基、甲基二乙基矽烷基、 三乙基矽烷基、第三丁基二曱基矽烷基、第三丁基二乙基 石夕烧基、第三丁基二苯基石夕烧基、三-第三丁基石夕烧基以及 〇 三苯基矽烷基等。 酸基通常為碳數2〜20的酸基,較佳為碳數4〜18的 醯基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的醯基。例如可列舉:乙醯基 (acetyl )、苯氧基乙醯基(phenoxy acetyl )、丙酿基 (propionyl)、丁醯基(butyryl)、庚醯基(heptanoyl)、己 醯基(hexanoyl)、戊醯基(valeryl)、特戊酿基(pivaloyl)、 異戊醯基(isovaleryl)、月桂醢基(lauroyl)、金剛烧基幾 基(adamantyl carbonyl)、苯甲酿基(benzoyl)以及萘甲 | 醯基(naphthoyl)等。 1-取代烷氧基甲基通常為碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基 曱基,較佳為碳數4〜18的1-取代烷氧基曱基,尤佳為碳 數6〜16的1-取代烷氧基曱基。例如可列舉:卜環戊基曱 氧基曱基、1-環戊基乙氧基曱基、1-環己基曱氧基曱基、 1-環己基乙氧基曱基、1-環辛基曱氧基甲基以及卜金剛烷 基曱氧基曱基等。 20 201131300 -----r.n 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第9S»142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 環狀醚基通常為碳數2〜20的環狀醚基,較佳為碳數 4〜18的環狀酸基,尤佳為礙數6〜16的環狀趟基=例如 可列舉:四氫吼喃基(tetrahydropyranyl )、四氫π夫嗔義 (tetrahydrofuranyl)、四氫噻喃基(tetrahydr〇thiopyranyl)、 四虱疏代°夫喃基(tetrahydrothiofuranyl)、4-甲氧基四氣„比 喃基(4-methoxy tetrahydropyranyl)以及4-曱氧基四氫噻 喃基(4-methoxy tetrahydrothiopyranyl)等。 烷氧基羰基通常為碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基,較佳為 〇 碳數4〜18的烷氧基羰基,尤佳為碳數6〜16的燒氧基罗炭 基。例如可列舉:曱氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙氧基幾 基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基或者 下述式(9)的n=0所表示的酸解離性官能基等。 烷氧基羰基烷基通常為碳數2〜20的烷氧基幾基燒 基’較佳為碳數4〜18的烷氧基羰基烷基,尤佳為碳數6 〜16的烷氧基羰基烷基。例如可列舉:曱氧基羰基甲基、 乙氧基羰基甲基、正丙氧基羰基甲基、異丙氧基羰基曱基、 〇 正丁氧基羰基曱基或者下述式(9)的n=l〜4所表示的酸 解離性官能基等。 [化 11] 21 201131300 爲第^9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本(In the formula (8), R2 is the same as above.) The substituted-n-propyl group is usually an i 2G ❸^-substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and an enemy is η The propyl group is particularly preferably a carbon number of 8 to 16 oxy oxime and a bismuth 1-branched group which is usually a carbon number of 3 to 2 Q, preferably 19 201131300 / l ^^JiH No. 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Revision date: March 23, 100 carbon number 5~18 1-branched base 'especially a carbon number 7~16 branch base. For example, isopropyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, 1, decyl-dimercaptopropyl, 1-mercaptobutyl, 1,1-didecylbutyl, 2-methyl-gold 2-methyl adamantyl, 2-ethyladamantyl, and the like. The fluorenyl group is usually a decyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a decyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a decyl group having 5 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, a trimethyl sulfonyl group, an ethyl dimethyl fluorenyl group, a methyl diethyl decyl alkyl group, a triethyl decyl alkyl group, a tert-butyl bis decyl fluorenyl group, a tert-butyl diethyl fluorene group An alkyl group, a tert-butyl diphenyl stone, a tri-tert-butyl group, a triphenyl sulfonyl group, and the like. The acid group is usually an acid group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a fluorenyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. For example, acetyl, phenoxy acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, pentamidine Valeryl, pivaloyl, isovaleryl, lauroyl, adamantyl carbonyl, benzoyl, and naphthoquinone | Base (naphthoyl) and so on. The 1-substituted alkoxymethyl group is usually a 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a carbon number of 6~ a 1-substituted alkoxyfluorenyl group of 16. For example, a cyclopentyl decyloxy fluorenyl group, a 1-cyclopentyl ethoxy fluorenyl group, a 1-cyclohexyl decyloxy fluorenyl group, a 1-cyclohexyl ethoxy fluorenyl group, a 1-cyclooctyl group A methoxymethyl group and a buckymantyl fluorenyl fluorenyl group. 20 201131300 -----rn Amendment date: March 23, 1st, is the 9S»142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The cyclic ether group is usually a cyclic ether group with a carbon number of 2~20. The cyclic acid group having a carbon number of 4 to 18 is particularly preferably a cyclic fluorenyl group having a hindrance of 6 to 16 = for example, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydrofuranyl. Tetrahydr〇thiopyranyl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyranyl, and 4-methoxytetrahydropyran 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl, etc. The alkoxycarbonyl group is usually an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 16. The alkoxycarbon group may, for example, be a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a n-butoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group or the following formula. (9) an acid dissociable functional group represented by n = 0. The alkoxycarbonylalkyl group is usually an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 2 to 20 It is preferably an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a decyloxycarbonylmethyl group and an ethoxycarbonylmethyl group. An n-propoxycarbonylmethyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl n-butoxycarbonyl fluorenyl group, or an acid dissociable functional group represented by n = 1 to 4 of the following formula (9). ] 21 201131300 is the Chinese manual of No. 9142385 without a slash correction 修正日期:100年3月23日 (式(9)中’R2為氫或碳數1〜4的直鏈或分支烷基, η為0〜4的整數。) 該些酸解離性官能基中,較佳為取代曱基、1_取代乙 基、1-取代烷氧基甲基、環狀醚基、烷氧基羰基、以及烷 氧基羰基烷基,取代曱基、1_取代乙基、烷氧基羰基以及 烷氧基羰基烷基由於為高感光度而更佳,進而更佳為具有 選自石反數3〜I2的環烷烴(cycloalkane)、内酯(lact〇ne) 以及碳數6〜16的芳香族環中的結構的酸解離性官能基。 Ϊ數的環烧烴可為單環亦可為多環,但更佳為多 例可列舉:單環烧烴、雙環燒烴、三魏烴、四 環己烷等單環烷庐,十人、 兀农丁烷%戊烷、 異冰片烷、三環二3 1剛烷、降冰片烷(n〇rb〇rnane)、 中,較佳為金剛垸、%^癸料多環·。環烧烴 三環癸烷。碳數3〜Γ二,、四環魏,特佳為金剛烷、 舉丁内酯或者If% 、環烷烴可具有取代基。内酯可列 丁内麵碳數μ的_基。碳數 22 201131300“ 爲第如Η2%5號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 6〜16的芳香族環可列舉苯(benzene )環、萘(naphthalene ) 環、蒽(anthracene )環、菲(phenanthrene)環 '芘(pyrene) 環等,較佳為苯環、萘環,特佳為萘環。 尤其是選自由下述式(10)所表示的各基所組成的組 群中的酸解離性官能基由於解析性高而較佳。 [化 12]Amendment date: March 23, 100 (in the formula (9), 'R2 is hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and η is an integer of 0 to 4.) The acid dissociable functional groups Preferred are substituted fluorenyl, 1-substituted ethyl, 1-substituted alkoxymethyl, cyclic ether, alkoxycarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonylalkyl, substituted fluorenyl, 1-substituted ethyl The alkoxycarbonyl group and the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group are more preferably high in sensitivity, and more preferably have a cycloalkane, a lactone, and a carbon selected from the group consisting of a reciprocal number 3 to I2. An acid dissociable functional group of a structure in the number of 6 to 16 aromatic rings. The number of the ring-shaped hydrocarbons may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring, but more preferably, it may be exemplified by monocyclic hydrocarbons, bicyclic hydrocarbons, triweines, tetracyclohexanes, and the like. , 兀 丁 butyl butane pentane, isobornane, tricyclo 2 3 nonane, norbornane (n 〇 〇 〇 ane ane 、 、 、 、 、 、 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Ring-burning hydrocarbon tricyclodecane. The carbon number 3 to ruthenium, tetracyclic Wei, particularly preferably adamantane, butyrolactone or If%, a cycloalkane may have a substituent. The lactone can be in the inner surface of the carbon number of the base. Carbon number 22 201131300" For the first Η2%5 Chinese manual without a slash correction This revision date: March 23, 2013, 6~16 aromatic ring can be cited as benzene ring, naphthalene ring And an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a pyrene ring, etc., preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, particularly preferably a naphthalene ring. In particular, it is selected from the group represented by the following formula (10). The acid dissociable functional group in the composed group is preferred because of its high resolution. (10) (式(10)中,:R6A為氫原子或者碳數i〜4的直鏈或 23 201131300 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 分支烷基,R6為氫原子、碳數1〜4的直鏈或分支烷基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、函素原子、羧基,1^為0〜4的整數, n2為1〜5的整數,n〇為0〜4的整數。) 另外,酸解離性官能基R1只要不損及本發明的效果, 則可為包含下述式(11)所表示的重複單元、下述式(12) 或R1 (R1與上述同樣)所表示的末端基的取代基。 [化 13](10) (In the formula (10), R6A is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number i~4 linear or 23 201131300 is the $9142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 1 branch An alkyl group, R6 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl atom, a carboxyl group, 1^ is an integer of 0 to 4, and n2 is 1~ In addition, the acid dissociable functional group R1 may include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (11) and the following formula, as long as the acid dissociable functional group R1 does not impair the effects of the present invention. (12) or a substituent of the terminal group represented by R1 (R1 is the same as the above). [Chem. 13] [化 14][Chem. 14] 式(11)以及/或者式(12)中,R1與上述同樣。L與 上述同樣,較佳為單鍵、亞曱基、伸乙基或者羰基。多個 Q可相同亦可不同。n5為0〜4的整數,n6為1〜3的整數, X為0〜3的整數,且滿足lSn5 + n6S5。多個n5、n6、X 24 201131300^ JKJ I 爲第99M2385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正曰期:100年3月23曰 o 了相同^可不同。R3為選自由鹵素原子、絲、環炫基、 f基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烯基、醯基、烷氧基羰 基、说&quot;基乳基、芳酸基氧基、氰基、以及硝基所組成的 組群中的取代基。㈣原子刊舉氯原子、隸子以及誠 原子;炫基可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、正丙基、正丁基; ”丁基帛一丁基、第二丁基等石炭原子數卜斗的烧基;環 烧基可列舉環己基、降冰片基、金剛燒基等;芳基可列舉 苯基二甲苯基(tolyi)、二甲苯基(xylyl)、萘基() o 等;芳絲可雕祕、M絲基、二錄雜等;烧氧 基可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、經基乙氧基、丙氧基、經基丙 氧基、異丙氧基、正了氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第 二丁氧基等碳原子數1〜4的烷氧基;芳氧基可列舉苯氧基 等;烯基可列舉乙烯基、丙烯基、烯丙基、丁烯基等碳原 子數2〜4的烯基;醯基可列舉曱醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基: 丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、特戊醯基等碳原子數丨〜6 的脂肪族醯基,以及苯甲醯基、曱苯曱醯基(t〇lu〇yl)等 芳香族醯基;烷氧基羰基可列舉曱氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、 丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰 基、第二丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基等碳原子數2〜5 的烷氧基羰基;烷醯基氧基可列舉乙醯氧基、丙醯基氧基、 丁醯基氧基、異丁醯基氧基戊醯基氧基、異戊醯基氧基、 特戊醯基氧基等;芳醯基氧基可列舉苯曱醯基氧基等。多 個R3可相同亦可不同。 本發明中,所謂酸解離性官能基,是指在酸的存在下 25 201131300 修正曰期:100年3月23日 ^ &quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 ,裂而產生驗可々’!!基的特性基。驗可溶性基可列舉盼性 經基、叛基、魏基、六氣異丙醇基等,較佳為雜經其 以及叛基,特佳為酚性錄。為了可形成更高感光度 解析度的_,上述_雜官能餘料具有在酸的存 在下連鎖地產生開裂反應的性質。 上述式(1)所表示的化合物⑷是將選自由芳香族 幾基化合物Uii)所組成的組群中的—種以上、以及紛 類(A12)進行縮合反應,然後使酸解離性 劑反應而獲得。 此土令入忒 :香族碳基化合物(AU)為苯情加遷喊) 以=其衍生物’例如可列舉:苯甲m苯甲經、 基苯Z酸、乙基苯甲駿、丙基苯情、丁基苯甲駿、乙美 本甲醛、異丙基甲基苯甲醛、二乙基苯甲醛、大茴; 酪 Unisddehyde )、萘甲醛(naphthaldehyde )、窗甲醛 (anthraldehyde)、環丙基苯情、環丁烧 1 苯甲路、環己絲㈣、苯基苯㈣、萘基苯㈣U 貌基降冰片基苯甲駿、乳酿基苯甲峰tyl )、異丙基苯甲駿、正丙基苯甲I漠苯甲 -甲基胺基苯甲藤、經基苯甲酸以及二經基苯甲駿等,較 佳為丙基苯㈣、丁基苯情、錄苯㈣、環己 搭#苯基苯甲酸’更佳為丙基苯甲酸、丁基苯甲搭:環己 基苯甲盤以及苯基苯曱駿,尤佳為聽苯曱㈣及環己^ =酸。芳香_基化合物(Αιι)可於不損及本發明二 果的乾_具有碳數丨〜4的直鏈或分支絲 26 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無割線修正本 修ΙΕ曰期:1〇〇年3月23曰 基、齒素原子等。蒡香族幾基化合物(AU)可單獨使用 或將兩種以上組合使用。 —一=類(Α12)可列舉:可具有後述取代基的苯紛、鄰 本一 Catech〇1 )、間笨二酚(resorcinol)、對苯二酚 (hydroqumone)、鄰笨三酚(pyr〇gall〇1) 取代苯紛、間苯二盼、鄰苯三紛,更佳為間苯二紛鄰ί 〇 jί佳為間苯H類(A12)可於不損及本發明 效果的乾_具有碳數卜如的直鏈或分支絲、碳數工 〜20的環狀烧基、碳數6〜2Q的芳基、氰基、經基 ::等。盼類(A12)可單獨使用,或者將兩種以上組: 〇 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物可利用公知的方 造。例如藉由於甲醇、乙料有機溶射,相對於芳香族 羰基化合物(M〇 i莫耳,制Q]莫耳〜1()莫耳量_ 類(A12)、酸觸媒(鹽酸、硫酸或對甲苯磺酸等),於恥 :1紙下反應〇.5小時〜2(H、時左右,過濾後,以甲 醇類進们t洗’織水洗,精域分離,並使其乾燥 獲得。亦可藉錢祕性_(氫氧糊、氫氧化 二氮雜雙環[5A0]十-烯_7等)代替_媒,_地_ 反應而獲得。進而’上述式(1B)職示的化合物亦可以 鹵化氫或鹵素氣體將上述芳香族羰基化合物(AU)製 二鹵化物,然後使單義二Μ物與_ (A12)反 製造。 〜 化合物(A)是藉由在化合物⑻的至少一個齡性經 27 201131300 爲第一42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正瞻100年3月23日 基或者致基上導入酸解離性官能基而獲得。在化合物(B) 的至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基上導入酸解離性官能基的方 法已公知。例如可如以下所述,在化合物(B)的至少一 個酚性羥基或者羧基上導入酸解離性官能基。用以導入酸 解離性官能基的化合物(酸解離性官能基導入試劑)可以 公知的方法合成或者容易獲取,例如可列舉:蕴鹵、酸酐、 二碳酸酯等活性幾酸衍生物化合物,燒基鹵化物、乙烯基 燒基驗、二氫B比喃(dihydropyrane)、鹵代缓酸烧基酯等, 但並無特別限定。 將所分離的白色固體以蒸餾水清洗 得化合物(A)。 例如於丙酮、四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)、丙 二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等非質子性溶劑中使化合物(B)溶解 ,懸洋。接著,添加乙基乙烯基醚等乙烯基烷基醚或者二 氫吼喃’於對曱苯磺酸吼啶鏽等酸觸媒的存在下,於常壓、 20 C〜60 C下反應6小時〜72小時。接著將反應液以驗性 化合物中和,然後添加於蒸鶴水中,使白色固體析出後, ,加以乾燥,藉此可獲 另外,於丙酮、THF、 丙一醇單甲_ A鹼酯等非質子In the formula (11) and/or the formula (12), R1 is the same as described above. L is the same as above, and is preferably a single bond, an anthracene group, an ethyl group or a carbonyl group. Multiple Qs may be the same or different. N5 is an integer of 0 to 4, n6 is an integer of 1 to 3, X is an integer of 0 to 3, and satisfies lSn5 + n6S5. Multiple n5, n6, X 24 201131300^ JKJ I is the 99M2385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The revised period: 100 years March 23 曰 o The same ^ can be different. R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a silk, a cyclodecyl group, a f group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkenyl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a &quot;based aryl group, an aryl acid group oxy group, a cyano group And a substituent in the group consisting of nitro groups. (4) The atom publishes chlorine atoms, ligaments, and honest atoms; the stimuli may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-propyl, n-butyl; "the number of carbon atoms such as butyl hydrazine, butyl, etc." Examples of the alkyl group; the cycloalkyl group may be a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group or the like; and the aryl group may be phenylxylyl (tolyi), xylyl (xylyl), naphthyl () o or the like; Aromatic filaments can be carved, M-based, di-hoc, etc.; alkoxy groups can be exemplified by methoxy, ethoxy, ethoxypropyl, propoxy, propyloxy, isopropoxy, positive An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as an oxy group, an isobutoxy group, a second butoxy group or a second butoxy group; an aryloxy group; and a phenoxy group; and an alkenyl group; An alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms such as an allyl group, an allyl group or a butenyl group; and an anthracenyl group; an anthracenyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group: a butyl group, a pentyl group, an isovaleryl group, a pentylene group An aliphatic fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 丨~6, and an aromatic fluorenyl group such as a benzamidine group or a t〇lu曱醯yl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group may be an anthraceneoxycarbonyl group or a Oxycarbonyl, C Alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms such as a carbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a n-butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutoxycarbonyl group, a second butoxycarbonyl group or a third butoxycarbonyl group; The oxy group may, for example, be an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyl fluorenyloxy group, a butenyloxy group, an isobutylphosphonium pentyloxy group, an isoamyloxy group or a pentyloxy group; The benzoinyloxy group or the like may be mentioned. A plurality of R3's may be the same or different. In the present invention, the acid dissociable functional group means in the presence of an acid 25 201131300. Revision period: March 23, 100 ^ &quot The Chinese manual of I42385 has no slash correction, and the test results are based on the characteristic base of the '!! base. The soluble base can be enumerated as a promiscuous base, a rebel base, a Weiji, a hexa-isopropanol group, etc. It is preferred that it is a phenolic property, and it is a phenolic property. In order to form a higher sensitivity resolution, the above-mentioned hetero-functional residual material has a property of causing a crack reaction in a chain in the presence of an acid. (1) The compound (4) represented is a group selected from the group consisting of the aromatic compound Uii) The above-mentioned and above-mentioned (A12) condensation reaction is carried out, and then the acid dissociating agent is reacted to obtain. This soil is ordered into: 香 碳 碳 碳 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香 香Examples of the substance can be exemplified by: benzyl m benzophenone, phenyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzophenone, propyl benzophenone, butyl benzophenone, acetonitrile formaldehyde, isopropyl methyl benzaldehyde, diethyl Benzoaldehyde, phenanthrene; nasddehyde), naphthaldehyde, anthrolaldehyde, cyclopropyl benzoate, cyclobutane 1 benzoyl, cyclohexan (tetra), phenylbenzene (tetra), naphthylbenzene (4) U-form base norbornene-based benzophenone, emulsified base benzophenone peak tyl), isopropyl benzophenone, n-propyl benzoyl I desert benzoyl-methylaminobenzamide, trans-benzoic acid and dijing Benzophenone, etc., preferably propylbenzene (tetra), butyl benzoate, benzene (four), cyclohexidine #phenylbenzoic acid 'better propyl benzoic acid, butyl benzoate: cyclohexyl benzene Plate and phenyl benzoquinone, especially for listening to benzoquinone (four) and ring hexane ^ = acid. The aromatic-based compound (Αιι) can be used without damaging the dryness of the present invention. _ The linear or branched yarn having a carbon number of 丨~4 is used. The 201131300 is the 99142385 Chinese manual without secant correction. The repair period: 1〇 March 23, 曰 base, dentate atom, etc. The ruthenium group-based compound (AU) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. —1—(Α12), benzophenone, ortho-catech®, resorcinol, hydroqumone, or pyrogallol (pyr〇) which may have a substituent described later Gall〇1) Substituting benzene, meta-phenylene, ortho-benzene, more preferably iso-benzene ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί A straight or branched wire having a carbon number, a cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of -20, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Q, a cyano group, a thiol group, and the like. The expectant class (A12) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds: 化合物 The compound represented by the above formula (1B) may be a known one. For example, by organic solvent of methanol and ethylene, with respect to the aromatic carbonyl compound (M〇i Mo, Q) Moer ~ 1 () Mo amount _ (A12), acid catalyst (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or Toluenesulfonic acid, etc., in the shame: 1 paper under the reaction 〇. 5 hours ~ 2 (H, around, after filtration, washed with methanol, washed with water, separated, refined and obtained. It can be obtained by using the secret _ (hydrogen oxychloride, diazabicyclo [5A0] dec-ene -7, etc.) instead of _media, _ ground_ reaction. Further, the compound of the above formula (1B) is also The above aromatic carbonyl compound (AU) may be made into a dihalide by a hydrogen halide or a halogen gas, and then the mono-derivative is reacted with _ (A12). ~ The compound (A) is at least one age of the compound (8). Sexuality 27 201131300 is the first Chinese manual of No. 42385 without a slash correction. This amendment is obtained by introducing an acid dissociable functional group on the base of March 23, 100. In the compound (B), at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or A method of introducing an acid dissociable functional group on a carboxyl group is known, for example, as described below, in the compound (B) The at least one phenolic hydroxyl group or the carboxyl group is introduced with an acid dissociable functional group. The compound for introducing an acid dissociable functional group (acid dissociable functional group introducing reagent) can be synthesized or easily obtained by a known method, for example, The active acid derivative compound such as a halogen, an acid anhydride or a dicarbonate is not particularly limited as long as it is an alkyl halide, a vinyl group, a dihydropyrane or a halogenated acid. The isolated white solid is washed with distilled water to obtain a compound (A). For example, the compound (B) is dissolved in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, tetrahydrofuran (THF) or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and suspended. Adding a vinyl alkyl ether such as ethyl vinyl ether or dihydrofuran in the presence of an acid catalyst such as acridine sulfonate rust or the like, and reacting at normal pressure at 20 C to 60 C for 6 hours~ After 72 hours, the reaction solution was neutralized with an inert compound, and then added to steamed crane water to precipitate a white solid, which was then dried to obtain acetone, THF, and propanol monomethyl. Aprotic ester and other aprotic 所分離的白色固體以蒸餾水清洗, ,添加乙基 酯等自代羧 壓、20°C〜 .以鹽酸等酸 主 ^叫腥析出後,將 清洗,加以乾燥,藉此獲得化 28 201131300 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23曰 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 合物(Α)。 更佳為使用兩種以上的芳香族幾基化合物(An )。藉 由使用兩種以上的芳香族羰基化合物(A11),所得環狀化 合物對半導體安全溶劑的溶解性提高。 〇 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物的分子量為99〇〜29㈨, 較佳為1〇4〇〜265〇,更佳為1〇8〇〜24〇〇,尤佳為11刈〜 =00。上述式(1B)所表示的化合物的分子量為观〜 〇,較佳為840〜1750,更佳為_〜· 二測。若為上述範圍,則可保持光阻材料所的 性,亚且具有耐熱性。 而的製膜 十述式(1A)所表示的化合物(a)較佳 述式(2A)所表示的化合物。 歹】舉下 [化 15]The isolated white solid is washed with distilled water, and added with a self-generation carboxy pressure of ethyl ester or the like, at 20 ° C. After being precipitated with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, it is washed, dried, and thereby obtained. 28 201131300 Period: March 23, 1st, is the Chinese manual of No. 99142385 without a slash correction of the compound (Α). More preferably, two or more aromatic compounds (An) are used. By using two or more kinds of aromatic carbonyl compounds (A11), the solubility of the obtained cyclic compound in a semiconductor safe solvent is improved. The compound represented by the above formula (1A) has a molecular weight of 99 〇 29 29 (9), preferably 1 〇 4 〇 to 265 Å, more preferably 1 〇 8 〇 to 24 〇〇, and particularly preferably 11 刈 to = 00. The molecular weight of the compound represented by the above formula (1B) is from 〜 to 750, preferably from 840 to 1750, more preferably from _ to □. If it is in the above range, the properties of the photoresist material can be maintained, and heat resistance can be achieved. The compound (a) represented by the formula (1A) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2A).歹] Lift down [Chem. 15] (ZA) 边1為1〜 或反4的至 29 201131300 爲第&quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:丨〇〇年3月23日 P與上述同樣。) (A)更佳為可列舉下 少一者為酸解離性官能基,R1、R4、 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物 述式(3A)所表示的化合物。 [化 16](ZA) Side 1 is 1~ or inverse 4 to 29 201131300 is the Chinese version of the "I42385" without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23 of the following year P is the same as above. (A) It is more preferred that the compound is an acid dissociable functional group, and R1, R4 and the compound represented by the above formula (1A) are compounds represented by the formula (3A). [Chemistry 16] (S A) (式(3A)中,R2為選自由 礙數3〜20的Μ代乙基、碳數4〜^ 2〜20的取代甲基、 碳數3〜2G的U分支焼基、碳數 的/取代_正丙基、 、衣土、碳數2〜20的烧氧基羰基以及烧氧基羰基 烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能基,χ、 ρ與上述同樣。) 2 R 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物(a)尤佳為可列舉下 述式(4A)所表示的化合物。 [化 17] 30 201131300. 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日(SA) (In the formula (3A), R2 is a substituted methyl group selected from a hindered number 3 to 20, a substituted methyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 2 to 20, a U-branched fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 G, and carbon. The acid-dissociable functional group in the group consisting of a plurality of/substituted-n-propyl groups, a dressing earth, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, χ and ρ are the same as described above. 2 R The compound (a) represented by the above formula (1A) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4A). [化17] 30 201131300. For the Chinese manual No. 99142385, there is no slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 1 (4 A) (式(4A)中,R2、R4、p與上述同樣。) 上述式(1A)所表示的化合物(A)特佳為可列舉下 述式(5A)所表示的化合物。 [化 18](4A) (In the formula (4A), R2, R4, and p are the same as those described above.) The compound (A) represented by the above formula (1A) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (5A). [Chem. 18] (式(5A)中,R2與上述同樣。) 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B)較佳為可列舉下 31 201131300 jtmypm 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 述式(2B)所表示的化合物。 [化 19](In the formula (5A), R2 is the same as above.) The compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B) is preferably exemplified by 31 201131300 jtmypm is the 99142385 Chinese specification without a sizing correction. The compound represented by the formula (2B) on March 23 of the following year. [Chem. 19] (2 B) (式(2B)中,X為氫原子或者鹵素原子,1^為1〜 4的整數,m2為0〜3的整數,11^ + 1112 = 4,R4、p與上述 同樣。) 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B)更佳為可列舉下 述式(3B)所表示的化合物。 [化 20] 32 201131300 l yVln 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:10()年3月23日(2B) (In the formula (2B), X is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, 1^ is an integer of 1 to 4, m2 is an integer of 0 to 3, 11^ + 1112 = 4, and R4 and p are the same as described above. The compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3B). [化 20] 32 201131300 l yVln is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: 10 () March 23 〇 (a B) (式(3B)中,mi、R4、p與上述同樣。) 上述式(1B)所表示的化合物(B)尤佳為可列舉下 述式(4B)所表示的化合物。 [化 21]In the formula (3B), mi, R4, and p are the same as those described above. The compound (B) represented by the above formula (1B) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4B). [Chem. 21] (4 B) 33 201131300 爲第如142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 (式(4B)中’R4、p與上述同樣。 上述式(1B)所表不的化合物(b) 述式(5B)所表示的化合物。 [化 22](4 B) 33 201131300 For the Chinese manual No. 142385, there is no slash correction. This revision date: March 23, 100 (in the formula (4B), 'R4, p are the same as above. The above formula (1B) shows Compound (b) is a compound represented by the formula (5B). 特佳為可列舉下 f膜由於耐熱性高,具有非晶性,故而 耐料優里不,昇ΐ性’驗性顯影液溶解抑制性、 主適宜用作光阻材料,特別是光阻材料的 族二卜=造方面,亦可藉由將以工業上製造的芳香 =鹽酸等非金制媒使其進行脫水縮合反岸,然 酸或胺鮮非金胸媒使工業上製造的酸解離性 其^。人4劑反應,而以高產率製造,因此實用性亦極 制膜it合物(Β)由於耐熱性高,具有非晶性,故而 2性算’,、良異,不具有昇華性,鹼性顯影液溶解性 、而才I虫 ^ {一適且用作光阻材料,特別是光阻材料的主成 34 20113130¾ 爲第&amp;142385號中文酬書無劃線修正本 修正日期·年3月23日 分(基材)。 另外,在製造方面,亦可藉由將以工業上製造的芳香 族醛為代表的各種醛類與間苯二酚、鄰苯三酚等酚類作為 原料,利用鹽酸等非金屬觸媒使其進行脫水縮合反應,而 以高產率製造,因此實用性亦極其優異。 為了減少化合物(A)或者化合物(B)的殘存金屬量, 可視需要進行純化。另外,若酸觸媒殘存,則通常正型感 放射性組成物的保存穩定性下降,或者若鹼性觸媒殘存, 則通¥正型感放射性組成物的感光度下降,因此亦可進行 以上述減少為目的的純化。只要化合物(A)或者化合物 (B)不改質,則純化可利用公知的方法進行,並無特別 限定,例如可列舉:以水清洗的方法、以酸性水溶液清洗 的方法、以鹼性水溶液清洗的方法、以離子交換樹脂進行 處理的方法、以矽膠管柱層析法進行處理的方法等。該些 純=方法更佳為將兩種以上組合進行。酸性水溶液、^性 水溶液、離子交換樹脂以及矽膠管柱層析法可根據所欲去 〇 除的金屬、酸性化合物以及/或者鹼性化合物的量或種類、 所純化的溶解抑制劑的種類等而適當選擇最佳的方法。例 ^ ’酸性水溶液可列舉濃度為〇·〇1 m〇1/L〜1〇咖阢的鹽 酉文、硝酸、乙酸水溶液,鹼性水溶液可列舉濃度為〇〇1 i^ol/L〜1〇 m〇1/L的氨水溶液,離子交換樹脂可列舉陽離子 父換樹脂、例如0rgan〇製造的Amberlyst 15J hg Dry等。 可於純化後進行乾燥。乾燥可利用公知的方法進行,並益 特別限^,可鱗在化合物⑷或者化合物(B)不改質 35 201131300 修正日期:H)G年3月23日 爲第991423S5號中文說明書無劃線修正本 的條件下進行真空乾燥、熱風乾燥的方法等。 本發明中的化合物(A)及化合物(B)可採取順式體 以及反式體,可為任一種結構或混合物。於用作感放射性 組成物的光阻成分的情況,僅具有順式體及反式體中的任 種Ισ構的化合物成為純物質化合物,光阻膜中成分的均 勻性高,故而較佳。獲得僅具有順式體及反式體中的任一 種結構的環狀化合物的方法可利用藉由管柱層析法或製備 液相層析法的分離或製造時的反應溶劑以及反應溫度等的 最佳化等公知的方法。 ▲本發明中的化合物(Α)及化合物(Β)的玻璃轉移溫 度車父佳為l〇0°c以上,更佳為12〇°C以上,尤佳為140。〇以 上,特佳為150°c以上。藉由玻璃轉移溫度為上述範圍内, 則於半導體微影製程中,具有可維持圖案形狀的耐熱性, 可賦予高解析度等性能。 旧本發明中的化合物(A)及化合物(B)的藉由玻璃轉 移μ度的示差掃描熱量分析而求出的結晶化發熱量較佳為 =於20。J/g。另外,(結晶化溫度)_ (玻璃轉移溫度)較 ,為耽以上,更佳為80°C以上,尤佳為1〇〇。(:以上,特 佳,130。〇以上。若結晶化發熱量小於2〇 J/g、或者(結晶 ^匕酸度)-(玻璃轉移溫度)為上述範圍内,則可藉由旋轉 塗佈感放射性組成物,而容易形成非晶膜,且光阻所必需 的成臈性得到長期保持,提高解析性。 旧本發明中,上述結晶化發熱量、結晶化溫度及玻璃轉 移恤度可使用島津製作所製造的DSC/TA_50WS,以下述方 36 201131300 ~J\J i l 修正日期:1GQ年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無畫丨i線修正本 式藉由測定及示差掃描熱量分析而求出。將約1〇 料放入鋁製非密封容器十,於氮氣流中(50ml/min)以二 溫速度20〇C/min升溫至炫點以上。急冷後,再次於氮氣产 中(30ml/min) W升溫速度聊―升溫至炫點以= 而急冷後,再次於氮氣流中(3〇 ml/min)以升溫速产 20°c/min升溫至400。〇。將基線上出現不連續部分的區^ 的中點(比熱變化為-半之處)的溫度作為破璃轉移溫度 (Tg),且將其後出現的發熱波峰的溫度作為結晶化溫 度。根據由發熱波峰與基線所包圍的區域的面積來求出發 熱量,作為結晶化發熱量。 X 化合物(A)及化合物(B)較佳為於常壓下,於1〇(rc 以下,較佳為120它以下,更佳為13(TC以下,尤佳為14(rc 以下,特佳為150〇C以下,昇華性低》所謂昇華性低,較 佳為在熱重量分析中,於預定溫度下保持1〇分鐘時的重量 減少為10%、較佳為5%、更佳為3%、尤佳為1%、特佳 為0.1%以下。由於昇華性低,可防止由曝光時的外部氣體 〇 引起的曝光裝置的污染。另外,可以低線邊緣粗糖度(line edge roughness,LER)提供良好的圖案形狀。 化合物(A)及化合物(B)較佳為滿足f&lt;3.〇 (F表 示總原子數/(總碳原子數-總氧原子數)),更佳為滿足F &lt;2.5。藉由滿足上述條件,則耐乾式钮刻性優異。 化合物(A)及化合物(B)是選自丙二醇單曱鍵乙酸 酯(propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate,PGMEA)、 丙二醇單甲醚(propylene glyc〇1 m〇nomethyi ether , 37 201131300 修正曰期:100年3月23日 爲第wi42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 PGME )、環己酮(cycl〇hexan〇ne,CHN )、環戊 _ (cyclopentanone ’ CPN)、2·庚酮、苯甲醚、乙酸丁酯、 丙酉文乙S曰、以及乳酸乙酯(ethyl iactate)中,且於對化合 物(A)及化合物(B)表現出最高的溶解能力的溶劑中, 於23°C下溶解較佳為i wt%以上、更佳為5 wt%以上、尤 佳為10wt%以上,特佳為選自pGMEA、pGME CHN中, 且於對化σ物(A)及化合物(B)表現出最高的溶解能力 的溶劑中’於23。(:下溶解2〇 wt%以上。藉由滿足上述條 件’可於實際生產中的半導體製造步驟中使用 性亦變得良好。 L疋 可於不損及本發明效果的範圍内,於化合物(B)的 個齡性沒基以及/或者缓基上導入非酸解離性官能 土。所謂非酸解離性官能基,是指於酸的存在下不開裂, 不產生鹼可溶性基的特性基。例如可列舉選自 酸的作用而分解的C1〜20·基、C3〜2〇的環= 严其二基、C1〜2〇的烧氧基、氛基、硝基、經基、雜 S物子、_、C1〜2G的烧基石夕燒基、該些基的 丁生物所組成的組群中的官能基等。 «it合物(A)及化合物⑻可利用旋轉塗佈法而 /成非阳膜。另外’可應用於通常的半導體製造製程。 赫tr㈣砂感放射性組成物可利驗魅佈法而形 成的=睹將本發_正型感放射餘成物_塗佈而形 :下對2.38 _TMAH水溶液的溶解 1 土為5 A/Sec以下,更佳為0.05 A/Sec〜5人/sec ’尤 38 201131300 ____Α」A 爲第&quot;142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修Ϊ日期年3月23日 佳為0.0005人/sec〜5人/sec。若溶解速度為5 A/sec以 則不溶於鹼性顯影液中,可作為光阻。另外,若非b曰膜且 有0.0005 人/sec以上的溶解速度,則亦存在解析性^高^ 情況。經推測其原因在於,由於環狀化合物的曝光前=的 溶解性變化,溶解於鹼性顯影液中的未曝光部、與未溶解 於鹼性顯影液中的曝光部的界面的對比度變大。/另外办具 有LER的減少、缺陷的減少效果。 將本發明的正型感放射性組成物的固體成分旋轉塗佈 〇 而形成的非晶膜的由KrF準分子雷射、極紫外線、電子束 或者X射線等放射線而曝光的部分於23〇c下對2 38 wt% 的TMAH水溶液的溶解速度較佳為1〇人/卿以上,更佳為° 10人&amp;(:〜1〇〇〇〇人/似’尤佳為1〇〇人/肌〜1〇〇〇人/咖。若 溶解速度為10人/sec以上,則可溶解於鹼性顯影液中而製 成光阻。另外’右所曝光的部分具有10000人/sec以下的 溶解速度,則亦存在解析性提高的情況。經推測其原因在 於’上述環狀化合物的微小表面部位溶解而降低LER。另 Q 外,具有缺陷的減少效果。 本發明的正型感放射性組成物包含1 wt%〜8〇 wt%的 固體成分以及20 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑。較佳為1 wt%〜5〇 wt%的固體成分以及50 wt%〜99 wt%的溶劑,尤佳為2 wt%〜40 wt%的固體成分以及60 wt%〜98 wt%的溶劑,特 佳為2 wt%〜1〇 wt%的固體成分以及90 wt%〜98 wt%的 溶劑。 上述化合物(A)的重量與化合物(B)的重量的和為 39 201131300 —&gt; J Λ. ^ X Λ. JL 爲第議地號中文麵書無畫臟修正本 修正日期:1_月23日 固體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt%,較佳為65加0/〇 巧’更佳為6Gwt%〜7Qwt%。若為上述調配比例,則與 得尚解析度,線邊緣粗輪度變小。 又 上述酸產生劑(C)較佳為選自由下述式(7」)〜(7j 所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種。 [化 23]It is particularly preferable that the f film has high heat resistance and is amorphous, so that it is excellent in resistance, and the swelling property is inferior to the dissolution property of the developer, and is preferably used as a photoresist material, particularly a photoresist material. The second generation = the aspect of manufacture, it can also be dehydrated and condensed by non-golden medium such as aromatic = hydrochloric acid, which is manufactured in the industry, and acid or amine is not the golden chest medium to make the industrially produced acid dissociation. Its ^. The human body is reacted in four doses, and is produced in a high yield. Therefore, the practicality of the film forming compound (Β) is high in heat resistance and amorphous, so that the two properties are ', good, and not sublimate, alkali The solubility of the developer is only suitable for the photoresist. In particular, it is used as a photoresist material, especially the main component of the photoresist. 34 201131303⁄4 is the Chinese text of No. 142385 without a slash correction. 23 days (substrate). In addition, various aldehydes represented by industrially produced aromatic aldehydes, and phenols such as resorcinol and pyrogallol can be used as a raw material by a non-metal catalyst such as hydrochloric acid. The dehydration condensation reaction is carried out, and it is produced in a high yield, so that the practicality is also extremely excellent. In order to reduce the amount of residual metal of the compound (A) or the compound (B), purification may be carried out as needed. Further, when the acid catalyst remains, the storage stability of the positive-type radioactive composition is generally lowered, or if the basic catalyst remains, the sensitivity of the positive-sensing radioactive composition is lowered, so that the above-described Reduce the purification for the purpose. When the compound (A) or the compound (B) is not modified, the purification can be carried out by a known method, and is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of washing with water, a method of washing with an acidic aqueous solution, and washing with an alkaline aqueous solution. A method of treating with an ion exchange resin, a method of treating with a gel column chromatography, and the like. These pure = methods are more preferably carried out in combination of two or more. The acidic aqueous solution, the aqueous solution, the ion exchange resin, and the gel column chromatography may be depending on the amount or type of the metal, the acidic compound, and/or the basic compound to be removed, the type of the dissolved inhibitor to be purified, and the like. Choose the best method as appropriate. Example ^ 'The acidic aqueous solution can be exemplified by a salt of 〇·〇1 m〇1/L~1〇, a nitric acid, an aqueous solution of acetic acid, and an alkaline aqueous solution, which can be enumerated as a concentration of 〇〇1 i^ol/L~1 The ammonia aqueous solution of 〇m〇1/L, and the ion exchange resin may, for example, be a cationic parent-replacement resin, for example, Amberlyst 15J hg Dry manufactured by Øgan〇. It can be dried after purification. Drying can be carried out by a known method, and is particularly limited to ^, and the scale can be modified in the compound (4) or the compound (B). 35 201131300 Revision date: H) G, March 23, No. 991423S5 Under the conditions of this, vacuum drying, hot air drying, and the like are carried out. The compound (A) and the compound (B) in the present invention may be in the form of a cis form or a trans form, and may be any structure or mixture. In the case of using a photoresist component as a radiation-sensitive composition, a compound having only a Ι 构 structure of any of a cis-form and a trans-form is a pure compound, and a component of the photoresist film has high uniformity, which is preferable. The method of obtaining a cyclic compound having only one of a cis form and a trans form can utilize a reaction solvent and a reaction temperature at the time of separation or production by column chromatography or preparative liquid chromatography. A well-known method such as optimization. ▲ The glass transition temperature of the compound (Α) and the compound (Β) in the present invention is preferably 10 ° C or more, more preferably 12 ° C or more, and particularly preferably 140. Above 〇, especially better than 150 °c. When the glass transition temperature is within the above range, heat resistance can be maintained in the pattern lithography process, and high resolution and the like can be imparted. The crystallization heat generation amount of the compound (A) and the compound (B) in the present invention which is obtained by differential scanning calorimetry of glass transfer μ is preferably = 20. J/g. Further, (crystallization temperature) _ (glass transition temperature) is preferably 耽 or more, more preferably 80 ° C or more, and particularly preferably 1 Torr. (: Above, particularly good, 130. 〇 or more. If the crystallization heat is less than 2 〇J/g, or (crystal 匕 acidity) - (glass transition temperature) is within the above range, the coating feeling can be rotated In the present invention, the crystallization heat, the crystallization temperature, and the glass transfer degree can be used in Shimadzu. The DSC/TA_50WS manufactured by the manufacturer is based on the following 36 201131300 ~J\J il Revision date: 1GQ March 23rd is the 99142385 Chinese manual No picture 丨 i line correction This method is obtained by measurement and differential scanning calorimetry Put about 1 〇 material into aluminum unsealed container 10, and raise it to a bright point above 20 〇C/min in a nitrogen stream (50ml/min). After quenching, again in nitrogen production (30ml /min) W heating rate chat - warming up to the bright point to = and after quenching, again in the nitrogen stream (3 〇 ml / min) to increase the temperature of 20 °c / min to 400 °. 〇. will appear on the baseline The midpoint of the zone ^ of the continuous part (the specific heat change is - half) The degree of the glass transition temperature (Tg) and the temperature of the heat generation peak appearing thereafter are taken as the crystallization temperature. The calorific value is determined as the crystallization heat amount based on the area of the region surrounded by the heat generation peak and the baseline. (A) and the compound (B) are preferably at most 1 Torr (r, preferably 120 or less, more preferably 13 (TC or less, particularly preferably 14 (rc or less, particularly preferably 150). 〇C or less, sublimation is low. The so-called sublimation is low. Preferably, in the thermogravimetric analysis, the weight loss at a predetermined temperature for 1 minute is 10%, preferably 5%, more preferably 3%. It is particularly preferably 1%, particularly preferably 0.1% or less. Due to the low sublimation property, contamination of the exposure device caused by external gas enthalpy during exposure can be prevented. In addition, it can be provided by line edge roughness (LER) at a low line edge. a good pattern shape. The compound (A) and the compound (B) preferably satisfy f &lt; 3. 〇 (F represents the total number of atoms / (total number of carbon atoms - total number of oxygen atoms)), more preferably F &lt; 2.5. By satisfying the above conditions, the dry button resistance is excellent. Compound (A) and chemical The compound (B) is selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (propylene glyc〇1 m〇nomethyi ether, 37 201131300 revised period: March 23, 100 The Japanese manual No. wi42385 has no underline correction PGME), cyclohexanone (cyclinhexan〇ne, CHN), cyclopentanone 'CPN), 2·heptanone, anisole, butyl acetate, Among the solvents which exhibit the highest solubility in the compound (A) and the compound (B), it is preferably i wt dissolved at 23 ° C in the solvent of ethyl benzoate and ethyl iactate. More than %, more preferably 5 wt% or more, and particularly preferably 10 wt% or more, particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of pGMEA and pGME CHN, and exhibiting the highest dissolving power in the ruthenium (A) and the compound (B). In the solvent 'at 23. (The dissolution is 2% by weight or more. By satisfying the above conditions', the usability can be improved in the semiconductor manufacturing step in actual production. L疋 can be used in the range of not impairing the effects of the present invention. The non-acid dissociable functional group is introduced into the aging group and/or the slow group of B). The non-acid dissociable functional group refers to a characteristic group which does not crack in the presence of an acid and does not generate an alkali-soluble group. The ring of C1~20. group, C3~2〇 which is decomposed by the action of an acid, the ring of the C3~2〇, the alkoxy group of C1~2〇, the aryl group, the nitro group, the thiol group, the hetero-S group _, C1~2G pyrolysis base, functional groups in the group consisting of the butyl organisms of these groups, etc. «it compound (A) and compound (8) can be rotated by coating method Yang film. In addition, it can be applied to the usual semiconductor manufacturing process. The Hert (four) sand-sensing radioactive composition can be formed by the method of fascinating the bluffing method = 睹 本 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The dissolution of 2.38 _TMAH aqueous solution is 5 A/Sec or less, more preferably 0.05 A/Sec~5 human/sec 'You 38 20113 1300 ____Α”A is the Chinese manual of No. 142385. There is no slash correction. The date of this revision is March 5, which is 0.0005 person/sec~5 person/sec. If the dissolution rate is 5 A/sec, it is insoluble in alkali. In the developer, it can be used as a photoresist. In addition, if it is not a b-film and has a dissolution rate of 0.0005 person/sec or more, the resolution is high. It is presumed that it is due to the exposure of the cyclic compound. The solubility change of = is such that the contrast between the unexposed portion dissolved in the alkaline developing solution and the exposed portion which is not dissolved in the alkaline developing solution becomes large. Further, the effect of reducing the LER and reducing the defect is obtained. The portion of the amorphous film formed by spin-coating the solid content of the positive-sensing radioactive composition of the present invention, which is exposed by radiation such as KrF excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet ray, electron beam or X-ray, is exposed to 23 〇c. The dissolution rate of the 2 38 wt% TMAH aqueous solution is preferably 1 〇 person / qing or more, more preferably 10 ° person &amp; (: ~ 1 〇〇〇〇 person / like ' Especially good for 1 〇〇 person / muscle ~1〇〇〇人/咖. If the dissolution rate is 10 people/sec or more, it will dissolve. In the alkaline developing solution, a photoresist is formed. Further, when the portion exposed to the right has a dissolution rate of 10,000 persons/sec or less, the resolution is improved. It is presumed that the cause of the above-mentioned cyclic compound is small. The surface portion is dissolved to lower the LER. In addition to Q, there is a defect reducing effect. The positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention comprises 1 wt% to 8 wt% of a solid component and 20 wt% to 99 wt% of a solvent. Preferably, it is 1 wt% to 5 〇 wt% of the solid component and 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the solvent, particularly preferably 2 wt% to 40 wt% of the solid component and 60 wt% to 98 wt% of the solvent, particularly good It is a solid component of 2 wt% to 1 wt% and a solvent of 90 wt% to 98 wt%. The sum of the weight of the above compound (A) and the weight of the compound (B) is 39 201131300 —&gt; J Λ. ^ X Λ. JL is the Chinese name of the first place No. Dirty correction This revision date: 1_month 23 From 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the total weight of the daily solid component, preferably 65 plus 0/〇, preferably more than 6 Gwt% to 7 Qwt%. If it is the above-mentioned blending ratio, the resolution is still the same, and the line edge coarse rotation becomes smaller. Further, the acid generator (C) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (7) to (7j). (式(7-1)中’ R13可相同亦可不同,分別獨立地為 氫原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀烷基,直鏈狀、分支狀 環狀烷氧基,羥基或者鹵素原子;X-為具有烷基、芳基二 經鹵素取代的烷基或者經鹵素取代的芳基的磺酸離子 鹵化物離子。) 上述式(7-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:三苯基銕三氟曱磺酸^ (triphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate)、三苯其 錡九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、二苯基甲苯基錡九氟_正丁磺酸鹽: 40 201131300 JVJ / 1 修正日期:100年3月23日 爲第&quot;142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 二苯基錡全氟-正辛磺酸鹽、二苯基_4_甲基苯基銕三氟曱 %酸鹽、二_2,4,6-二曱基苯基録l三氟曱4酸鹽、二苯基冰 第二丁氧基苯基銷二氟曱續酸鹽、二苯基_4_第三丁氧基苯 基疏九氟·正丁、二苯基_4_誠苯紐三I ^酸 鹽、,(4-1苯基M-經基苯基疏三敦甲續酸鹽、二苯基斗 羥基苯基鏟九氟·正丁磺酸鹽、雙(4_羥基苯基苯基銃三氟 曱%酸鹽、二(4-曱氧基笨基)録L三氟甲續酸鹽、三(4_氟苯 基)銕三氟甲磺酸鹽、三苯基锍對曱苯磺酸鹽、三苯基锍苯 %酸鹽、一本基-2,4,6-三甲基苯基-對曱苯石黃酸鹽、二苯基 -2,4,6-二曱基笨基銕-2-三氟曱基苯項酸鹽、二苯基_2,4,6_ 二曱基本基疏-4-三氟甲基苯績酸鹽、二苯基_2,4,6_三曱基 苯基锍-2,4-二氟苯磺酸鹽、二苯基_2,4,6-三曱基苯基銃六 氟本崎酸鹽、一苯基萘基锍三氣曱續酸鹽、二苯基_4_經基 本基鍈-對甲苯礦酸鹽、三苯基銃1〇_樟腦項酸鹽(triphenyi sulfonium l〇-camphor sulfonate)、二苯基-4-經基苯基疏 10-樟腦磺酸鹽以及環(1,3-全氟丙烷二磺)醯亞胺酯。 〇 [化 24](In the formula (7-1), 'R13' may be the same or different, and each independently is a hydrogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, a linear or branched cyclic alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group or a halogen. An atom; X- is a sulfonic acid ion halide ion having an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen-substituted alkyl group or a halogen-substituted aryl group.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-1) is preferably selected from the group consisting of At least one of the following groups consisting of: triphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate, triphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate, diphenylmethyl sulfonium sulfonate _ n-butane sulfonate: 40 201131300 JVJ / 1 Revision date: March 23, 100 is the Chinese manual of "142385" without a slash correction of the diphenyl fluorene perfluoro-n-octane sulfonate, diphenyl _4_Methylphenylphosphonium trifluoromethane hydrochloride, di-2,4,6-dianonylphenyl chloride, trifluoroindole 4 acid, diphenyl ice, second butoxyphenyl pin Fluorinated acid salt, diphenyl_4_t-butoxyphenyl sulphide hexafluoro-n-butyl, diphenyl _4_ benzophenonic acid, (4-1 phenyl M- Phenylphenyl Sodium sulphate, diphenyl hydroxy phenyl shovel, nonafluoro-n-butane sulfonate, bis(4-hydroxyphenylphenyl fluorene trifluoromethane hydrochloride, bis(4-anthraceneoxy) L) trifluoromethane hydrochloride, tris(4-fluorophenyl)phosphonium triflate, triphenylsulfonium terephthalate, triphenylsulfonate, one base -2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-p-benzoate, diphenyl-2,4,6-dimercaptopurine-2-trifluorodecyl benzoate, II Phenyl 2,4,6-diindole basic 4-pyridyl-4-trifluoromethyl phthalate, diphenyl-2,4,6-tridecylphenyl fluorene-2,4-difluorobenzene sulfonate Acid salt, diphenyl-2,4,6-trimercaptophenylphosphonium hexafluorobenzate, monophenylnaphthyl anthracene trisodium citrate, diphenyl _4_ via basic hydrazine Toluene orthoate, triphenyi sulfonium l〇-camphor sulfonate, diphenyl-4-phenylphenyl sulfonium 10-camphorsulfonate and ring (1,3) -Perfluoropropane disulfonate quinone imine. 〇[Chemistry 24] (式(7-2 )中,R14可相同亦可不同,分別獨立地表 41 201131300 jo/丄 ypiii 修正日期:100年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 示氫原子’錢狀、分核或雜錄,直鏈狀、分支狀 或環狀烧氧基,經基或麵素原子。χ_與上述同樣。) 上述式(7_2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化人 物所組成的組群巾的至少—種:雙(4_第三丁基苯基)錐三 氟甲%酸鹽、雙(4-第二丁基苯基)錤九氟-正丁磺酸鹽、雙 (4-第二丁基笨基)錤全氟_正辛石黃酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁其苯其 鏘對曱苯石黃酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)鐫苯石黃酸鹽^雙^ 弟二丁基笨基)錤-2-二氟曱基苯續酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基苯 基)鎭-4-三氟甲基苯磺酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁基苯基)錤_2,4_二 氟表鹽、雙(4-第二丁基苯基)鐄六氟苯續酸鹽、雙(心 第二丁基苯基)錤1〇_樟腦續g㈣、二苯基鐫三氟甲續酸 鹽、二苯基鐵九氣-正丁續酸鹽、二苯基鏘全氣正-辛磺酸 鹽、二苯基錤對曱苯磺酸鹽、二苯基錤苯磺酸鹽、二苯基 鎭10-樟服鹽、一本基鐫_2_三氟曱基苯續酸鹽、二 基錤-4-三氟甲基苯雜鹽、二苯基秦2,4_二氟苯續酸鹽、 二苯基鎭六氟苯磺酸鹽、二(4-三氟甲基苯基)鐄三氟^許 酸鹽、一(4-二氟甲基苯基)錤九敦_正丁續酸鹽、二⑷二扣、 曱基苯基)鎭全氟-正辛確酸鹽、二(4_三氟曱^苯^)鐄= 苯磺酸鹽、二(4-三氟曱基苯基)鐫苯磺酸鹽以及二(心三一 甲基苯基)鏘10-樟腦磺酸鹽。 一氣 [化 25] 42 201131300 -JL- 上 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本(In the formula (7-2), R14 may be the same or different, and each independently represents the table 41 201131300 jo/丄ypiii Revision date: March 23, 2003 is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction of the hydrogen atom 'money a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group, via a base or a veneer atom. χ_ is the same as above.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-2) is preferably selected from the group consisting of At least one species of group towels consisting of: bis(4_t-butylphenyl)cone triflate, bis(4-secondbutylphenyl)nonafluoro-n-butylsulfonate Acid salt, bis(4-secondbutyl strepyl) fluorene perfluoro-n-octyl sulphate, bis (4_t-butylpyrazine benzopyrene, bis (4-third) Butyl phenyl) fluorene xanthate ^ bis ^ dibutyl phenyl) guanidin-2-difluorodecyl benzoate, bis (4_t-butylphenyl) 鎭-4-III Fluoromethylbenzenesulfonate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl)phosphonium-2,4-difluorophene salt, bis(4-secondbutylphenyl)phosphonium hexafluoroate, double (Heart second butyl phenyl) 錤 1 〇 樟 樟 续 g g g (four), diphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane hydrochloride, diphenyl iron nine gas - positive Continuous acid salt, diphenyl sulfonium total gas n-octane sulfonate, diphenyl sulfonium terephthalic acid sulfonate, diphenyl sulfonium benzene sulfonate, diphenyl hydrazine 10 hydrazine salt, one base镌_2_Trifluoromethyl benzoate, diyl fluorene-4-trifluoromethyl benzene salt, diphenyl oxa 2,4-difluorobenzene hydrochloride, diphenyl sulfonium hexafluorobenzene Acid salt, bis(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)phosphonium trifluorosulfate, mono(4-difluoromethylphenyl)phosphonium hexa-n-butyrate, bis(4) two-bond, fluorenyl Phenyl)phosphonium per-n-octanoate, bis(4-trifluoromethanesulfonate)-benzenesulfonate, bis(4-trifluorodecylphenyl)sulfonate, and Heart trimethyl phenyl) 锵 10 - camphor sulfonate.一气 [化 25] 42 201131300 -JL- The Chinese manual for the 99142385 has no underline revision (7-3) 修正日期:100年3月23日 (式(7-3)中’ Q為伸院基、伸芳(7-3) Date of revision: March 23, 100 (in the formula (7-3), 'Q is Shinsuke, Shin-Fang #為絲、芳基'«素取代的燒基或者經齒素 =芳 基。)#为丝,芳基'«Substituted alkyl or dentate = aryl. ) 上述式(7-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化八 物所組成的組群中的至少-種:队(三氟甲基俩基氧基 琥珀醯亞胺、N-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、 N-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基)二苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、队(三氟 曱基磺醯基氧基)雙環烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(二氟曱基磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N_(1〇_樟腦磺醯基氧 基)琥ίό酸亞胺、N-(10-樟腦續醯基氧基)鄰苯二甲酿亞胺、 N-(l〇-樟腦績g藍基氧基)二苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、义(1〇_棒 腦磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-晞-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺Γ N-(10-樟腦磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N_(正辛磺醯基氧基) 雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-埽-2,3-二缓基酸亞胺、N-(正辛續酸基氧基) 萘基酿亞胺、N-(對甲苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-婦 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N_(對曱苯磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、 N-(2-三氟甲基苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2 2 1;|庚_5_烯_2,3_二竣 基酿亞胺、N-(2-三氟甲基苯磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、n_(4_ 三氟曱基苯磺醯基氧基)雙環[2 21]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基醯 43 201131300 l Λ. ^ X ^ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 亞胺、N-(4-三氟曱基苯續醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、N_(全氟 苯確醯基氧基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(全氟苯磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺、n-(i_萘磺醯基氧基) 雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(l-萘磺醯基氧基) 奈基酸亞胺、N-(九氟-正丁續醯基氧基)雙環[2·2·ι]庚—5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-(九氟-正丁磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞 胺、Ν-(全氟-正辛磺醯基氧基)雙環[2 2 ^庚:渗^二羧 基醯亞胺以及Ν-(全氟-正辛磺醯基氧基)萘基醯亞胺。 [化 26] Ο Ο ο ο (7 — 4 ) 一(式(7-4)中,Ri6可相同亦可不同,分別獨立地為 經任思取代的直鏈、分支或環紐基,經任意取代的芳基, 經任思取代的雜芳基或者經任意取代崎烧基。) 上述式(7-4)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:二苯基二砜(d— dlSUltne)、_二(4_曱基苯基)二砜、二萘基二颯、二(4-第三 丁基苯基)—砜、二(4_羥基苯基)二砜、二(&gt;羥基萘基)二 石風 '二(4-氟苯基)二碾、二(2_氟苯基)二石風以及二(4_三氣甲 基苯基)二颯。 [化 27] 44 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第 1 號中文說明書無劃線修正本The compound represented by the above formula (7-3) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the following: a group (trifluoromethylbis-oxysuccinimide, N-(three) Fluoromethylsulfonyloxy) phthalimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)diphenylbutyleneimine, group (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) Oxy)bicycloalkenyl 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(difluorodecylsulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, N_(1〇_ camphorsulfanyloxy) succinic acid Imine, N-(10-camphorinyloxy) phthalimide, N-(l〇-樟 brain glanyloxy)diphenylmethylenebuteneimide, 1〇_ rod brain sulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-oxime-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine N-(10-camphorsulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine , N_(n-octylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-indole-2,3-di-trans-acid imine, N-(n-octanoyloxy)naphthyl , N-(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-female-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N_(p-phenylenesulfonyloxy)naphthylquinoneimine , N-(2-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2 2 1;|hept-5-ene-2,3_ Diterpenoid, N-(2-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyloxy)naphthylimine, n_(4-trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2 21]g 5_ene_2,3_dicarboxyfluorene 43 201131300 l Λ. ^ X ^ is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 100, imine, N-(4-trifluoromethane Benzene hydrazinyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine, N_(perfluorophenyl decyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-( Perfluorobenzenesulfonyloxy)naphthylimine, n-(i-naphthalenesulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N -(l-naphthalenesulfonyloxy) carbamic acid imine, N-(nonafluoro-n-butyl fluorenyloxy)bicyclo[2·2·ι]hept-5-ene-2,3-di Carboxylimine, fluorene-(nonafluoro-n-butylsulfonyloxy)naphthylimine, fluorene-(perfluoro-n-octylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2 2 ^g: osmotic dicarboxyl醯imine and Ν-(perfluoro-n-octylsulfonyloxy)naphthyl quinone imine. [Chem. 26] Ο Ο ο ο (7 — 4 ) One (in Equation (7-4), Ri6 may be the same Alternatively, they are independently linear, branched or ring-shaped, which are replaced by Rensi. An optionally substituted aryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group or an optionally substituted sodium group.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-4) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the following compounds. Diphenyl disulfone (d-dlSUltne), bis(4-nonylphenyl) disulfone, dinaphthyl difluorene, bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)-sulfone, di(4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)disulfone, bis(&gt;hydroxynaphthyl)dipsite, bis(4-fluorophenyl)di-roll, bis(2-fluorophenyl)dragon, and bis(4-trisylbenzene) Base) two. [化 27] 44 Revision date: March 23, 1st, the Chinese manual No. 1 without a slash correction (T-S) 20113130^ 立(式(7-5)中,rh可相同亦可不同,分別獨立為經 任意取代的直鏈、分支或環狀烷基,經任意取代的芳基, 經任意取代的雜芳基或者經任意取代的芳烧基。) 上述式(7-5)所表示的化合物較佳為選自由以下化合 物所組成的組群中的至少一種:α_(甲基磺醯基氧基亞胺 基)-苯基乙腈(a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(甲基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)冬曱氧基苯基乙 猜(ot_(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、〇K三氟曱基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)_苯基乙腈 ( a-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(三氟甲基磺醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-曱氧基苯 基乙腈(a-(trifluorometliyl sulfonyloxy imino)_4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、a-(乙基續醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-甲氧基 苯基乙腈(a-(ethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile)、α-(丙基石黃醯基氧基亞胺基)-4-甲基苯基乙腈 ( a-(propyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methyl phenyl acetonitrile)以及a-(甲基績臨基氧基亞胺基)-4-漠苯基乙 腈 (a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-bromophenyl acetonitrile)。 [化 28] 45 201131300 爲第&amp;142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本(TS) 20113130^ (In the formula (7-5), rh may be the same or different, and each independently is an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, optionally substituted aryl group, optionally substituted a heteroaryl group or an optionally substituted aryl group.) The compound represented by the above formula (7-5) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of α_(methylsulfonyloxy group) A-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenyl acetonitrile, a-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)-glycolyloxyphenyl bromide (ot_(methyl sulfonyloxy imino) -4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile), a-(trifluoromethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-phenylacetonitrile, a-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl) A-(trifluorometliyl sulfonyloxy imino) 4-methoxyphenyl acetonitrile, a-(ethyl sulfonyloxyimino)-4-methoxy A-(ethyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methoxy phenyl acetonitrile, α-(propyl fluorescein oxyimino)-4-methylbenzene A-(propyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-methylphenylacetonitrile and a-(methyl sulfonyloxyimino)-4-hydroxyphenylacetonitrile (a-(methyl sulfonyloxy imino)-4-bromophenyl Acetonitrile). [化 28] 45 201131300 is the Chinese manual of the paragraph &amp;142385 without a slash correction 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 式(7-6)中,R18可相同亦可不同,分別獨立為具有 一個以上的氯原子以及一個以上的溴原子的鹵化烷基。鹵 化烷基的碳原子數較佳為1〜5。 [化 29]Amendment date: March 23, 2013. In the formula (7-6), R18 may be the same or different, and is independently a halogenated alkyl group having one or more chlorine atoms and one or more bromine atoms. The halogenated alkyl group preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. [化29] 46 201131300 J\J/ l^plfl 爲第99M2385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 式(7-7)以及(7-8)中,R19及R20分別獨立地為甲 基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基等礙原子數1〜3的烧基,環戊 基、環己基等環烷基,曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等碳原子 數1〜3的烷氧基,或者苯基、甲苯甲醯基、萘基等芳基, 較佳為碳原子數6〜10的芳基。L19及L2G分別獨立地為具 有 1,2_蔡酿一 疊氣基(l,2-naphthoquinoiie diazido )的有機 基。具有1,2-萘醌二疊氮基的有機基具體可列舉 〇 二疊氮-4-磺醯基、1,2-萘醌二疊氮_5_續醯基、丨,2_萘醌二 豐氮-6-續醯基等1,2_醌二疊氮績醯基作為較佳有機基。特 佳為1,2-萘醌二疊氮_4_磺醯基以及L2-萘醌二疊氮磺醯 基。p為1〜3的整數,q為〇〜4的整數,且gp + qg。 J19為單鍵、碳原子數i〜4的聚亞曱基、伸環烷基、伸苯 基、下述式(7-7-1)所表示的基、幾基、醋基、醯胺 者喊,Y19為氫原子、烧基或者芳基,χ2〇分別獨立 下述式(7-8-1)所表示的基。 [化 31] 〇46 201131300 J\J/ l^plfl is the Chinese manual of No. 99M2385. There is no slash correction. This revision date: In March 23, 100 (7-7) and (7-8), R19 and R20 are independently A group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group or an isopropyl group which has an atomic number of 1 to 3, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, and a carbon number such as a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. The alkoxy group of 1 to 3 or an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a tolylmethyl group or a naphthyl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. L19 and L2G are each independently an organic group having 1,2_2-naphthoquinoiie diazido. Specific examples of the organic group having a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide group include quinonediazide-4-sulfonyl group, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide _5_thenyl group, anthracene, and 2-naphthoquinone. The 1,2_醌diazide fluorenyl group such as Erfeng nitrogen-6-continuation sulfhydryl group is a preferred organic group. Particularly preferred are 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl and L2-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl. p is an integer of 1 to 3, q is an integer of 〇4, and gp + qg. J19 is a single bond, a polyarylene group having a carbon number of i to 4, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a group represented by the following formula (7-7-1), a benzyl group, a acetamide group, a decylamine group. Shout, Y19 is a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl group or an aryl group, and χ2〇 is independently a group represented by the following formula (7-8-1). [化31] 〇 [化 32] 47 201131300 jo/iypm = 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日[化32] 47 201131300 jo/iypm = No correction for the Chinese manual No. 99142385 Revision date: March 23, 100 (式(7-8-1)中,Z22分別獨立地為烷基、環烷基或 者芳基,R22為烷基、環烷基或者烷氧基,r為0〜3的整 數。) 其他的酸產生劑可列舉:雙(對曱苯續醯基)重氮曱燒 (汾8(卩-比1\^116 3111£〇1171)(^&amp;2011161;1131^)、雙(2,4-二曱基苯基 磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(第三丁基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(正丁 基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(異丁基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(異丙 基磧酸基)重氮曱烧、雙(正丙基石黃酿基)重氮甲烧、雙(環己 基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(異丙基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、1,3-雙(環 己基續醯基偶氮甲基石黃S藍基)丙烧(l,3-bis(cyclohexyl sulfonyl azomethyl sulfonyl)propane)、1,4-雙(苯基續醯基偶 氮曱基磺醯基)丁烷、1,6-雙(苯基磺醯基偶氮曱基磺醯基) 己烷、1,10-雙(環己基磺醯基偶氮甲基磺醯基)癸烷等雙磺 醯基重氮曱烷類;2-(4-曱氧基苯基)-4,6-(雙三氯曱 基 )-1,3,5- 三嗓 ( 2-(4-methoxy phenyl)-4,6-(bis-trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、2-(4-曱氧 基奈基)-4,6-(雙三氯曱基)-1,3,5-三0秦(2-(4-methoxy naphthyl)-4,6-(bis-trichlorometliyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、S(2,3- 48 201131300— 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 二 溴丙基 )-1,3,5- 三 嗪 (tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)-l,3,5-triazine)、三(;2,3-二溴丙基) 異氰尿酸醋(tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)isocyanurate )等含鹵 素的三嗪衍生物等。 〇(In the formula (7-8-1), Z22 is independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R22 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group, and r is an integer of 0 to 3.) The acid generator may be exemplified by bis (p-benzoquinone) diazonium tritium (汾8 (卩-比1\^116 3111£〇1171) (^&amp;2011161;1131^), double (2,4) - Dimercaptophenylsulfonyl)diazononane, bis(t-butylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(n-butylsulfonyl)diazepine, bis(isobutylsulfonate) Diazomethane, bis(isopropyl decanoic acid) diazonium triazole, bis(n-propyl fluorescein) diazo-methyl, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazononane, double (iso) Propylsulfonyl)diazomethane, 1,3-bis(cyclohexyl sulfonyl azomethyl sulfonyl) propane, 1, 4-bis(phenyl fluorenyl azofluorenyl)butane, 1,6-bis(phenylsulfonylazolylsulfonyl)hexane, 1,10-bis(cyclohexyl) Dioxamethane diazonium such as sulfonyl azomethylsulfonyl) decane; 2-(4-decyloxyphenyl)-4,6-(bistrichloroindenyl)-1, 3,5- Sancha (2-( 4-methoxy phenyl)-4,6-(bis-trichloromethyl)-l,3,5-triazine), 2-(4-decyloxynyl)-4,6-(ditrichloroindenyl)-1 ,3,5-trimethoxy-phthyl-4,6-(bis-trichlorometliyl)-l,3,5-triazine), S(2,3-48 201131300- is the 99142385 Chinese manual without slash correction date of revision: March 23, 100 dibromopropyl)-1,3,5-triazine (tris(2,3-dibromopropyl)-l,3,5-triazine), three a halogen-containing triazine derivative such as (2,3-dibromopropyl)isocyanurate or the like. 上述酸產生劑中,較佳為具有芳香環的酸產生劑,更 佳為式(7-1)或(7-2)所表示的酸產生劑。尤佳為式(7_1) 或(7-2)的X-具有包含芳基或經鹵素取代的芳基的磺酸 離子的酸產生劑,特佳為具有包含芳基的磺酸離子的酸產 生劑,特佳為二苯基三曱基苯基銕對曱苯磺酸鹽、三苯基 錶對甲苯磺酸鹽、三苯基錡三氟甲磺酸鹽、三苯基銃九氟 曱石黃酸鹽。藉由使用該酸產生劑,可降低LER。 上述酸產生劑(C)可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 本發明中,可將具有控制藉由放射線照射而由酸產生 劑產生的酸於光阻膜中的擴散,阻止未曝光區域的欠佳化 學反應的作用等的酸擴散控制劑(E)調配於感放射性組 成物中。藉由使耻歸擴餘糊⑻,狀射性組成 物的儲存穩定性優異。另外,不僅解析度提高,並且可抑 ^由電子束照射前㈣光後放置_、電子絲射後的曝 ί後t時間的變動所引起的光阻圖案的線寬變化,成為 裏程穩定性極其優制組錢。此麵擴散㈣劑⑻ 有氮原子的鹼性化合物、鹼性銃化合物、鹼性鐄 電子束放縣解性鹼触合物。_倾制劑可 早獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 上述酸擴散控侧例如可列舉含氮有機化合物、或藉 49 201131300 爲第&quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:10〇年3月23日 由曝光而分解的鹼性化合物等。上述含氮有機化合物例如 可列舉下述通式(10): [化 33] 31 I (10) 所表示的化合物(以下稱為「含氮化合物(1)」)、同 斤夂子内具有2個氮原子的二胺基化合物(以下稱為「含 氮化合物(II)」)、具有3個以上氮原子的多胺基化合物或 聚合物(以下稱為「含氮化合物(III)」)、含有酿胺基的 化合物、脲化合物、以及含氮雜環式化合物等。此外,上 述酸擴散控侧可單獨使用—種,亦可個兩種以上。 卜上述通式(10)中,R61、R62及R63相互獨立地表示 虱原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀絲,芳基或者芳烧基。 另外,上述烧基、芳基、或者雜基可未錄代,亦可紐 其他官錄取代。此處,上述錢狀、分支狀或i 狀f基例如可縣碳數卜15、較佳為卜丨。的基,具 =°7列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、里丁 ^二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、新戊基、正己基、2少 :甲f 2-丁基(thexyl)、正庚基、正辛基、正乙基己基、 壬土、正癸基等。另外’上述芳基可列舉碳數6〜12的 土’具體而言可列舉苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、異丙苯基 50 201131300 JXJf i^pifl 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 (_enyl)、i萘基等。進而,上述技基可列舉碳數7 〜19、較佳為7〜13的基,具體而言可列舉节基、甲基 苄基、苯乙基(phenethyl)、萘基甲基等。 土 上述含氮化合物(I)具體而言,例如可列舉:正己基 胺、正庚基胺、正辛基胺、正壬基胺、正癸基胺、正十二 烷基胺、環己基胺等單(環)烷基胺類;二正丁基胺、二 正戊基胺、二正己基胺、二正庚基胺、二正辛基胺、二正 絲胺、二正癸基胺、甲基正十二絲胺、二正十二烧基 基、環己基甲基胺、二環己基胺等二(環)燒基胺類; 二乙基胺、二正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、三正戊基胺、三正 己基胺、三正庚基胺、三正辛基胺、三正壬基胺、三正癸 基胺、一曱基正十二烷基胺、二正十二烷基甲基胺、二環 己基甲基胺、三環己基胺等三(環)烷基胺類;單乙醇胺、 二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等烷醇胺類;苯胺、N_甲基苯胺、n,n_ ,曱基苯胺、2-曱基苯胺、3-甲基苯胺、4-甲基苯胺、4_ 硝基苯胺、二笨基胺、三苯基胺、μ萘基胺等芳香族胺類 〇 等。 上述含氮化合物(II)具體而言,例如可列舉:乙二 胺、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν'-四曱基乙二胺、Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν^(2-羥基丙基) 乙二胺、四亞甲基二胺、六亞甲基二胺、4,4,_二胺基二苯 基甲烷、4,4,-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4,_二胺基二苯甲酮 (4,4’-diamin〇 benzophenone)、4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺、2,2- 雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2_(3_胺基苯基)_2_(4_胺基苯基)丙 烧、2-(4-胺基苯基)_2_(3_羥基苯基)丙烷、2_(4_胺基苯 51 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 基)-2-(4-羥基苯基)丙烷、1,4-雙[1-(4-胺基苯基)-1-甲基乙 基]苯、1,3-雙[1-(4-胺基苯基)-1-曱基乙基]笨等。 上述含氮化合物(III)具體而言,例如可列舉:聚伸 乙基亞胺、聚稀丙基胺、N-(2-二曱基胺基乙基)丙稀酿胺 的聚合物等。 上述含酸胺基的化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:曱酸 胺(formamide)、N-曱基曱醯胺(N-methyl formamide)、 N,N-二曱基曱醯胺(N,N-dimethyl formamide )、乙醯胺 (acetamide )、N-曱基乙醯胺(N-methyl acetamide )、Ν,Ν- 二曱基乙酸胺(N,N-dimethyl acetamide )、丙醯胺 (propionamide )、苯甲蕴胺(benzamide )、吼略烧酮 (pyrrolidone )、N-甲基吡咯烷酮(N-methyl pyrrolidone ) 等。 上述脲化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:尿素、曱基脲 (methyl urea)、1,1-二曱基脲、1,3-二曱基脲、ι,ι,3,3-四 曱基脲、1,3-二苯基脲、三正丁基硫基脲等。 上述含氮雜環式化合物具體而言,例如可列舉:P米唑 (imidazole )、苯幷咪唑(benzimidazole )、4-曱基口米。坐 (4-methyl imidazole )、4-甲基-2-苯基咪唾 (4-methyl-2-phenyl imidazole )、2-苯基苯幷咪 π坐(2-phenyl benzimidazole)等咪唑類;吡啶(pyridine)、2·曱基吡啶 (2-methyl pyridine )、4-甲基吡啶(4-methyl pyridine )、2-乙基0比咬(2-ethyl pyridine )、4-乙基。比 u定(4-ethyl pyridine)、2-苯基吡啶(2-phenyl pyridine)、4-苯基吡啶 52 201131300 jo/ i^pifl 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:丨00年3月23日 (4-phenyl pyridine )、2-甲基-4-苯基吡啶 (2-methyl_4-phenyl pyridine)、菸鹼(nicotine)、菸鹼酸 (nicotinic acid)、於驗酸醯胺(nicotinic acid amide)、喹 琳(quinoline )、8-氧基喧琳(8-oxyquinoline )、。丫咬 (acridine )等吡咬類;以及η比嗪(pyrazine )、吼唑 (pyrazole)、建嗪(pyridazine)、喹噁琳(quinoxaline)、 σ票0令(purine)、D比嘻咬(pyrrolidine)、派°定(piperidine)、 嗎琳(moirpholine)、4-曱基嗎琳(4_methyl morpholine)、 〇 口底嗪(piperazine )、1,4-二曱基痕嗓(l,4_dimethyl piperazine )、1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷 (l,4-diazabicyclo[2,2.2]octane)等。 另外,上述藉由曝光而分解的驗性化合物例如可列舉 下述通式(11-1): [化 34]Among the above acid generators, an acid generator having an aromatic ring is preferred, and an acid generator represented by formula (7-1) or (7-2) is more preferred. Particularly preferred is an acid generator of the formula (7_1) or (7-2) having a sulfonic acid ion having an aryl group or a halogen-substituted aryl group, particularly preferably an acid generator having a sulfonic acid ion containing an aryl group. Particularly preferred is diphenyltridecylphenylphosphonium terephthalate, triphenylphene p-toluenesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium nonafluorocarbonate Xanthate. By using the acid generator, the LER can be lowered. The above acid generator (C) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, an acid diffusion controlling agent (E) having an effect of controlling the diffusion of an acid generated by an acid generating agent in a photoresist film by radiation irradiation, preventing an adverse chemical reaction in an unexposed region, and the like can be blended. Sensitive radioactive composition. The storage stability of the radioactive composition is excellent by making the shame-resolved paste (8). In addition, not only the resolution is improved, but also the line width variation of the resist pattern caused by the change of the t-time after the exposure of the electron beam before the irradiation of the electron beam, and the variation of the t-time after the exposure of the electrons, can be achieved. Extremely excellent system of money. This surface diffuses (4) agent (8) a basic compound having a nitrogen atom, a basic ruthenium compound, and an alkaline ruthenium electron beam release base bismuth complex. The _pour preparation can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The acid diffusion control side may, for example, be a nitrogen-containing organic compound, or may be modified by the use of the Japanese Patent Specification No. 49 201131300. The date of revision: The alkaline compound decomposed by exposure on March 23, 2010. The nitrogen-containing organic compound is, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (10): [Chem. 33] 31 I (10) (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (1)")) a diamine compound of a nitrogen atom (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (II)"), a polyamine compound or a polymer having three or more nitrogen atoms (hereinafter referred to as "nitrogen-containing compound (III)"), A compound containing a brewing amine group, a urea compound, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and the like. Further, the above acid diffusion controlling side may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the above formula (10), R61, R62 and R63 each independently represent a halogen atom, a linear chain, a branched or a cyclic yarn, an aryl group or an aryl group. Further, the above-mentioned alkyl group, aryl group or hetero group may not be substituted, and may be substituted by other official records. Here, the above-mentioned money-like, branched or i-shaped f-group is, for example, a county carbon number, preferably a dime. Base, with =7, exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, butyl dibutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 2 Less: methyl f 2-butyl (thexyl), n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-ethylhexyl, alumina, n-decyl and the like. Further, 'the above-mentioned aryl group may be a soil having a carbon number of 6 to 12', and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, and a cumyl group. 50 201131300 JXJf i^pifl Revision date: March 23, 1 The Japanese manual No. 99142385 has no underline correction (_enyl), i naphthyl and the like. Further, the above-mentioned technical group may be a group having 7 to 19 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 13 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a benzyl group, a methylbenzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group. Specific examples of the above nitrogen-containing compound (I) include n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-decylamine, n-dodecylamine, and cyclohexylamine. Mono- (cyclo)alkylamines; di-n-butylamine, di-n-pentylamine, di-n-hexylamine, di-n-heptylamine, di-n-octylamine, di-n-s-amine, di-n-decylamine, Di(cyclo)alkylamines such as methyl-n-dodecylamine, di-n-dodecylyl, cyclohexylmethylamine, dicyclohexylamine; diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-butyl Base amine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-hexylamine, tri-n-heptylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, tri-n-decylamine, monodecyl-n-dodecylamine, di-positive Tri(cyclo)alkylamines such as dodecylmethylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, tricyclohexylamine; alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine; aniline, N-methylaniline , n, n_, mercaptoaniline, 2-mercaptoaniline, 3-methylaniline, 4-methylaniline, 4-nitroaniline, diphenylamine, triphenylamine, μ-naphthylamine, etc. Classes, etc. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing compound (II) include ethylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetradecylethylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, and hydrazine (2-hydroxypropane). Ethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4, _Diaminobenzophenone (4,4'-diamin〇benzophenone), 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2_(3 _Aminophenyl)_2_(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2-(4-aminophenyl)_2_(3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2-(4-aminophenyl) 51 201131300 for the 99142385 No. Chinese manual, no correction, date of revision: March 23, 2013) 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 1,4-bis[1-(4-aminophenyl)- 1-methylethyl]benzene, 1,3-bis[1-(4-aminophenyl)-1-indenylethyl] phenyl, and the like. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing compound (III) include a polymer of a polyethylenimine, a polypropylamine, and an N-(2-didecylaminoethyl)propylamine. Specific examples of the acid group-containing compound include, for example, formamide, N-methyl formamide, and N,N-didecylguanamine (N, N). -dimethyl formamide ), acetamide, N-methyl acetamide, hydrazine, N, N-dimethyl acetamide, propionamide , benzamide, pyrrolidone, N-methyl pyrrolidone, and the like. Specific examples of the urea compound include urea, methyl urea, 1,1-dimercaptourea, 1,3-dimercaptourea, ι, ι, 3,3-tetradecyl. Urea, 1,3-diphenylurea, tri-n-butylthiourea, and the like. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound include, for example, imidazole, benzimidazole, and 4-indolyl. Imidazole (4-methyl imidazole), 4-methyl-2-phenyl imidazole, 2-phenyl benzimidazole, etc.; pyridine (pyridine), 2-methyl pyridine, 4-methyl pyridine, 2-ethyl pyridine, 4-ethyl. 4-ethyl pyridine, 2-phenyl pyridine, 4-phenylpyridine 52 201131300 jo/ i^pifl is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. Amendment date: 丨00 4-phenyl pyridine, 2-methyl-4-phenyl pyridine, nicotine, nicotinic acid, acid amide (nicotinic acid amide), quinoline (quinoline), 8-oxyquinoline, 8-oxyquinoline. Pyridines such as acridine; and pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, quinoxaline, purine, and D bite ( Pyrrolidine), piperidine, moirpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, piperazine, 1,4-dimethyl piperazine , 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (l,4-diazabicyclo[2,2.2] octane), and the like. Further, the above-mentioned test compound which is decomposed by exposure can be exemplified by the following general formula (11-1): [Chem. 34] 所表示的鎳化合物、以及下述通式(11-2): 53 201131300 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [化 35]Nickel compound represented, and the following general formula (11-2): 53 201131300 Revision date: March 23, 1 year, No. 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction [Chem. 35] (1 1 — 2 ) 所表不的鎖化合物等。 上述通式(11-1 )以及(11-2)中,r71、r72、r73、 R及R相互獨立地表不氫原子、碳數i〜6的烧基、碳 數1〜6的院氧基、經基或者_素原子-表示膨叹⑽, =中’ R表—示碳數卜6的燒基、碳數卜6的芳基或碳 數1〜6的烧芳基(alkaryl))或者下述通式: [化 36](1 1 - 2 ) Locking compounds, etc. In the above formulae (11-1) and (11-2), r71, r72, r73, R and R each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom having a carbon number of i to 6, and a oxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , thiol or _ atomic atom - indicates swelling (10), = in the 'R table - showing the carbon number of the carbon number 6, the aryl group of carbon number 6 or the alkaryl number of 1 to 6 or The following formula: [Chem. 36] 所表示的陰離子。 上述藉由曝光而分解的驗性化合物具體而言,例如可 列舉.二苯基錡氫氧化物、三苯基疏乙酸鹽、三苯基錡水 揚酸鹽、二苯基-4-羥基苯基銃氫氧化物、二苯基—4_羥基苯 54 201131300 爲第&quot;142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正曰期:100年3月23日 基銃乙酸鹽、二苯基-4-羥基苯基锍水揚酸鹽、雙(4_第三丁 基苯基)鐄氫氧化物、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)錤乙酸鹽、雙(4_ 第二丁基苯基)錤氫氧化物、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)鐄乙酸 鹽、雙(4-第二丁基苯基)鎭水楊酸鹽、4_第三丁基苯基_4_ 羥基苯基錤氫氧化物、4_第三丁基苯基_4_羥基苯基鎭乙酸 鹽、4-第二丁基苯基羥基苯基錤水楊酸鹽等。 Ο 酸擴散控制劑(Ε)的調量較佳為固體成分總重量 的0.001 wt%〜50 wt〇/〇,更佳為〇 〇〇1 wt%〜1〇加%,尤佳 為0.001 wt%〜5 wt%,特佳為〇 〇〇1 wt%〜3威。若為上 述範圍内,财防止解析度訂降、圖案雜、尺寸忠實 f等的劣化。進而’即便自電子束騎至放射線照射後加 熱為止的曝光後放置時間變長’亦無圖案 化的情況。另外,若調配量為1〇wt%以下,則可防止= Ο 影性等的下降。另外,藉由使用此種酸 射性組成物的儲存穩定性提高,另外 又问、,且可抑制由放射線照射前的曝光後放置時 二後的曝光後放置時間的變動所引起的光: 生物等各種添加劑mm十仰3氧I或其何 ⑴溶解促進=或兩種以上來作為其他成分⑺。 低分子量溶解促進劑是於光阻基材對驗等顯影液的溶 55 201131300 JO / 爲第&quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 解性過低的情況,具有提高該溶解性,使顯影時的環狀化 合物的溶解速度適度增大的作用的成分,可於不損及本發 明效果的範圍内使用。上述溶解促進劑例如可列八^ 量的酚性化合物,例如可列舉雙酚類、三美苯美·$ 等。該些溶解促進劑可單獨使用,或者將兩二 用。溶解促進劑的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材的種類 而適當調節,但相對於光阻基材(化合物⑷及化 ’以下稱為光阻基材⑻)1〇〇重量份,較佳為:重 罝'〜100重量份,更佳為〇重量份〜3〇重量份,更 〇重量份〜10重量份,尤佳為〇重量份〜2重量份。‘、、' [2]溶解控制劑 溶解控_是於絲基材躲等顯驗的溶解性過高 的月況具有控制該溶解性,使顯影時的溶解速度適度降 =的作用的成分。此種溶解控侧較佳為於光阻被膜的锻 、几、放射線照射、顯影等步驟巾無化學變 二方工類,笨乙嗣(acetoPhen〇ne)、二苯甲酮、苯基 ς基,等輔貞,甲基苯基磷、二苯基職、二萘基硬等礙類 等。,些溶解控制劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 溶解控制劑的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R) 的種類而適當調節,但相對於光阻基材(R) 1GG重量份, 車=佳為^重嚴份〜1〇〇重量份’更佳為〇重量份〜3〇重量 伤更^土為〇重量份〜10重量份,尤佳為0重量份〜2重 量份。 里里忉z里 56 201131300 _ L ί 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第知142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [3] 增感劑 增感劑是具有吸收所照射的放射線的能量,將該能量 傳遞至酸產生劑(C),藉此增加酸的生成量的作用,且使 光阻的表觀感光度提高的成分。此種增感劑例如可列舉: 二苯甲酮類、雙乙醯(biacetyl )類、芘類、吩。塞σ秦 (phenotliiazine)類、苐(fluorene)類等,並無特別限定。The anion indicated. Specific examples of the above-mentioned test compound decomposed by exposure include, for example, diphenylphosphonium hydroxide, triphenyl acetoacetate, triphenylsulfonium salicylate, and diphenyl-4-hydroxybenzene. Based on hydroxide, diphenyl-4-hydroxybenzene 54 201131300 is the Chinese manual of "142385" without a slash correction. The revised period: March 23, 100 based on acetate, diphenyl-4- Hydroxyphenyl hydrazine salicylate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl)phosphonium hydroxide, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)phosphonium acetate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl) Barium hydroxide, bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)phosphonium acetate, bis(4-secondbutylphenyl)hydrazine salicylate, 4_t-butylphenyl-4_hydroxyphenyl Hydrazine hydroxide, 4_t-butylphenyl-4-hydroxyphenyl hydrazine acetate, 4-second butyl phenyl hydroxyphenyl hydrazine salicylate, and the like. The amount of the hydrazine diffusion controlling agent (Ε) is preferably 0.001 wt% to 50 wt 〇 / 〇, more preferably 〇〇〇 1 wt% 〜 1 〇 plus %, and particularly preferably 0.001 wt% ~5 wt%, especially good for 〇〇〇1 wt%~3 wei. If it is within the above range, the resolution of the financial resolution is reduced, the pattern is mixed, and the size is faithful. Further, there is no patterning even if the exposure time after exposure from the electron beam riding to the irradiation after radiation irradiation becomes long. In addition, when the blending amount is 1 〇 wt% or less, it is possible to prevent a decrease in Ο 影 。 or the like. In addition, by using such an acid-emitting composition, the storage stability is improved, and it is also possible to suppress the light caused by the change in the post-exposure standing time after the exposure after the radiation exposure: Such as the other components (7), such as various additives, mm, 3, oxygen, or any of them (1) dissolution promotion = or two or more. The low-molecular-weight dissolution promoter is dissolved in the photoresist of the photoresist substrate. 2011 31300300 JO / For the Chinese manual of the "I42385", there is no slash correction. This revision period: 1 year, March 23, dissolving In the case of being low, the component which has an effect of improving the solubility and appropriately increasing the dissolution rate of the cyclic compound during development can be used within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. The dissolution promoter may be, for example, a phenolic compound, and examples thereof include bisphenols, tribendazole, and the like. These dissolution promoters may be used singly or in combination. The amount of the dissolution promoter to be adjusted is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the resist substrate to be used, but it is 1 part by weight based on the resist substrate (the compound (4) and the compound 'hereinafter referred to as the photoresist substrate (8)). Preferably, it is '~100 parts by weight, more preferably 〇3 parts by weight, more than 10 parts by weight, more preferably 〜2 parts by weight. ‘、、' [2] Dissolution Control Agent Dissolution Control _ is a component that controls the solubility and makes the dissolution rate during development moderately reduce by the excessive solubility of the silk substrate. Such a dissolution control side is preferably a chemical process such as forging, several, radiation irradiation, development, etc. of the photoresist film, acetoPhen〇ne, benzophenone, phenyl fluorenyl , such as auxiliary oxime, methyl phenyl phosphorus, diphenyl, dinaphthyl hard and so on. Some of the dissolution controlling agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the dissolution controlling agent is appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the resist substrate (R) to be used, but the weight of the resist substrate (R) is 1 GG by weight. The parts by weight are more preferably 〇 〇 〜 〜 〇 〇 〇 〇 ^ ^ 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 。 。 。 。 。 。 。里里忉z里56 201131300 _ L ί Revised date: March 23rd of the following year is No. 142385 Chinese manual without scribe correction [3] Sensitizer sensitizer has absorption of irradiated radiation Energy, a component that transfers this energy to the acid generator (C), thereby increasing the amount of acid generated and increasing the apparent sensitivity of the photoresist. Examples of such a sensitizer include benzophenones, biacetyls, anthracenes, and phenones. The phenotliiazines and fluorenes are not particularly limited. 5亥些增感劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。增减劑 的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R)的種類而適當調 節’但相對於光阻基材(R) 1〇〇重量份,較佳為〇重量份 〜100重量份,更佳為〇重量份〜30重量份,更佳為〇重 量份〜10重量份、尤佳為0重量份〜2重量份。 [4] 界面活性劑 界面活性劑是具有對本發明的正型感放射性組成物的 塗佈性或條紋、光阻的顯影性等加以改良的作用的成分。 此種界面活性劑可為陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系或兩 性中的任一種。較佳的界面活性劑為非離子系界面活性 劑。非離子系界面活性劑與用於製造感放射性組成物的溶 劑的親和性良好,更有效果。非離子系界面活性劑的例子 :列舉.聚氧伸乙基高級烧基醚類、聚氧伸乙基高級烧基 苯基醚類、聚乙二醇的高級脂肪酸二酯類等,但並無特別 限定。市售品可列舉以下商品名:Eftop(Jemc〇公司製造)、 Megafac (大曰本油墨化學工業公司製造)、mu〇rad (住友 =公司製造)、Aashi Guard、Surflon (以上由旭硝子公司 衣造)、Pepol (東邦化學工業公司製造)、κρ (信越化學 57 201131300 修正曰期:100年3月23日 爲第&amp; 142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 工業公司製造)、Polyflow(共榮社油脂化學工業公司製造) 等。 界面活性劑的調配量是根據所使用的光阻基材(R) 的種類而適當調節,但相對於光阻基材(R) 100重量份, 較佳為0重量份〜100重量份,更佳為0重量份〜30重量 份,更佳為0重量份〜10重量份,尤佳為0重量份〜2重 量份。 [5]有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸或其衍生物 為了感光度劣化的防止或者光阻圖案形狀、曝光後放 置穩定性等的提高,可進而包含有機羧酸或者磷的含氧酸 或其街生物作為任意的成分。此外,可與酸擴散控制劑併 用’亦可單獨使用。有機羧酸例如較適合為丙二酸(mal〇nic acid)、檸檬酸(citric add)、蘋果酸(maHc add)、琥珀酸 (succinic acid)、苯甲酸、水楊酸等。磷的含氧酸或其衍 生物可列舉:雜、概二正丁自旨、概二苯絲等鱗酸 或其等_等衍生物,膦酸、膦酸二Μ、膦酸二正丁自旨、 本基膦酸、麟二苯基自旨、膦酸二$基§旨等膦酸或其等的 醋等衍生物,次舰、苯基次膦_次膦_及其等的酿 等衍生物,該些有機羧酸中特佳為膦酸。 有機羧酸或者鱗的含氧酸或其街生物可單獨使用 =使^種以上。有_酸或者碟的含氧酸或其街生物的 二,疋根據所使㈣光阻騎(R)_類而適當調節, 重量™ 0重量份,重量二 58 20113Π00π 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 ^^^^142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 10重量份,尤佳為〇重量份〜2重量份。 [6]上述溶解控糊、增感劑、界面活賴、以及 幾酸或者礙的含氧酸或其衍生物以外的其他添加劑 此外’本發明的感放射性組成物中,可於不阻礙本發 明目的的範圍内,視需要調配上述溶解控制劑、增感劑: 以及界面活性劑以外的添加劑一種或兩種以上。此齡加 劑例如可列舉染料、顏料、以及接著助劑等。例如,若調 染料或婦’則可㈣光部㈣像可見化,且可緩和曝 光時的光暈的影響。另外,若調配接著助劑,則可改善^ 基板的接著性’故而較佳。此外,其他添加劑可列舉光晕 防止劑、保存穩定劑、消泡劑、形狀改良劑等, 士 可列舉4,基-4,-甲基查耳嗣(4却^ chalcone)等 ° 本發明的正型感放射性組成物的調配(化合物(A) / 化合物(B) /酸產生劑(C) /酸擴散控制劑(E) 分⑽以固體成分基準的重量百分比計: Ο 49·989/5〇〜89.989/0.001 〜39.99/0.01 〜39.999/0〜39.989, 更佳為 1〇 〜49.989/50 〜89.989/0.001 〜39.99/0 01 〜 39.999/0〜15, ' 尤佳為12〜35/60〜7Ό/10〜25/0.01〜3/〇〜1, 特佳為 12.5〜17.5/60〜70Λ0〜25/0.01 〜3/〇。 若為上述調配,則感光度' 解析度、鹼性顯影性等性 能優異。 ^ 本發明的正型感放射性組成物通常是藉由在使用時將 59 201131300 修正日期:100年3月23日 爲第99M2385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 各成分溶解於溶劑中,製成均勻溶液,然後,視需要利用 例如孔徑0.2 μπι左右的過濾器等進行過濾而製備。 用於製備本發明的正型感放射性組成物的上述溶劑, 例如可列舉:乙二醇單Τ醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、 乙二醇單正丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁鱗乙酸酯等乙二醇 單烧基醚乙酸酯類;乙二醇單曱醚、乙二醇單乙醚等乙二 醇單烷基醚類;丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸 酯、丙二醇單正丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯等丙 二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;丙二醇單曱醚、丙二醇單乙醚等 丙二醇單烷基醚類;乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸正丙酯、 乳酸正丁酯、乳酸正戊酯等乳酸酯類;乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙 酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸正己^、 丙酸曱酯、丙酸乙酯等脂肪族羧酸酯類;3_甲氧基丙酸曰曱 酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3_乙氧丄丙 酸乙酉旨、3_甲氧基_2_曱基丙酸曱_、3_甲氧基丁基乙酸土醋、 3_曱氧基丁基乙酸3-曱S旨、3·甲氧基甲基丙酸丁醋、3 曱氧基-3-曱基丁酸丁醋、乙醯乙酸甲賴、丙酮酸甲 崎乙ί旨等其他賴;曱笨、二曱苯等芳香族煙類; 綱、3-庚_、4_庚酮、環戊酉同、環已g同等嗣类員; 基甲醯胺、基乙鍾、耶-二曱基乙轉、队甲^比 洛_等醯胺類;内賴等,並無特 : 些溶劑可單獨使用,或者使用兩種以上。 Μ 本發明紅減放祕减射本發明 的乾圍内含有可溶於驗性水溶液中的藉 、 坷月曰。可溶於鹼性水 60 201131300 / 1 〒:1 爲第細如號中文酬書無劃線修正本 修正日胸年3月η日 溶液中的樹脂可列舉:酚醛樹脂、聚乙烯基苯酚類、聚 烯酸、聚乙稀基醇、笨乙烯-順丁烯二酸軒樹脂,以及含有 丙烯酸、乙烯基醇、或者乙烯基苯驗作為單體單元的聚合 物’或該些聚合物的衍生物等。可溶於驗性水溶液中的^ ^的調配量是根據所使用的環狀化合物的種類而適當調 ^ ’但相對於上述環狀化合物1〇〇重量份,較佳為〇重量 份〜30重量份,更佳為Q重量份〜1()重量份,尤佳為〇 0 重量份〜5重量份,特佳為0重量份。 [光阻圖案的形成方法] 本發明是有關於一種光阻圖案形成方法,其包括以下 二,:使用上述本發㈣正型感放射性組成物而於基板上 阻膜,將该光阻膜曝光;以及將該光阻膜 形成光阻圖案,藉由利用旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、 等塗佈方法’於先前公㈣基板上 〇=射性組成物,而形成光阻膜。所謂先 月 丄例如可例示電子零件用的基板,或於該基 夹:二曰。預疋的配線圖案的基板等。更具體而言,可列 ‘等=:圖鐵、鋁等金屬製的基板’或玻璃基 外m案的材料例如可列舉銅、铭、錄、金等。另 有機^需要而於上述基板上設置有無機系以及/或者 機才料。無機系的膜可列舉無機抗反射膜(無 機底部抗反射塗層(b〇tt〇m _姚_⑽响, 61 201131300 ~/v / x 修正日期:丨00年3月23日 爲第&quot;I42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 BARC))。有機系的臈可列舉有機抗反射膜(有機說&amp; 亦可進^利用六亞甲基二錢料的表面處理。 接著,減要將所塗佈的基板加熱。加減件是根據 感放射性組成物的調配組成等而有所變化,較佳為机〜 5〇C—更佳為2〇c〜i5〇c。藉由力口熱,存在光阻對基板 的密著性提高的情況,故而較佳。然後,利用選自由可見 光線、紫外線、準分子雷射、電子束、極紫外線(Euv)、 X射線以及離子束所組成的組群中的任一種放射線,將光 阻膜曝光成所需圖案。曝祕件等是根據感放射性組成物 的調配,成等而適當選定。本發财,為了穩定地形成曝 光中的鬲精度的微細圖案,較佳為於放射線照射後進行加 熱。加熱條件是根據感放射性組成物的調配組成等而有所 變化’較佳為2(TC〜250°C,更佳為2〇t〜150。(:。 接著,藉由將經曝光的光阻膜以鹼性顯影液進行顯 影,而形成預定的光阻圖案。上述鹼性顯影液例如是使用 乂成為較4土為1 wt%〜10 wt%、更佳為1 wt%〜5 wt%的漢 度的方式溶解有單-、二-或三烷基胺類,單-、二·或三烷醇 胺類,雜環式胺類,氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH),膽鹼 (choline)等鹼性化合物的一種以上的鹼性水溶液。若上 述鹼性水溶液的濃度為10wt%以下,則可抑制曝光部溶解 於顯影液中’故而較佳。 另外’上述鹼性顯影液中,亦可適量添加曱醇、乙醇、 異丙,等醇類或上述界面活性劑。該些之中,特佳為添加 10 wt%〜30 wt%的異丙醇。藉此,可提高顯影液對光阻的 62 201131300 爲“鶴號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正咖_胸 濡濕性’故而較佳。此外,於使用包含此種驗性 顯影液的情況,通常於顯影後以水清洗。 /液的 形成光阻圖案後,藉由钱刻而獲得圖案配 刻的方法可利較用電漿氣㈣乾式_以及 =之行氯化銅溶液、氯化鐵溶液等的濕式糊等公知的= ο 形=阻圖案後’亦可進行鑛敷。上述鑛敷法例如有 鏡銅、知料鍍敷、鑛鎳、鑛金等。 蝕刻後的殘存光阻圖案可利用有機溶 的驗性水溶液更強驗性的水溶液來剝離。上溶^ 列舉腦EA(丙二醇單㈣乙酸醋)、pGMEt=; 甲_)、EL(礼酸乙醋)等,強驗性水溶液例如可列舉1 〜20 wt%的氫氧化鈉水溶液或i wt%〜2〇加%的氫氧化鉀 水溶液。上述剝離方法例如可列舉浸潰方法、喷射方式等。 另外,形成有光阻圖案的配線基板可為多層配線基 可具有小徑通孔。 ❹ 本發明中獲得的配線基板亦可於光阻圖案形成後,利 用在真空中蒸鑛金屬’然後以溶液溶解光阻圖案的方 舉離法而形成。 實例 …以下’列舉實例,對本發明的實施形態進行更具體的 况明。但,本發明並不限定於該些實例。以下的合成例中, 化合物的結構是以核磁共振(nudear腿即邰。 resonance,NMR)測定來確認。 63 201131300 修正日期:100年3月23日 ϋ 9^9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 〈合成例〉化合物(Β)的合成 •合成例1 CR-1B的合成 向經充分乾燥且氣氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 卻管(Dimroth condenser)、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶 (1000 ml)中’於氮氣流下投入關東化學公司製造的間苯 二酚(22 g,0.2 mol)、4_異丙基苯甲醛(29.6 g,〇 2 m〇1)、 脱水乙醇(200ml)’調製乙醇溶液。將該溶液一邊擾摔一 邊以加熱包加熱至85°C。接著利用滴液漏斗,以3〇分鐘 滴加75 ml的濃鹽酸(35%)後,繼續於85°c下擾掉3 = 時。反應完畢後,放置冷卻,使其達到室溫,然後以冰浴 加以冷卻。靜置1小時後,生成淡黃色的目標粗結晶,將 其過濾分離。然後將粗結晶以5〇〇ml的曱醇清洗2次,、Y 濾分離並使其真空乾燥,藉此獲得目標產物(以下表八$ CR-1B) (45.6 g,產率 95%)。 、不·、、 該化合物的結構以液相層析質譜法(liqu.d chromatography mass spectrometry,LC-MS)進行分析,社 果表現出f)目標物的分子量960。另外,於氘代二甲美… 礪溶劑中的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρηι,TMS基$^ 為 1.1 〜1.2 (m, 24H), 2.6〜2.7 (m,4H), 5.5 (s, 4H)土6〇〜 6.8 (m,24H),8.4, 8.5(d, 8H)。 ,.〜 另外,g)可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2 38糾〇/ 中,h)分子内具有酚性羥基,e) Mw/Mn=1训。° [化 37] 64 201131300, 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1GQ年3月23日5 liters of sensitizer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the reducing agent is appropriately adjusted according to the kind of the resist substrate (R) to be used, but is preferably 1 part by weight with respect to the resist substrate (R), preferably from 100 parts by weight. More preferably, it is ~30 parts by weight, more preferably 1010 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. [4] Surfactant The surfactant is a component which has an effect of improving the coatability, streaks, and developability of the resist of the positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention. Such a surfactant may be any of an anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric. Preferred surfactants are nonionic surfactants. The nonionic surfactant has a good affinity with a solvent for producing a radiation-sensitive composition, and is more effective. Examples of nonionic surfactants include: polyoxyalkylene extended alkyl ethers, polyoxyalkylene extended alkyl phenyl ethers, and higher fatty acid diesters of polyethylene glycol, but not Specially limited. Commercially available products include Eftop (manufactured by Jemc Co., Ltd.), Megafac (manufactured by Otsuka Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), mu〇rad (manufactured by Sumitomo = Company), Aashi Guard, and Surflon (above by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), Pepol (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), κρ (Shin-Etsu Chemical 57 201131300 Revision period: March 23, 100, No. 142385, Chinese manual, no underline correction, manufactured by the industrial company), Polyflow Manufactured by Grease Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). The amount of the surfactant to be added is appropriately adjusted depending on the kind of the resist substrate (R) to be used, but it is preferably 0 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resist substrate (R). It is preferably 0 parts by weight to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 0 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight, still more preferably 0 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. [5] An oxyacid of an organic carboxylic acid or phosphorus or a derivative thereof may further contain an organic carboxylic acid or an oxoacid of phosphorus for the purpose of preventing deterioration of sensitivity or improving the shape of a resist pattern, stability after exposure, or the like. Its street creatures are an arbitrary component. Further, it may be used alone in combination with an acid diffusion controlling agent. The organic carboxylic acid is preferably, for example, malic acid, citric add, malHc add, succinic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid or the like. Examples of the oxoacid of phosphorus or a derivative thereof include a derivative such as a hetero- or di-n-butyl group, a bis-fluorene or the like, or a derivative thereof, a phosphonic acid, a phosphonium diphosphonate, and a di-n-butyl phosphonate. Derivatives such as phosphinic acid, phosphinic acid, etc., such as phosphinic acid or its vinegar, etc., sub-ship, phenylphosphinyl-phosphinus, etc. Derivatives, particularly preferred among these organic carboxylic acids. The organic carboxylic acid or the oxyacid of the scale or its street organism can be used alone. The oxyacid of _acid or dish or the second of its street creatures, 适当 is adjusted according to the (4) photoresist riding (R) _, weight TM 0 parts by weight, weight two 58 20113 Π 00π correction period: 1〇〇 On March 23, the Chinese manual of ^^^^142385 has no scribe line correction of 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 〇 part by weight to 2 parts by weight. [6] The above-mentioned dissolution-control paste, sensitizer, interface active lysing, and other additives other than acid or hindrance oxyacid or its derivative, in addition, the sensitized radioactive composition of the present invention may not hinder the present invention. Within the scope of the object, one or two or more additives other than the above-mentioned dissolution controlling agent, sensitizer, and surfactant may be blended as needed. Examples of the additive for this age include dyes, pigments, and auxiliaries. For example, if the dye or the woman is adjusted, the (four) light portion (four) image can be visualized, and the effect of the halation during exposure can be alleviated. Further, if the auxiliary agent is blended, the adhesion of the substrate can be improved, which is preferable. Further, examples of the other additives include a halo preventing agent, a storage stabilizer, an antifoaming agent, a shape improving agent, and the like, and examples thereof include a 4-based group, a 4-methyl chalcone (4 but a chalcone), and the like. Formulation of positive-type radioactive composition (Compound (A) / Compound (B) / Acid generator (C) / Acid diffusion control agent (E) Sub-(10) Weight percent based on solid content: Ο 49·989/5 〇~89.989/0.001 to 39.99/0.01 to 39.999/0 to 39.989, more preferably 1〇~49.989/50~89.989/0.001~39.99/0 01~39.999/0~15, 'Youjia is 12~35/60 ~7Ό/10~25/0.01~3/〇~1, especially good for 12.5~17.5/60~70Λ0~25/0.01~3/〇. For the above formulation, sensitivity 'resolution, alkaline developability The performance of the positive-sensing radioactive composition of the present invention is usually obtained by dissolving the components in the solvent by using the 59 201131300 revision date: March 23, 1995 as the 99M2385 Chinese manual. a uniform solution, and then, if necessary, filtering using, for example, a filter having a pore size of about 0.2 μm The above solvent for preparing the positive-type radioactive composition of the present invention may, for example, be ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate or ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate. Ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate such as ester, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl sulphate acetate; ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as ethylene glycol monoterpene ether or ethylene glycol monoethyl ether; propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate such as ester, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as propylene glycol monoterpene ether or propylene glycol monoethyl ether Classes; lactate esters such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, n-amyl lactate; methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, n-pentyl acetate Aliphatic carboxylic acid esters such as ester, acetic acid, decyl propionate, and ethyl propionate; decyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropane Methyl ester, 3_ethoxypropionic acid ethyl acetate, 3_methoxy-2-indolyl propionate 曱, 3_methoxybutyl acetate vinegar, 3 _曱-oxybutylacetate 3-曱S, 3·methoxymethylpropionic acid butyl vinegar, 3 methoxy-3-mercaptobutyl butyl vinegar, acetamidine acetate, acetazide Other aromatics such as 曱 、, 曱 曱 苯 苯; 甲, 甲 , 4 _                          耶 曱 曱 曱 、 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Μ Red reduction and reduction of the present invention The dry circumference of the present invention contains L. sinensis which is soluble in an aqueous test solution. Soluble in alkaline water 60 201131300 / 1 〒:1 For the finest number of Chinese books, there is no slash correction. This correction date is the resin in the solution of March η day. The phenolic resin, polyvinyl phenol, Polyenoic acid, polyethylene glycol, stupid ethylene-maleic acid resin, and polymer containing acrylic acid, vinyl alcohol, or vinyl benzene as monomer units' or derivatives of these polymers Wait. The amount of the compound which is soluble in the aqueous test solution is appropriately adjusted according to the kind of the cyclic compound to be used, but is preferably 〇 by weight to 30 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of the above cyclic compound. The portion is more preferably Q parts by weight to 1 part by weight, particularly preferably 0 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0 parts by weight. [Method for Forming Photoresist Pattern] The present invention relates to a method for forming a photoresist pattern, which comprises the following two steps: using the above-mentioned (four) positive-type radioactive composition to block a film on a substrate, and exposing the photoresist film And forming a photoresist pattern on the photoresist film, and forming a photoresist film by using a spin coating, a casting coating, or the like to form a photoresist composition on a conventional (four) substrate. The term "first moon" can be exemplified by a substrate for an electronic component or a substrate. A substrate or the like of a predetermined wiring pattern. More specifically, examples of the material of the "substrate =: metal substrate such as iron, aluminum, etc." or the glass substrate may include copper, inscription, recording, gold, and the like. Further, it is necessary to provide an inorganic system and/or an organic material on the substrate. The inorganic film can be exemplified by an inorganic anti-reflection film (inorganic bottom anti-reflective coating (b〇tt〇m _ Yao _ (10) ring, 61 201131300 ~ / v / x date of revision: March 23, 00, the first &quot; I42385 Chinese manual has no slash correction BARC)). The organic antimony film can be exemplified by an organic antireflection film (organic said &amp; can also be used to surface treatment with hexamethylene divalent material. Next, the coated substrate is heated down. The addition and subtraction is based on the radioactive composition. The composition of the substance may vary, and it is preferably a machine of 5 〇 C - more preferably 2 〇 c 〜 i 〇 。 c. With the heat of the mouth, there is a case where the adhesion of the photoresist to the substrate is improved, and thus Preferably, the photoresist film is exposed to light by using any one of radiation selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, extreme ultraviolet light (Euv), X-ray, and ion beam. In order to stably form a fine pattern of 鬲 precision during exposure, it is preferable to heat it after radiation irradiation. The condition is changed depending on the composition of the radiation-sensitive composition, etc., preferably 2 (TC to 250 ° C, more preferably 2 〇 t to 150. (:. Next, by exposing the exposed photoresist film Developing with an alkaline developing solution to form The above-mentioned alkaline developing solution is exemplified by the use of hydrazine to form a single-, two--in a manner that the enthalpy becomes 1 wt% to 10 wt%, more preferably 1 wt% to 5 wt%, to 4 degrees. Or more than one basicity of trialkylamines, mono-, di- or trialkanolamines, heterocyclic amines, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline and other basic compounds When the concentration of the alkaline aqueous solution is 10% by weight or less, it is preferable to prevent the exposed portion from being dissolved in the developing solution. Further, in the above alkaline developing solution, decyl alcohol, ethanol, or isopropyl may be added in an appropriate amount. Or an alcohol or the above surfactant. Among them, it is particularly preferable to add 10 wt% to 30 wt% of isopropanol. Thereby, the developer can be improved to the photoresist 62 201131300 as "the crane number manual" It is better to use the scribe line to correct the coffee _ chest wetness. In addition, in the case of using such an experimental developer, it is usually washed with water after development. / After forming a photoresist pattern, the liquid is engraved with money. The method of obtaining the pattern matching can be better than using the plasma gas (4) dry type _ and = line of copper chloride solution For example, a wet paste such as a ferric chloride solution or the like may be subjected to mineralization, such as mirror copper, seed plating, mineral nickel, ore gold, etc. after etching. The residual photoresist pattern can be stripped by using a more aqueous solution of an organically soluble aqueous solution. The upper solution is listed as brain EA (propylene glycol mono(tetra)acetic acid vinegar), pGMEt=; A_), EL (Ethyl acetate) The potent aqueous solution may, for example, be a 1 to 20 wt% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution or an i wt% to 2% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution. Examples of the above-mentioned release method include a dipping method, a spraying method, and the like. The wiring substrate having the photoresist pattern may have a small-diameter through-hole for the multilayer wiring substrate. Wiring The wiring board obtained in the present invention may be formed by a method of dispersing a photoresist pattern in a vacuum and then dissolving the photoresist pattern in a solution after the photoresist pattern is formed. EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. However, the invention is not limited to the examples. In the following synthesis examples, the structure of the compound was confirmed by nuclear magnetic resonance (nudear leg, resonance, NMR) measurement. 63 201131300 Revision date: March 23, 100 ϋ 9^9142385 Chinese manual No slash correction This <Synthesis Example> Synthesis of compound (Β) Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of CR-1B is fully dried and gas-gas displaced In a four-necked flask (1000 ml) equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dimroth condenser, a thermometer, and a stirring wing, the resorcinol (22 g, 0.2 mol) manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd. was placed under a nitrogen stream. 4_isopropylbenzaldehyde (29.6 g, 〇2 m〇1), dehydrated ethanol (200 ml)' to prepare an ethanol solution. The solution was heated to 85 ° C while being disturbed. Then, using a dropping funnel, 75 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (35%) was added dropwise over 3 minutes, and then 3 = was disturbed at 85 °C. After the reaction was completed, it was allowed to cool, allowed to reach room temperature, and then cooled in an ice bath. After standing for 1 hour, a pale yellow target crude crystal was formed, which was separated by filtration. Then, the crude crystals were washed twice with 5 〇〇ml of decyl alcohol, separated by Y filtration and dried under vacuum, whereby the objective product (the following Table VIII$CR-1B) (45.6 g, yield 95%) was obtained. The structure of the compound was analyzed by liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS), and the result showed that f) the molecular weight of the target was 960. In addition, the chemical shift value of 1H-NMR in 砺 二甲 二甲 ( ( ( ( δ δ δ δ δ TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 4H) Soil 6〇~ 6.8 (m, 24H), 8.4, 8.5(d, 8H). ,.~ In addition, g) is soluble in alkaline developer (TMAH is 2 38 〇 / 中, h) in the molecule Has a phenolic hydroxyl group, e) Mw / Mn = 1 training. ° [化37] 64 201131300, the Chinese manual for the $9142385 is not underlined. Revision date: March 23, 1GQ (CR- I B) CR-2B的合成 除了將CR-1B的合成例中的4-異丙基苯曱醛替代為 4-環己基醛以外,以與CR-1同樣的方式合成。其結果獲得 CR-2B (50 g,產率 91%)。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出f) 目標物的分子量1121。另外,於氘代氯仿溶劑中的1H-NMR 的化學位移值(5ppm’TMS基準)為0.8〜1_9 (m, 44H), 5.5, 5·6 (d, 4H), 6.0〜6.8 (m, 24H), 8.4, 8.5 (m, 8H)。 另外,g)可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中,h)分子内具有酉分性經基,e) Mw/Mn^ 1.00。 [化 38] 65 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本(CR-I B) Synthesis of CR-2B The same procedure as in the case of CR-1 was carried out except that 4-isopropylbenzaldehyde in the synthesis example of CR-1B was replaced by 4-cyclohexylaldehyde. As a result, CR-2B (50 g, yield 91%) was obtained. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the result showed f) the molecular weight of the target was 1121. In addition, the chemical shift value of 1H-NMR in the deuterated chloroform solvent (5 ppm 'TMS basis) is 0.8 to 1_9 (m, 44H), 5.5, 5·6 (d, 4H), 6.0 to 6.8 (m, 24H) ), 8.4, 8.5 (m, 8H). Further, g) is soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), and h) has a bismuth-based radical in the molecule, e) Mw/Mn^1.00. [化38] 65 201131300 is the Chinese manual No. 99142385 without a slash correction CCR-2B) 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 CR-1A-EE100 的合成 向經充分乾社氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 卻管、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶(1〇〇〇 ml)中,於氮氣 流下,向包含9.6g(l〇mm〇1)的況汨、25§的對曱苯 磺酸吡啶鑌、400 ml的丙酮的溶液中滴加5 8 g ( 8〇 mm〇i) 的乙基乙烯基醚。將反應液於室溫下攪拌24小時。反應完 畢後,去除溶劑,將所得的固體使用己烷/乙酸乙酯=\/3 的混合溶劑,以管柱層析法加以純化。獲得12 2g的酚性 經基的氫原子的1〇〇 m〇l%經乙氧基乙基取代的 CR-1A-EE100。 §亥化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出a) 目f物的分子量1537。所得產物於氘代二甲基亞颯溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρηι,TMS基準)為〇.9〜1.〇 (m,24Η),l.l〜L2 (m, 24Η),4 (m,24Η),2 6〜2 7 (m,4Η),3.3〜3.4 (m,16Η),5.1 (m,8Η), 5.5 (s,4Η), 6_0〜 66 201131300 ^ -w t 丄〆▲上i 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 6.8 (m, 24H)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2.38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 乙氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn= 1.00。 [化 39]CCR-2B) Date of revision: Synthesis of CR-1A-EE100 on March 23, 1999. Four-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dairy cooling tube, a thermometer, and a stirring wing. 1 〇〇〇 ml), under a nitrogen stream, add 5 8 g to a solution containing 9.6 g (l〇mm〇1), 25 § p-pyrenesulfonate, 400 ml of acetone. (8〇mm〇i) ethyl vinyl ether. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using a solvent mixture of hexane / ethyl acetate = / / /. 12 2 g of CR-1A-EE100 substituted by ethoxyethyl group of 1 〇〇 m〇l% of a phenolic hydroxy group was obtained. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the results showed that the molecular weight of a) was 1537. The 1H-NMR chemical shift value (δρρηι, TMS basis) of the obtained product in deuterated dimethyl hydrazine solvent is 〇.9~1.〇(m, 24Η), ll~L2 (m, 24Η), 4 (m, 24Η), 2 6~2 7 (m, 4Η), 3.3~3.4 (m, 16Η), 5.1 (m, 8Η), 5.5 (s, 4Η), 6_0~ 66 201131300 ^ -wt 丄〆▲ The upper i is the 99142385 Chinese manual without a slash correction. The date of this amendment is 6.8 (m, 24H) on March 23, 1st. In addition, b) is insoluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), c) is soluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, and d) has intramolecular As the ethoxyethyl group of the acid dissociable reaction group, e) Mw / Mn = 1.00. [化39] (CR™ 1 A-EE 1 0 0) CR-1A-CE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 卻管.、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶(l〇〇〇ml)中,於氮氣 流下,向包含9.6 g( 10 mmol)的合成例1中合成的CR-1B、 2.5 g的對曱苯磺酸吡啶鏽、400 ml的1,3-二氧戊環的溶液 67 201131300 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 中滴加10.0g(80mmol)的環己基乙烯基醚。將反應液於 室溫下攪拌24小時。反應完畢後,去除溶劑,將所得的固 體使用己烧/乙酸乙⑤曰一1/3的混合溶劑,以管柱層析法加 以純化。獲得12.2 g的酚性羥基的氫原子的i〇〇m〇1%經環 己氧基乙基取代的CR-1A-CE100。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出a) 目標物的分子量1969。所得產物於氘代二曱基亞颯溶劑中 的11«^11的化學位移值(59口111,丁]\48基準)為1.〇〜3.5(CRTM 1 A-EE 1 0 0) Synthesis of CR-1A-CE100 A fully-dried, nitrogen-substituted four-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dairy cooling tube, a thermometer, and a stirring wing (l〇〇 In 〇ml), under a nitrogen stream, CR-1B synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 containing 9.6 g (10 mmol), 2.5 g of pyridinium benzenesulfonate sulfonate, and 400 ml of 1,3-dioxolane Solution 67 201131300 Revision date: March 23, 2013, No. $9142385 Chinese manual, no trace correction, 10.0 g (80 mmol) of cyclohexyl vinyl ether was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using a mixed solvent of hexane/ethyl acetate. 12.2 g of a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group was obtained, i.e., 1% of CR-1A-CE100 substituted with a cyclohexyloxyethyl group. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS and the results showed a) molecular weight of the target 1969. The chemical shift value of the product (yield at 59, 111, butyl)\48 in the solvent of deuterated dimercaptopurine is 1. 〇~3.5 (m,148H),5.5 (s, 4H), 6.0〜6.8 (m,24H)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(tmAH為2.38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中’ d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 環己氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn=l.〇〇。 [化 40] 68 爲第&amp;142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日(m, 148H), 5.5 (s, 4H), 6.0 to 6.8 (m, 24H). In addition, b) is insoluble in an alkaline developing solution (tmAH is 2.38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, and has a molecule in the molecule As the acid cleavage reactive group, cyclohexyloxyethyl group, e) Mw / Mn = l. [化 40] 68 is the Chinese manual of No. 142385 without a slash correction. Amendment date: March 23, 1 &lt;CR-1 A-CE 10 0) 201131300χι CH-2A-EE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 卻管、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶(l〇〇〇ml)中,於氤氣 〇 流下’向包含11.2 g ( 10 mmol)的合成例2A中合成的 CR-1B、2.5 g的對曱苯磺酸吡啶鏽、400 ml的丙酮的溶液 中’滴加5.8 g ( 80 mmol)的乙基乙烯基醚。將反應液於 至/ja下授拌24小時。反應完畢後,去除溶劑,將所得的固 體使用己燒/乙酸乙酯= 1/3的混合溶劑,以管柱層析法加 ,純化。獲得12.5 g的酚性羥基的氫原子的1〇〇 mol%經乙 氧基乙基取代的CR-2A-EE100。 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出 69 201131300 ^第1 9*9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 目標物的分子量1697。所得產物於氛代二曱基亞;g風溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρπι,TMS基準)為〇.8〜1.9 (m, 92Η),3.5 (m,16Η),5.5, 5.6 (d,12Η),6.0〜6.8 (m, 24Ή)。 , 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(ΤΜΑΗ為2 38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中’ d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 乙氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn= 1.00。 [化 41]&lt;CR-1 A-CE 10 0) Synthesis of 201131300χι CH-2A-EE100 A four-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, a Dairy cooling tube, a thermometer, and a stirring blade, which were sufficiently dried and replaced with nitrogen (l〇〇 〇ml), under a helium turbulent flow, to a solution containing 11.2 g (10 mmol) of CR-1B synthesized in Synthesis Example 2A, 2.5 g of p-toluenesulfonate pyridine rust, and 400 ml of acetone. Add 5.8 g (80 mmol) of ethyl vinyl ether. The reaction solution was mixed for 24 hours at /ja. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using a solvent mixture of hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/3. 1 g mol% of a hydrogen atom of 12.5 g of a phenolic hydroxyl group was obtained by replacing the CR-2A-EE100 with an ethoxyethyl group. The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS, and the result was as follows: 69 201131300 ^ No. 1 9*9142385 Chinese specification without scribe correction Date of revision: March 23, 2013 The molecular weight of the target was 1697. The chemical shift value (δρρπι, TMS basis) of 1H-NMR in the gas solvent was 〇.8~1.9 (m, 92Η), 3.5 (m, 16Η), 5.5, 5.6. (d, 12Η), 6.0~6.8 (m, 24Ή). , in addition, b) is insoluble in an alkaline developer (ΤΜΑΗ 2 38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in the alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid. There is an ethoxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group, and e) Mw/Mn = 1.00. [化41] (CR- 2 A-EE 1 0 〇) CR-2A-CE100 的合成 向經充分乾燥且氮氣置換的設置有滴液漏斗、戴氏冷 70 201131300 爲第9&quot;9142385號Φ麵日颇細雖正本 修ΙΕ日期:1GG年3月23日 卻管、溫度計、攪拌翼的四口燒瓶(1000 ml)中,於氮氣 &quot;丨&lt;_下,向包合11.2 g (1〇 mmol)的合成例2中合成的 eR&quot;2B ' 2·5§的對甲苯磺酸吡啶鏽、400 ml的1,3-二氧戊 環的&gt;谷液中滴加l〇 〇g (8〇mm〇1)的環己基乙烯基醚。將 反,液於室溫下授拌Μ小時。反應完畢後,去除溶劑,將 所得的固體使用己烷/乙酸乙酯=1/3的混合溶劑,以管柱 層析法加以純化。獲得13.2 g的酚性羥基的氫原子的1〇〇 mol%經環己氧基乙基取代的cr_2A-CE100。 〇 該化合物的結構以LC-MS進行分析,結果表現出a) 目標物的分子量212 9。所得產物於氘代二甲基亞砜溶劑中 的1H-NMR的化學位移值(δρρηι,TMS基準)為〇.8〜1.9 (m,148Η),3.5 (m,8Η), 5.5, 5.6 (d,12Η),6.0〜6.8 (m, 24H)。 另外,b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為2 38 wt%) 中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH 為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性反應基的 ◎ 環己氧基乙基,e) Mw/Mn= 1.00。 [化 42] 71 201131300 爲第“則號中文圆書讎臟修正本 修正日期·年3月23日(CR- 2 A-EE 1 0 〇) The synthesis of CR-2A-CE100 is provided with a dropping funnel and a Dyes cold 70, 201130300 for the 9th and 9012. Date of repair: Synthesis of 11.2 g (1〇mmol) in a four-necked flask (1000 ml) of tube, thermometer, and stirring wing on March 23, 1GG, under nitrogen &quot;丨&lt;_ Add 2 〇〇g (8〇mm〇1) to the oR&quot;2B '2·5§ p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridine rust, 400 ml of 1,3-dioxolane&gt; Cyclohexyl vinyl ether. The solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for a few hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed, and the obtained solid was purified by column chromatography using hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/3. 1 2 mol% of a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group was obtained as a cyclohexyloxyethyl group-substituted cr_2A-CE100.结构 The structure of the compound was analyzed by LC-MS and the results showed a) the molecular weight of the target was 212 9 . The 1H-NMR chemical shift value (δρρηι, TMS basis) of the obtained product in deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide solvent was 〇.8~1.9 (m, 148 Η), 3.5 (m, 8 Η), 5.5, 5.6 (d) , 12Η), 6.0~6.8 (m, 24H). In addition, b) is insoluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2 38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in the developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d) intramolecular ◎ cyclohexyloxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group, e) Mw / Mn = 1.00. [化42] 71 201131300 is the "" Chinese version of the round book 修正 修正 修正 revised date revised March 23 CR-1A-EE50 的合成 =了將CR-1A-EE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 加入量改為一半以外,以與CR_1A_EE1〇〇同樣的方式合 成’獲彳于g分性經基的氫原子的5〇 m〇i%經乙氧義己其 的CR-1A-EE50 (混合物)。 土土戈 此外,所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt%)中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性 二 (:H為2.38 wt%)中,d) *子内具有作為酸解= 反應基的乙氧基乙基。 CH_lA-CE5〇 的合成 =了將CR]a_CE1〇㈣合成例中的乙基乙婦基_ 加入1改為一半以外,以與CR_1A_CEl〇〇同樣的方式人 72 201131300“ 爲第9‘9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 成,獲得酚性羥基的氫原子的50 mol%經乙氧基乙基取代 的 CR-1A-CE50 (混合物)。 此外’所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt°/〇)中,e)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯景多液 (TMAH為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有作為酸解離性 反應基的環己氧基乙基。 CR-2A-EE50 的合成 除了將CR-2A-EE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基_的 〇 加入量改為一半以外,以與CR-2A-EE100同樣的方式合 成’獲得紛性經基的氫原子的50 mol%經環己氧基乙基取 代的CR-2A-EE50 (混合物)。 此外’所得化合物b)不溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt%)中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於驗性顯影液 (TMAH為2.38 wt%)中’ d)分子内具有作為酸解離性 反應基的乙氧基乙基。 CR-2A-CE50 的合成 〇 ,了將CR-2A-CE100的合成例中的乙基乙烯基醚的 加入1改為一半以外,以與CR-2A-CE100同樣的方式人 成’獲得酚性羥基的氫原子的50 mol%經環已氧基乙基^ 代的CR-2A-CE50 (混合物)。 土 此外’所得化合物b)不溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH為 2.38 wt%)中,c)藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液 (TMAH為2.38 wt%)中,d)分子内具有 解二 反應基的環己氧基乙基。 73 2011313001 修正曰期:100年3月23日 爲第釦142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 實例4以及比較例1〜_) ΓΜ λα τ fl (丄+刀,I成均勻溶液後,以孔徑 (U _的Teflon (註冊商標)製薄膜過遽器進行過濟 備感放射性組成物’對各感放射性組成 以;的 價。結果示於第2表。 T (1)感光度的評價 將光阻旋轉塗佈於清潔的石夕晶圓上,然後於洪箱中進 行曝光前烘烤(pre-bake,ΡΒ )’形成厚度6〇 nm的光阻膜。 對該光阻膜使用電子束描畫裝置(ELS_75〇〇,(股)ΕΗ〇ηίχ 公司製造),照射100 nm間隔的i : !的線與間隙設定的 電子束。照射後’分別於預定溫度下加熱9〇秒,在2.38 的TMAH水溶液中進行60秒顯影。然後,以水清洗^ 秒,加以乾燥,形成正型的光阻圖案。利用掃描型電子顯 微鏡((股)日立High-Technology製造的S-4800)觀察所 得的線與間隙。另外,將此時的劑量(gC/cm2)作為感光 度。 A :劑量$50pC/cm2 (優秀的感光度) B : 50 pC/cm2〈劑量$120 pC/cm2 (良好的感光度) C : 120pC/cm2〈劑量(感光度不良) (2)線邊緣粗糙度(LER)的評價 於100 nm間隔的1 : 1的線與間隙的長度方向(0.75 μιη)的任意300點中,使用曰立半導體用SEM終端Pc V5 離線測長軟體((股)日立Science Systems製造)’測定邊 74 20113130¾ 爲第9^9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正曰期:1〇〇年3月23日 緣與基準線的距離。由測定緒果算出標準偏差(3σ)。 A : LER (3σ) S3.5 nm (良好的 LER) C : 3.5 nmCLER (3σ)(不良好的 LER) 由圖案化試驗的結果確認’本發明的使用特定化合物 (A)及化合物(B)的感放射性組成物與使用包含比較例 的混合物的化合物(A)的感放射性組成物相比,感光度 及LER良好。 另外’本發明的特定化合物(A)及化合物(b)分別 〇 容易製造純度1〇〇%的化合物,且可僅藉由將各自混合而 調合,品質管理容易。另一方面,包含比較例的混合物的 化合物(A)為混合物,每次製造時其組成會產.均, 品質管理困難。 〇 75 201131300 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 [表1] (C) (E) 化合物(A) 化合物(B) 酸產生劑 酸擴散控制劑 溶劑 (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) 實例1 CR-1A-EE100 CR-1B P-1 Q-l S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例2 CR-1A-CE100 CR-1B P-1 Q-l S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例3 CR-2A-EE100 CR-2B P-1 Q-l S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 實例4 CR-2A-CE100 CR-2B P-1 Q-l S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例1 CR-1A-EE50 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例2 CR-1A-CE50 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例3 CR-2A-EE50 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例4 CR-2A-CE50 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例5 CR-1A-EE100 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例6 CR-1A-CE100 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例7 CR-2A-EE100 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 比較例8 CR-2A-CE100 P-1 Q-l S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 (c)酸產生劑 P-1 :三苯基苯锍三氟曱磺酸鹽(MidoriKagaku (股)) (E)酸擴散控制劑 Q-1 :三辛基胺(東京化成工業(股)) 溶劑 S-1 :丙二醇單曱醚(東京化成工業(股)) 76 201131300, 爲第$9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 [表2]Synthesis of CR-1A-EE50 = The addition of the amount of ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of CR-1A-EE100 was changed to half, and it was synthesized in the same manner as CR_1A_EE1〇〇. 5〇m〇i% of the hydrogen atom of the group is CR-1A-EE50 (mixture) of ethoxylated. In addition, the obtained compound b) is insoluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in basic two (: H is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d) * has an ethoxyethyl group as an acid solution = a reactive group. Synthesis of CH_lA-CE5〇======================================================================================================================== The specification has no slash correction. The date of this revision is: March 23, 1st, to obtain 50 mol% of the hydrogen atom of the phenolic hydroxyl group, CR-1A-CE50 (mixture) substituted by ethoxyethyl group. Compound b) is insoluble in an alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt ° / 〇), e) becomes soluble in the test-producing multi-liquid (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid, d) a cyclohexyloxyethyl group as an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule. The synthesis of CR-2A-EE50 is carried out by changing the amount of cerium added to the ethyl vinyl group in the synthesis example of CR-2A-EE100 to half. In the same manner as CR-2A-EE100, a 50 mol% cyclohexyloxyethyl-substituted CR-2A-EE50 (mixture) obtained by obtaining a hetero atomic hydrogen atom was synthesized. Further, the obtained compound b was insoluble. In the alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in the developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid. d) an ethoxyethyl group having an acid dissociable reactive group in the molecule. The synthesis of CR-2A-CE50 is carried out by changing the addition of 1 of the ethyl vinyl ether in the synthesis example of CR-2A-CE100 to half. In addition, in the same manner as CR-2A-CE100, a 50 mol% cyclohexyloxyethyl CR-2A-CE50 (mixture) of a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group was obtained. b) insoluble in the test developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%), c) becomes soluble in the alkaline developer (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of acid, d) has a solution in the molecule Reaction group of cyclohexyloxyethyl group 73 2011313001 Revision period: March 23, 100 is the first button of the Chinese manual 142385 no line correction This example 4 and comparative example 1~_) ΓΜ λα τ fl (丄+ After the knives and I were in a uniform solution, the film was subjected to a pore size (U _ Teflon (registered trademark) membrane filter for the radioactive composition of each of the sensitivities. The results are shown in Table 2. Evaluation of T (1) sensitivity The photoresist was spin-coated on a clean Shihwa wafer and then exposed in a flood box. Baking (pre-bake, ΡΒ)' forms a photoresist film having a thickness of 6 〇 nm. The photoresist film is irradiated with an electron beam drawing device (ELS_75〇〇, manufactured by χηίχ), and irradiated at intervals of 100 nm. i : ! The electron beam set by the line and the gap. After the irradiation, it was heated at a predetermined temperature for 9 seconds, and developed in a 2.38 TMAH aqueous solution for 60 seconds. Then, it was washed with water for 2 seconds and dried to form a positive resist pattern. The obtained lines and gaps were observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technology). Further, the dose (gC/cm2) at this time was taken as the sensitivity. A : Dosage $50pC/cm2 (excellent sensitivity) B : 50 pC/cm2 <dose $120 pC/cm2 (good sensitivity) C : 120pC/cm2 <dose (poor sensitivity) (2) Line edge roughness Evaluation of (LER) In any 300 points of the line length and the length direction of the gap (0.75 μm) at a distance of 100 nm, the SEM terminal Pc V5 of the stand-up semiconductor is used to measure the long-length software ((Hyper) Hitachi Science Systems Manufacturing) 'Measurement side 74 201131303⁄4 is the Chinese manual of No. 9^9142385. There is no slash correction. This revision period: the distance from the edge of the March 23rd. The standard deviation (3σ) was calculated from the measurement results. A : LER (3σ) S3.5 nm (good LER) C : 3.5 nm CLER (3σ) (not good LER) Confirmed by the results of the patterning test 'The use of the specific compound (A) and the compound (B) of the present invention The sensitizing radioactive composition was superior in sensitivity and LER to the sensitized radioactive composition of the compound (A) containing the mixture of the comparative examples. Further, the specific compounds (A) and (b) of the present invention are easy to produce compounds having a purity of 1% by weight, and can be blended only by mixing them, and quality management is easy. On the other hand, the compound (A) containing the mixture of the comparative examples is a mixture, and its composition is produced each time it is produced, and quality management is difficult. 〇75 201131300 Revision date: March 23, 1999, No. 99142385 Chinese manual, no underline correction [Table 1] (C) (E) Compound (A) Compound (B) Acid generator acid diffusion control agent Solvent (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) Example 1 CR-1A-EE100 CR-1B P-1 Ql S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 2 CR-1A-CE100 CR-1B P- 1 Ql S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 3 CR-2A-EE100 CR-2B P-1 Ql S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Example 4 CR-2A-CE100 CR-2B P-1 Ql S-1 0.50 0.50 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 1 CR-1A-EE50 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 2 CR-1A-CE50 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 3 CR-2A-EE50 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 4 CR-2A-CE50 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 5 CR-1A-EE100 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparison Example 6 CR-1A-CE100 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 7 CR-2A-EE100 P-1 Ql S-1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 Comparative Example 8 CR-2A-CE100 P-1 Ql S -1 1.00 0.3 0.03 30.0 (c) Acid generator P-1: Triphenylphenyl sulfonium trifluorosulfonate (MidoriKagaku (share)) (E) Acid Diffusion Control Agent Q-1: Trioctylamine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Solvent S-1: Propylene Glycol Monodecyl Ether (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 76 201131300, No. $9142385 Chinese manual without line correction This revision date: March 23, 1 [Table 2] PEB 感光度 LER (3σ) (0〇 (μΟ/αη2 ) 實例1 110 A A 實例2 110 A A 實例3 110 A A 實例4 110 A A 比較例1 110 A C 比較例2 110 A C 比較例3 110 A c 比較例4 110 A c 比較例5 110 C 無法形成圖案 比較例6 110 c 無法形成圖案 比較例7 110 c 無法形成圖案 比較例8 110 c 無法形成圖案 PEB :電子束照射後加熱時的溫度 (比較例9) 於實例4中,代替化合物(A)的CR-2A-CE100,使 用利用常法而於作為高分子的聚羥基苯乙烯(PHS) (Mw =8,000, Aldrich製造)中導入有環己基氧基乙基100 mol% 的PHS-CE100,除此以外,同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結 77 201131300 爲第如142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 果為,LER經判定為c。 (比較例10) 於實例4中,代替化合物(b)的CR-2B,使用作為 高分子的聚羥基苯乙烯(PHS) (Mw=8,〇〇〇,Aldrich製 造)’除此以外’同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結果為,ler 經判定為C。 (比較例11) 於實例4中’代替化合物(A)的cr_2A-CE1〇〇而使 用PHS-CE100,且代替化合物的CR_2B而使用作為 高分子的聚羥基苯乙烯(PHS) (Mw=8,000,Aldrich製 造),除此以外,同樣地進行圖案化試驗。其結果為,於 120 pC/cm2以下的劑量下未獲得圖案。 、 另外,比較例9〜比較例11中任一者均於藉由旋轉塗 佈而獲得的膜上確認到被認為是由相溶解性不良所引起的 斑點。 此外,暗示出,作為高分子的聚羥基苯乙烯或者導入 有酸解離性官能基的聚羥基苯乙烯分別具有分子量分布, 就品質管理的觀點而言亦欠佳。 [產業上之可利用性] 本發明適宜用於酸增幅型低分子量正型感放射性組成 物、以及使用該組成物的光阻圖案形成方法。 【圖式簡單說明】 【主要元件符號說明】 Ak 〇 * 78 201131300^ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:100年3月23日 發明專利說明書 (本說明書格式 '順序,請勿任意更動,※記號部分請勿填寫) ※申請案號:f ※申請曰: ※^(:分類: 一、發明名稱:(中文/英文) 低分子量正型感放射性組成物以及光阻圖案形成方法 LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT POSITIVE RADIATION-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION AND 〇 FORMING METHOD OF RESIST PATTERN 二、中文發明摘要: 本發明的目的在於提供一種所得光阻圖案形狀良好且 製造及品質管理容易的含有光阻材料(化合物)的感放射 性組成物、以及使用該感放射性組成物的光阻圖案形成方 法。本發明藉由含有特定低分子化合物的正型感放射性組 成物、以及使用該組成物的光阻圖案形成方法而解決問題。 201131300 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 三、英文發明摘要: The object of this invention is to provide a radiation-sensitive composition containing a resist material (compound) which has excellent shape of obtained resist pattern and easy to quality control, and a forming method of resist pattern using the radiation-sensitive composition. The object is solved by a positive radiation-sensitive composition including a specific low molecular compound and the forming method of resist pattern using the composition. 201131301 爲第&quot;丨42385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期⑽年3月μ日 七、申請專利範圍: 1· 一種正型感放射性組成物,其含有:滿足下述a) 〜e)的所有條件的化合物(a),滿足下述f)〜丨)的所 有條件的化合物(B),藉由選自由可見光線、紫外線、準 分子雷射、電子束、極紫外線線以及離子束 所組成的組群中的任一種放射線的照射而直接或間接地產 生酸的酸產生劑(C),酸擴散控制劑(E),以及溶劑;並 且該組成物包含1 Wt%〜80 wt%的固體成分以及20 wt%〜 〇 99 wt%的溶劑,該化合物(a)的重量與該化合物(b)的 重里的和為固體成分總重量的50 wt%〜99 wt% ; a) 分子量:400〜3000 ; b) 不溶於鹼性顯影液(氩氧化四曱基錄(χΜΑΗ)為 2.38 wt%)中; c) 藉由酸的作用而變得可溶於鹼性顯影液(TMAH 為 2.38 wt%)中; d) 分子内具有至少一個導入有酸解離性官能基的酚性 Q 羥基或者鲮基; e) 1.0〇SMw/MnS1.05 (Μη :數量平均分子量,Mw : 重量平均分子量); f) 分子量·· 350〜2500 ; g) 可溶於驗性顯影液(TMAH為2.38wt%)中; h) 分子内具有至少一個酚性羥基或者羧基; 〇 l.〇〇SMw/MnS1.05。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之正型感放射性組成 79 201131300 爲第 —99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:HM)年3月23日 物,其中上述化合物(A)為在上述化合物(B)的所有酚 性羥基以及羧基上導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Aa)e 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之正型感放射性組成 物,其中上述化合物(B)為在所有酚性羥基以及羧基上 未導入有酸解離性官能基的化合物(Bb)。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之正型感放射性組成 物,其中上述化合物(A)為上述化合物(Aa),即下述式 (1A)所表示的環狀化合物(A1),且上述化合物(b) 為上述化合物(Bb)’即下述式(1B)所表示 物(B1” [化1]PEB sensitivity LER (3σ) (0〇(μΟ/αη2 ) Example 1 110 AA Example 2 110 AA Example 3 110 AA Example 4 110 AA Comparative Example 1 110 AC Comparative Example 2 110 AC Comparative Example 3 110 A c Comparative Example 4 110 A c Comparative Example 5 110 C Pattern cannot be formed Comparative Example 6 110 c Pattern cannot be formed Comparative Example 7 110 c Pattern cannot be formed Comparative Example 8 110 c Pattern PEB cannot be formed: Temperature at the time of heating after electron beam irradiation (Comparative Example 9) In Example 4, instead of the CR-2A-CE100 of the compound (A), a cyclohexyloxy group was introduced into a polyhydroxystyrene (PHS) (Mw = 8,000, manufactured by Aldrich) as a polymer by a usual method. The patterning test was carried out in the same manner except that the base ethyl group was 100 mol% of PHS-CE100. The knot 77 201131300 was the Chinese manual No. 142385 without a slash correction. The date of revision: March 23, 2011 The LER was judged to be c. (Comparative Example 10) In Example 4, instead of the CR-2B of the compound (b), polyhydroxystyrene (PHS) as a polymer was used (Mw = 8, 〇〇〇, Aldrich). system In the same manner as in the above, the patterning test was carried out. As a result, ler was judged to be C. (Comparative Example 11) In Example 4, PHS-CE100 was used instead of cr_2A-CE1〇〇 of the compound (A). A patterning test was carried out in the same manner as in the case of CR_2B of the compound, except that polyhydroxystyrene (PHS) (Mw = 8,000, manufactured by Aldrich) was used as the polymer. The result was a dose of 120 pC/cm 2 or less. In addition, in any of Comparative Example 9 to Comparative Example 11, it was confirmed that the film was obtained by spin coating, and it was considered that the spot was caused by poor phase solubility. The polyhydroxystyrene as a polymer or the polyhydroxystyrene to which an acid dissociable functional group is introduced has a molecular weight distribution, and is also inferior in terms of quality control. [Industrial Applicability] The present invention is suitable for use. An acid-amplified low-molecular-weight positive-type radioactive composition and a photoresist pattern forming method using the same. [Simplified description of the drawing] [Explanation of main components] Ak 〇* 78 201131300 ^ For the Chinese manual No. 99142385, there is no slash correction. This revision date: March 23, 1995 invention patent specification (this specification format ', please do not change any more, please do not fill in the ※ part of the mark number. ※ ※Application number: f ※ Application 曰: ※^(:Classification: I. Invention name: (Chinese/English) Low molecular weight positive type radioactive composition and photoresist pattern forming method LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT POSITIVE RADIATION-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION AND 〇FORMING METHOD OF RESIST PATTERN II Abstract: It is an object of the present invention to provide a radiation-sensitive composition containing a photoresist material (compound) which has a good shape and a good manufacturing and quality control, and a photoresist pattern formed using the radiation-sensitive composition. method. The present invention solves the problem by a positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a specific low molecular compound and a photoresist pattern forming method using the composition. 201131300 is the Chinese manual of No. 99142385. There is no slash correction. The date of this amendment is: March 23, 2013. Abstract: The object of this invention is to provide a radiation-sensitive composition containing a resist material (compound) which Has excellent shape of obtained resist pattern and easy to quality control, and a forming method of resist pattern using the radiation-sensitive composition. The object is solved by a positive radiation-sensitive composition including a specific low molecular compound and the forming method of resist Pattern using the composition. 201131301 is the Chinese manual of the number "quot42385" without a slash correction. The date of this amendment (10) is the date of March VII. The scope of the patent application: 1. A positive-type radioactive composition containing: a) Compounds (a) of all the conditions of ~e), which satisfy all the conditions of the following f) to 丨), are selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, excimer laser, electron beam, and extreme ultraviolet rays. a group of lines and ion beams An acid generator (C), an acid diffusion controlling agent (E), and a solvent which directly or indirectly generate an acid by irradiation of radiation; and the composition contains 1 Wt% to 80 wt% of a solid component and 20 wt% ~ 〇 99 wt% of the solvent, the sum of the weight of the compound (a) and the weight of the compound (b) is 50 wt% to 99 wt% of the total weight of the solid component; a) molecular weight: 400 to 3000; b) insoluble In an alkaline developing solution (argon oxidized tetradecyl ruthenium (2.38 wt%)); c) becomes soluble in an alkaline developing solution (TMAH is 2.38 wt%) by the action of an acid; d) At least one phenolic Q hydroxy or thiol group having an acid dissociable functional group introduced therein; e) 1.0 〇 SMw / MnS 1.05 (Μη : number average molecular weight, Mw : weight average molecular weight); f) molecular weight · 350 ~ 2500 ; g) soluble in the developer (TMAH is 2.38wt%); h) has at least one phenolic hydroxyl or carboxyl group in the molecule; 〇l.〇〇SMw/MnS1.05. 2. The positive-type radioactive composition as described in item 1 of the scope of patent application. 79 201131300 is the Chinese manual of No. 99142385. There is no slash correction. The date of this amendment: HM), March 23, the above compound (A) is A compound (Aa)e having an acid-dissociable functional group introduced into the phenolic hydroxyl group of the above compound (B) and a carboxyl group, and a positive-type radioactive composition according to claim 1, wherein the above compound ( B) is a compound (Bb) in which an acid dissociable functional group is not introduced on all phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups. 4. The positive-type radioactive composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound (A) is the above-mentioned compound (Aa), that is, the cyclic compound (A1) represented by the following formula (1A), and The above compound (b) is the above compound (Bb)', which is represented by the following formula (1B) (B1" [Chemical Formula 1] (式(1A)中,L獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數卜如 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸絲、碳數3〜2 6〜24的伸芳基、_〇… 的伸辰絲石反數 姆 5)-C(哪、·_•㈣ Q_、_s_、_SQ 些基的任意組合所組成的、轉巾的二健,_立地為^ 80 201131300“ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修 正臼期__100年3月23日 〇 自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜 20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、雜環基、 鹵素原子及碳數1〜20的烧基石夕烧基所組成的組群中的官 能基,選自由碳數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜2〇的丨_取 代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的ι_ 分支烷基、碳數1〜20的矽烷基、碳數2〜20的醯基、碳 數2〜20的1-取代炫氧基烧基、碳數2〜20的環狀崎基、 碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基及烷氧基羰基烷基所組成的組群 中的酸解離性官能基,或者氫原子,R,獨立地為碳數2〜 20的烷基、或者下述式 [化2](In the formula (1A), L is independently a stretching wire selected from a linear or branched filament derived from a single bond, a carbon number, a aryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 2 6 to 24, _〇... Stone inverse number 5)-C (Which, ·_• (4) Q_, _s_, _SQ Any combination of these bases, the two health of the towel, _ site is ^ 80 201131300" for the 99142385 Chinese manual without Correction of the line correction period __100 March 23 〇 free carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl group, carbon number 3 to 20 cycloalkyl group, carbon number 6 to 20 aryl group, carbon number 1 to 20 alkane a functional group in the group consisting of an oxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, and a decyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, selected from a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon 3 to 2 〇 of 丨_substituted ethyl group, carbon number 4 to 20 1-substituted-n-propyl group, carbon number 3 to 2 〇 of ι_ branched alkyl group, carbon number 1 to 20 decyl group, carbon number 2 a fluorenyl group of -20, a 1-substituted oxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic sulfonic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group. An acid-dissociable functional group in a group consisting of, or a hydrogen atom, R, alone For 2 ~ 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group, or the following formula [Formula 2] 〇 所表示的基,R4為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3 的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數1〜20的烷氧基、 氮基确基、雜環基、_素原子及碳數1〜20的院基石夕炫 基所組成的組群中的官能基,或者選自由碳數2〜20的取 代甲基、碳數3〜20的1-取代乙基、碳數4〜20的1-取代 ,丙基、碳數3〜20的1-分支烷基、碳數1〜20的矽烷基、 石厌數2〜20的醯基、碳數2〜20的1-取代烷氧基烷基、碳 2〜20的環狀醚基、碳數2〜20的烷氧基羰基及烷氧基 81 1 201131300 修正曰期:100年3月23曰 爲第9‘9142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 羰基烷基所組成的組群中的酸解離性官能美r1 烷基,m為1〜4的整數,p為〇〜5的整數 [化3]R4 is a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a nitrogen-based group. a functional group in the group consisting of a heterocyclic group, a _ atom, and a decyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, or a substituted methyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20 and a carbon number of 3 to 20 -Substituted ethyl, 1-substituted with 4 to 20 carbon atoms, propyl group, 1-branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon a 2-substituted alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic ether group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group 81 1 201131300 Modified period: March 23, 100曰 is the Chinese manual No. 9 '9142385 without the slash correction of the acid dissociable functional r1 alkyl group in the group consisting of the carbonyl alkyl group, m is an integer of 1-4, and p is an integer of 〇~5. 3] (式(1B)巾’ L獨立地為選自由單鍵、碳數卜如 的直鏈狀或分支狀伸絲、碳數3〜2G的伸觀基、碳數 6 〜24 的伸芳基、_0_、_〇c(=〇)、_〇c(=〇)〇、 -n(r5A)-c(=o)_、_N(R5A)_C(=0)0…s_、_s〇、_s〇2 以及 該些基的任意組合所組成的組群中的二價基,R1A獨立地 為選自由碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數3〜20的環烷基、碳數 6〜20的芳基、碳數丨〜20的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、羥基、 雜環基、鹵素原子、羧基、以及碳數1〜20的烷基矽烷基 所組成的組群中的官能基,或者氫原子,R”獨立地為碳數 2〜20的烧基、或者下述式 [化4] 82 201131300. 爲第號中文說明書無_修正本 修正賺_3_ \ —j^4a 所表不的基,R4A為選自由碳數丨〜跗的烷基、碳數3 〜20的環烷基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳數丨〜烈的烷氧基、 氰基、硝基、雜環基、羥基、鹵素原子、敌基及碳數卜 2(3的絲械基所組成敝群巾的官能基,或者選自由碳 〇 數2〜20的取代曱基、碳數3〜20的卜取代乙基、碳數4 〜20的i-取代-正丙基、碳數3〜2〇的[分支烧基、碳數 1 20的石夕烧基、;ε反數2〜2〇的醯基、碳數2〜2〇的丨取 代烧氧基絲、碳數2〜2G的環㈣基、碳數2〜2〇的烧 氧基幾基以及烧氧基幾基烧基所組成的組群中的酸解離性 B月b基’ R或R4A的至少—者為盼性經基或叛基,r5a為 氳原子或碳數1〜20的烧基,#為卜4的整數,^為〇 〜5的整數)。 〇 a 5.—種光阻圖案形成方法,其包括以下步驟:使用如 申凊專利範圍第1項至第4項中任—項所述之感放射性組 成物而於基板上形成光阻膜;將該光阻膜曝光;以及將該 光阻膜顯影而形成光阻圖案。 83 201131300^ 爲第99142385號中文說明書無劃線修正本 修正日期:1〇〇年3月23日 四、 指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無。 五、 本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式: 無。 〇(Formula (1B) towel 'L is independently a linear or branched stretched wire selected from a single bond, a carbon number, a stretched base having a carbon number of 3 to 2 G, and an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, _0_, _〇c(=〇), _〇c(=〇)〇, -n(r5A)-c(=o)_, _N(R5A)_C(=0)0...s_, _s〇, _s〇 And a divalent group in the group consisting of any combination of the groups, R1A is independently selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 to 20 Functional groups in the group consisting of an aryl group, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨20, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, and an alkylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms , or a hydrogen atom, R" is independently a carbon number of 2 to 20, or the following formula [Chemical 4] 82 201131300. For the No. Chinese manual, there is no _ correction of this amendment earned _3_ \ -j^4a R4A is an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of a carbon number of 丨~跗, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨~strong, a cyano group, and a nitrate The base of the group, the heterocyclic group, the hydroxyl group, the halogen atom, the enemy group and the carbon number 2 (3) a group, or a group selected from the group consisting of a substituted fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted ethyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an i-substituted-n-propyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 20, and a carbon number of 3 to 2 Å. a base group having a carbon number of 1 20; a ruthenium group having an inverse of 2 to 2 ε, a ruthenium-substituted alkoxy group having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å, a ring (tetra) group having a carbon number of 2 to 2 G, and carbon The acid dissociable B-B' R or R4A in the group consisting of 2 to 2 Å of an alkoxy group and an alkoxy group is at least a promiscuous base or a rebel group. R5a is a halogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20, # is an integer of 4, and ^ is an integer of 〇~5. 〇a 5. A method for forming a photoresist pattern, comprising the following steps: The photosensitive composition according to any one of the first to fourth aspects of the invention, wherein the photoresist film is formed on the substrate; the photoresist film is exposed; and the photoresist film is developed to form a photoresist pattern. 83 201131300^ For the Chinese manual No. 99142385, there is no slash correction. The date of this amendment: March 23, 1 四 4, the designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: No. (2) The present generation Brief Description of reference numerals of FIG: No Fifth, if the case of formula, please disclosed invention features most indicative of the formula: None billion 33
TW099142385A 2009-12-07 2010-12-06 Low molecular weight positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and forming method of resist pattern TW201131300A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009277472 2009-12-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201131300A true TW201131300A (en) 2011-09-16

Family

ID=44145285

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099142385A TW201131300A (en) 2009-12-07 2010-12-06 Low molecular weight positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and forming method of resist pattern

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5692090B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201131300A (en)
WO (1) WO2011070718A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012032790A1 (en) * 2010-09-10 2012-03-15 出光興産株式会社 Composition having acid-labile dissolution inhibiting group
KR20160019422A (en) 2013-06-07 2016-02-19 미쯔비시 가스 케미칼 컴파니, 인코포레이티드 Resist composition
JP7131499B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2022-09-06 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
CN111285963A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-06-16 宁波南大光电材料有限公司 Hydroxyl-containing acid diffusion inhibitor, preparation method thereof and photoresist composition

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4614056B2 (en) * 2003-09-18 2011-01-19 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resist compound and radiation-sensitive composition
JP4687094B2 (en) * 2004-12-14 2011-05-25 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resist compound and radiation-sensitive composition
JP4687095B2 (en) * 2004-12-14 2011-05-25 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resist compound and radiation-sensitive composition
JP5023502B2 (en) * 2005-02-03 2012-09-12 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resist compound, radiation-sensitive composition, and resist pattern forming method
JP5138157B2 (en) * 2005-05-17 2013-02-06 東京応化工業株式会社 Positive resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP2008033102A (en) * 2006-07-31 2008-02-14 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP2008133266A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-06-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polyhydric phenol derivative, its manufacturing method and resist composition for electron beam or euv
JP5446118B2 (en) * 2007-04-23 2014-03-19 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Radiation sensitive composition
JP5453834B2 (en) * 2008-02-22 2014-03-26 住友化学株式会社 Ester compound and process for producing the same
JP2009221194A (en) * 2008-02-22 2009-10-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polyhydric phenol derivative with photoacid generating group bonded thereto, method of preparing the same, and chemical-amplification type resist composition comprising the same for electron beam or for euv
JP5037408B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2012-09-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
US8158329B2 (en) * 2008-12-11 2012-04-17 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Compound and chemically amplified resist composition containing the same
US7993812B2 (en) * 2009-07-23 2011-08-09 International Business Machines Corporation Calixarene blended molecular glass photoresists and processes of use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5692090B2 (en) 2015-04-01
JPWO2011070718A1 (en) 2013-04-22
WO2011070718A1 (en) 2011-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101301411B1 (en) Compound for resist and radiation-sensitive composition
TWI525071B (en) Novel compound
TW536549B (en) Novel onium salts, photoacid generators for photo resist compositions, photo resist compositions, and patterning process
TWI391781B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound, and acid generator
TWI589553B (en) Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and polyphenol derivatives therefor
JP6103022B2 (en) Compound, radiation-sensitive composition, and method for forming resist pattern
TWI384325B (en) Resist composition, method of formimg resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator
JP5660171B2 (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, compound, method for producing compound, and method for forming resist pattern
TWI534531B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
TW200827929A (en) Radiation-sensitive composition
TWI601730B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound, and acid generator
TW200832068A (en) Positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method
TWI524145B (en) Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI460153B (en) Cyclic compound, fabricating method thereof, radiation-sensitive composition, and forming method of resist pattern
TW201302815A (en) Compound, polymeric compound, acid generator, resist composition, and method of forming resist pattern
TW201003319A (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
TW201708943A (en) Compound, resist composition, and method for forming resist pattern using the same
TW201223949A (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound, and acid generator
TW201127802A (en) Cyclic compound, method of producing the same, radiation-sensitive composition and method of forming resist pattern
TW201116508A (en) Cyclic compound, method of producing the same, radiation-sensitive composition and method of forming resist pattern
WO2009119784A1 (en) Cyclic compound, process for producing cyclic compound, photoresist base material comprising cyclic compound, photoresist composition, microprocessing method, semiconductor device, and apparatus
TW201131300A (en) Low molecular weight positive radiation-sensitive resin composition and forming method of resist pattern
TWI525391B (en) Resist composition, and method of forming resist pattern
TWI614230B (en) Compound, radical polymerization initiator, method of producing compound, polymer, resist composition, method of forming resist pattern
TWI306990B (en) Novel sulfonyldiazomethane compounds, photoacid generator, resist materials and patterning process using the same